The Voyages of the ever renowned Sr. Francis Drake into the West Indies viz., his great adventures for gold and silver, with the gaining thereof, and an account of his surprising of Nombre de Dios : a large account of that voyage wherein he encompassed the world : his voyage made with Francis Knollis, and others, their taking the towns of St. Jago, Sancto Domingo, Carthageno, and Saint Augustin : his last voyage (in which he died) being accompanied with several valiant commanders, and the manner of his burial : collected out of the notes of the most approved authors, to which is added an account of his valorous exploits in the Spanish invasion.
      
       
         
           1683
        
      
       Approx. 228 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 88 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2006-02 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A65185
         Wing V749
         ESTC R32924
         12783624
         ocm 12783624
         93865
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A65185)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 93865)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 1538:20)
      
       
         
           
             The Voyages of the ever renowned Sr. Francis Drake into the West Indies viz., his great adventures for gold and silver, with the gaining thereof, and an account of his surprising of Nombre de Dios : a large account of that voyage wherein he encompassed the world : his voyage made with Francis Knollis, and others, their taking the towns of St. Jago, Sancto Domingo, Carthageno, and Saint Augustin : his last voyage (in which he died) being accompanied with several valiant commanders, and the manner of his burial : collected out of the notes of the most approved authors, to which is added an account of his valorous exploits in the Spanish invasion.
             Drake, Francis, Sir, d. 1637. Sir Francis Drake his Voyage about the world.
             Bigges, Walter, d. 1586. A relation of Sr. Francis Drakes West-Indian voyage.
          
           [6], 168 p.
           
             Printed for Thomas Malthus ...,
             London :
             1683.
          
           
             "An abridged version of Sir Francis Drake revived"--NUC pre-1956 imprints.
             "Sir Francis Drake his voyage about the world (p. 55-115) compiled by Francis Drake, nephew of the admiral", and "A relation of Sr. Francis Drakes West-Indian voyage (p. 116-137) by Walter Bigges"--NUC pre-1956 imprints.
             Imperfect: print show-through with some loss of print.
             Reproduction of original in the Harvard University Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Drake, Francis, -- Sir, 1540?-1596.
           West Indies -- Discovery and exploration.
        
      
    
     
        2005-08 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2005-09 Apex CoVantage
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2005-11 Andrew Kuster
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2005-11 Andrew Kuster
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2006-01 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           THE
           VOYAGES
           Of
           
             The
             Ever
             Renowned
          
           Sr.
           FRANCIS
           DRAKE
           Into
           the
           
             WEST
             INDIES
          
           .
        
         
           Viz.
           
        
         
           His
           great
           Adventures
           for
           Gold
           ,
           and
           Silver
           ,
           with
           the
           Gaining
           thereof
           ,
           and
           an
           Account
           of
           his
           Surprising
           of
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios.
          
           
        
         
           A
           large
           Account
           of
           that
           Voyage
           wherein
           he
           Encompassed
           the
           World.
           
        
         
           His
           Voyage
           made
           with
           
             Francis
             Knollis
          
           ,
           and
           others
           ;
           their
           taking
           the
           Towns
           of
           St.
           
             Jago
             ,
             Sancto
             Domingo
             ,
             Carthagena
             ,
          
           and
           Saint
           Augustin
           .
        
         
           His
           last
           Voyage
           (
           in
           which
           he
           Died
           )
           being
           Accompanied
           with
           several
           Valiant
           Commanders
           ,
           and
           the
           Manner
           of
           his
           Burial
           .
        
         
           
             Collected
             out
             of
             the
             Notes
             of
             the
             most
             Aproved
             Authors
             .
          
        
         
           To
           which
           is
           added
           ,
           An
           Account
           of
           his
           Valorous
           Exploits
           in
           the
           
             Spanish
             Invasion
          
           .
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           for
           
             Thomas
             Malthus
          
           ,
           at
           the
           Sign
           of
           the
           Sun
           ,
           in
           the
           Poultry
           ,
           1683.
           
        
         
      
       
         
         
           To
           the
           Reader
           .
        
         
           IN
           the
           following
           Sheets
           are
           presented
           to
           thy
           view
           the
           Long
           and
           Dangerous
           Voyages
           ,
           with
           the
           Heroick
           Exploits
           of
           the
           Famous
           
             Sir
             Francis
             Drake
          
           ,
           more
           concise
           than
           they
           were
           formerly
           published
           .
           That
           I
           may
           not
           seem
           
             haerere
             in
             Limine
          
           ,
           I
           shall
           forbear
           digressing
           etiher
           in
           giving
           a
           particular
           Account
           of
           the
           Passages
           herein
           mentioned
           ;
           or
           in
           Apologizing
           for
           the
           Defects
           that
           may
           be
           found
           in
           this
           Treatise
           ;
           hoping
           the
           Courteous
           Reader
           will
           rather
           look
           upon
           the
           design
           than
           critically
           inspect
           the
           imperfections
           ,
           or
           escapes
           hereof
           .
        
         
           That
           which
           moved
           me
           to
           the
           Undertaking
           hereof
           ,
           was
           (
           next
           to
           the
           reviving
           the
           Memory
           of
           this
           Renown'd
           Gentleman
           ,
           the
           Eccho
           of
           whose
           praises
           sometimes
           resounded
           all
           the
           World
           
           over
           ,
           and
           to
           whom
           we
           owe
           the
           Discovery
           of
           a
           great
           Part
           of
           what
           we
           now
           possess
           of
           Foreign
           Plantations
           )
           to
           divert
           that
           Spirit
           of
           Contention
           that
           is
           now
           arisen
           in
           every
           one
           almost
           against
           his
           Brother
           ,
           and
           to
           excite
           ,
           in
           the
           Spirits
           of
           Young
           People
           especially
           ,
           an
           Aemulation
           of
           this
           Worthy
           Patriot
           in
           Advancing
           the
           Glory
           of
           their
           Country
           by
           Foreign
           Conquests
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           
             Books
             lately
             printed
             for
             &
             sold
             by
          
           Tho.
           Malthus
           ,
           
             at
             the
          
           Sun
           
             in
             the
          
           Poultry
           .
        
         
           BEntivolio
           and
           Urania
           in
           six
           Books
           ,
           by
           
             Nathaniel
             Ingelo
          
           D.
           D.
           the
           fourth
           Edition
           ,
           with
           large
           Amendments
           ,
           wherein
           all
           the
           obscure
           Words
           throughout
           the
           Book
           are
           interpreted
           in
           the
           Margin
           ,
           which
           makes
           this
           much
           more
           Delightful
           to
           read
           than
           the
           former
           Editions
           .
        
         
           Mr.
           
             James
             Janewayes
             Legacy
          
           ,
           to
           his
           Friends
           ,
           containing
           twenty
           seven
           Famous
           Instances
           of
           Gods
           Providences
           ,
           in
           and
           about
           Sea-dangers
           and
           Deliverances
           ,
           with
           the
           Names
           of
           several
           that
           were
           Eye
           Witnesses
           to
           many
           of
           them
           .
        
         
           An
           Historical
           Account
           of
           the
           Heroick
           Life
           and
           Magnanimous
           Actions
           of
           the
           most
           Illustrious
           ,
           Protestant
           Prince
           ,
           
             James
             Duke
             of
             Monmouth
          
           ,
           Containing
           an
           Account
           of
           his
           Birth
           ,
           Education
           ,
           Places
           and
           Titles
           ,
           with
           his
           Great
           and
           Martial
           Achievements
           in
           Flanders
           and
           Scotland
           ,
           his
           Disgrace
           and
           Departure
           ,
           both
           from
           Court
           and
           Kingdom
           ,
           with
           the
           most
           material
           Circumstances
           that
           have
           occurred
           since
           his
           Return
           .
        
         
           The
           
             Compleat
             Statesman
          
           ,
           demonstrated
           in
           the
           Life
           ,
           Actions
           and
           Politicks
           of
           that
           Great
           Minister
           of
           State
           ,
           
             Anthony
             Earl
             of
             Shaftsbury
          
           ,
           containing
           an
           Historical
           Account
           of
           his
           Descent
           ,
           
           his
           Administration
           of
           Affairs
           in
           the
           time
           of
           
             Oliver
             Cromwel
          
           ,
           his
           unwearied
           Endeavours
           to
           restore
           his
           most
           Sacred
           Majesty
           ,
           his
           Zeal
           in
           Prosecuting
           the
           Horrid
           Popish
           Plot
           ,
           several
           of
           his
           Learned
           Speeches
           ,
           his
           two
           Commitments
           to
           the
           Tower
           ,
           the
           most
           Material
           Passages
           at
           his
           Tryal
           ,
           with
           many
           more
           Considerable
           Instances
           ,
           unto
           his
           Lordships
           going
           for
           Holland
           .
        
         
           
             Catastrophe
             Mundi
          
           ,
           or
           
             Merlin
             Revived
          
           ,
           in
           a
           Discourse
           of
           Prophesies
           ,
           and
           Predictions
           ,
           and
           their
           Remarkable
           Accomplishments
           ,
           with
           Mr.
           Lillies
           Hieroglyphicks
           Exactly
           Cut
           ,
           and
           Notes
           ,
           and
           Observations
           thereon
           ,
           as
           also
           a
           Collection
           of
           all
           the
           antient
           reputed
           Prophecies
           that
           are
           extant
           ,
           touching
           the
           Grand
           Revolutions
           like
           to
           happen
           in
           these
           latter
           Ages
           .
        
         
           
             Historical
             Memoirs
          
           of
           the
           Life
           and
           Death
           of
           that
           wise
           and
           valiant
           Prince
           ,
           Rupert
           ,
           Prince
           Palatine
           of
           the
           Rhine
           ,
           Duke
           of
           Cumberland
           ,
           &c.
           containing
           a
           brief
           but
           impartial
           Account
           of
           his
           Great
           and
           Martial
           Achievements
           ,
           during
           the
           time
           of
           the
           Civil
           Wars
           ,
           together
           with
           his
           several
           Engagements
           in
           the
           Wars
           between
           his
           Majesty
           and
           the
           States
           General
           of
           the
           United
           Provinces
           .
        
         
           
             Fifteen
             Real
             Comforts
             of
             Matrimony
          
           ,
           in
           answer
           to
           the
           late
           
             fifteen
             Shain
             Comforts
          
           ,
           together
           with
           Satyrical
           Reflections
           on
           the
           Whoring
           and
           Debauchery
           of
           this
           present
           Age.
           Written
           by
           a
           Person
           of
           Honour
           ,
           of
           the
           Female
           Sex.
           
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           Sir
           Francis
           Drake
           REVIVED
           ,
           Giving
           an
           Account
           of
           his
           Surprizing
           of
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           ,
           and
           of
           several
           other
           notable
           Atchievements
           performed
           by
           him
           in
           those
           Parts
           .
        
         
           ON
           Whitsun-Eve
           ,
           May
           24.
           1572.
           
           Captain
           Drake
           in
           the
           Pascha
           of
           Plimouth
           of
           70.
           
           Tuns
           ,
           his
           Admiral
           ,
           with
           the
           Swan
           of
           the
           said
           Port
           of
           25
           Tuns
           ,
           his
           Vice-Admiral
           in
           which
           his
           Brother
           
             John
             Drake
          
           was
           Captain
           ,
           set
           sail
           ,
           having
           in
           both
           of
           them
           of
           Men
           and
           Boys
           73.
           sufficiently
           provided
           with
           Necessaries
           for
           such
           a
           Voyage
           .
        
         
           The
           Wind
           continuing
           at
           N.
           E.
           gave
           us
           very
           good
           Passage
           ,
           so
           that
           in
           five
           Weeks
           after
           ,
           we
           had
           sight
           of
           the
           Island
           of
           Guadalupe
           ,
           
           one
           of
           the
           West-Indies
           Islands
           .
           The
           next
           Morning
           June
           29th
           .
           entring
           between
           Dominica
           and
           Guadalupe
           ,
           we
           descried
           2
           Canows
           coming
           from
           a
           rocky
           Island
           3
           Leagues
           off
           Dominica
           .
           Landing
           on
           the
           South
           side
           of
           it
           ,
           we
           remained
           three
           days
           there
           to
           refresh
           our
           men
           ,
           and
           to
           water
           our
           Ships
           .
           There
           we
           saw
           some
           poor
           Cottages
           built
           with
           Palmito
           Boughs
           and
           Branches
           ,
           but
           no
           Inhabitants
           ;
           the
           Cottages
           (
           probably
           )
           serving
           only
           for
           the
           use
           of
           those
           that
           came
           thither
           at
           certain
           times
           to
           fish
           .
        
         
           July
           1.
           being
           the
           3d.
           day
           after
           ,
           about
           3
           in
           the
           Afternoon
           wé
           sailed
           thence
           for
           the
           Continent
           of
           
             Terra
             Firma
          
           ,
           and
           the
           fifth
           day
           we
           saw
           the
           high
           land
           of
           
             Sancta
             Martha
          
           ;
           but
           we
           directed
           our
           Course
           for
           a
           Place
           ,
           called
           by
           our
           Captain
           in
           his
           former
           Voyage
           ,
           
             Port
             Phesant
          
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           great
           store
           of
           those
           Fowls
           ,
           he
           and
           his
           Company
           had
           there
           ,
           where
           we
           arrived
           in
           six
           days
           .
           It
           is
           a
           round
           Bay
           ,
           and
           safe
           Harbour
           ,
           not
           past
           half
           a
           Cables
           length
           over
           at
           the
           mouth
           ,
           but
           within
           8
           ,
           or
           10
           every
           way
           ,
           of
           10
           ,
           or
           12
           fathom
           water
           ,
           full
           of
           good
           Fish
           ,
           and
           of
           a
           fruitful
           soil
           .
        
         
           At
           our
           entrance
           here
           ,
           our
           Captain
           having
           left
           his
           Brother
           to
           attend
           the
           Ships
           ,
           with
           some
           few
           of
           his
           Company
           went
           to
           land
           .
           But
           as
           we
           were
           rowing
           ashore
           ,
           we
           saw
           a
           Smoke
           in
           the
           Woods
           near
           the
           place
           our
           Captain
           frequented
           ;
           
           therefore
           our
           Captain
           thought
           fit
           ●o
           take
           more
           strength
           with
           us
           ,
           suspecting
           some
           Enemy
           there
           .
           But
           this
           smoke
           was
           occasioned
           by
           a
           Fire
           ,
           which
           one
           Mr.
           Garret
           of
           Plimouth
           and
           his
           Company
           had
           made
           ,
           and
           had
           continued
           at
           least
           five
           days
           before
           our
           Arrival
           .
           This
           
             John
             Garret
          
           left
           a
           Plate
           of
           Lead
           nailed
           to
           a
           huge
           Tree
           of
           near
           five
           Fathom
           about
           ,
           in
           which
           were
           Engraven
           these
           words
           :
        
         
           
             
               Captain
               Drake
               ,
               
                 if
                 you
                 fortune
                 to
                 come
                 to
                 this
                 Port
                 ,
                 make
                 haste
                 away
                 ;
                 for
                 the
              
               Spaniards
               
                 which
                 you
                 had
                 with
                 you
                 here
                 the
                 last
                 year
                 ,
                 have
                 bewrayed
                 this
                 place
                 ,
                 and
                 taken
                 away
                 all
                 that
                 you
                 left
                 here
                 .
                 I
                 departed
                 from
                 hence
                 this
                 present
              
               7th
               .
               of
               July
               ,
               1572.
               
            
             
               
                 Your
                 very
                 loving
                 Friend
                 ,
                 John
                 Garret
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           Yet
           our
           Captain
           Resolved
           to
           tarry
           here
           still
           he
           had
           built
           his
           Pinnaces
           ;
           and
           therefore
           caused
           the
           Pinnaces
           to
           be
           brought
           ashore
           for
           the
           Carpenters
           to
           set
           up
           ,
           employing
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           Company
           in
           fortifying
           a
           place
           he
           had
           chosen
           out
           to
           work
           in
           ,
           being
           3
           Rudes
           ,
           which
           he
           did
           ,
           with
           Trees
           ,
           thirty
           foot
           in
           height
           ,
           round
           ,
           leaving
           only
           one
           Gate
           to
           issue
           at
           ,
           near
           the
           Water-side
           ,
           which
           was
           every
           night
           shut
           up
           with
           a
           Tree
           drawn
           cross
           it
           .
           The
           Plat
           
           was
           of
           a
           Pentagonal
           form
           ;
           two
           Angles
           were
           towards
           the
           Sea
           ,
           and
           that
           side
           between
           them
           left
           open
           for
           launching
           our
           Pinnaces
           ;
           the
           other
           four
           sides
           were
           firmly
           closed
           up
           .
           Without
           the
           ground
           was
           rid
           fifty
           foot
           round
           .
           The
           rest
           was
           very
           thick
           with
           Trees
           ,
           of
           which
           many
           were
           of
           those
           kinds
           ,
           that
           are
           never
           without
           green
           leaves
           ,
           till
           they
           are
           dead
           at
           the
           Root
           ,
           (
           but
           there
           is
           one
           kind
           among
           them
           like
           our
           Ash
           ,
           which
           when
           the
           Sun
           is
           vertical
           to
           them
           ,
           and
           causeth
           great
           Rains
           ,
           casts
           all
           its
           leaves
           in
           three
           days
           ,
           and
           in
           six
           days
           again
           becomes
           all
           green
           )
           of
           a
           prodigious
           height
           ,
           supported
           with
           six
           Buttresses
           growing
           out
           of
           their
           Body
           ,
           in
           each
           of
           which
           three
           men
           may
           be
           so
           hid
           ,
           that
           they
           who
           stand
           in
           the
           next
           Buttress
           shall
           not
           see
           them
           .
           The
           Wood
           of
           those
           Trees
           is
           as
           heavy
           as
           Brasil
           ,
           or
           
             Lignum
             Vitae
          
           ,
           and
           is
           of
           a
           white
           Colour
           .
        
         
           The
           day
           after
           our
           arrival
           ,
           there
           came
           an
           English
           Bark
           of
           the
           Isle
           of
           
             Wight
             ,
             James
             Rawse
          
           Captain
           ,
           and
           
             John
             Overy
          
           Master
           ,
           with
           thirty
           men
           .
           They
           brought
           in
           with
           them
           a
           Spanish
           Carvel
           of
           Sivel
           (
           taken
           the
           day
           before
           )
           and
           a
           Shallop
           taken
           at
           
             Cape
             Blanch.
          
           This
           Captain
           was
           desirous
           to
           joyn
           with
           ours
           ,
           and
           was
           received
           accordingly
           .
        
         
           July
           20.
           
           Seven
           days
           after
           his
           coming
           ,
           having
           dispatched
           our
           Business
           ,
           we
           departed
           from
           that
           Harbour
           towards
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           ;
           
           within
           three
           days
           we
           arrived
           at
           the
           Isles
           of
           Pinos
           ,
           and
           found
           two
           Frigates
           of
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           lading
           Timber
           thence
           .
        
         
           By
           the
           Negroes
           in
           these
           Frigats
           we
           were
           informed
           of
           the
           State
           of
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           of
           a
           Report
           ,
           that
           certain
           Soldiers
           were
           daily
           expected
           from
           the
           Governour
           of
           Panama
           for
           the
           defence
           of
           the
           Town
           against
           the
           Symerons
           (
           a
           black
           People
           ,
           who
           fled
           from
           the
           Spaniards
           their
           Masters
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           their
           Cruelty
           ,
           and
           since
           grown
           into
           two
           Kingdoms
           ,
           the
           one
           to
           the
           East
           ,
           the
           other
           to
           the
           West
           of
           the
           way
           from
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           to
           
             Panama
             .
          
           )
        
         
           Our
           Captain
           set
           those
           Negroes
           ashore
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           joyn
           themselves
           to
           their
           Countreymen
           ,
           the
           Symerons
           ,
           or
           at
           least
           that
           he
           might
           prevent
           their
           going
           to
           alarm
           the
           Town
           with
           News
           of
           his
           Arrival
           ,
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           being
           far
           distant
           from
           that
           place
           by
           land
           ;
           and
           himself
           resolved
           to
           go
           thither
           with
           all
           speed
           and
           secrecy
           .
        
         
           And
           so
           disposing
           of
           his
           Companies
           ,
           according
           as
           they
           inclined
           ,
           he
           left
           the
           three
           Ships
           and
           Carvel
           with
           Captain
           Rawse
           ,
           and
           chose
           into
           his
           four
           Pinnaces
           ,
           fifty
           three
           of
           our
           men
           ,
           and
           twenty
           of
           Captain
           Rawses
           ,
           well
           armed
           .
        
         
           July
           28.
           
           Thus
           parted
           from
           our
           Company
           ,
           we
           arrived
           at
           the
           Island
           of
           Cativaas
           ,
           being
           twenty
           five
           Leagues
           distant
           ,
           Aug.
           2.
           where
           
           our
           Captain
           trained
           his
           men
           ,
           delivering
           to
           each
           their
           several
           Arms
           ,
           encouraging
           them
           with
           certain
           hopes
           of
           success
           .
        
         
           The
           same
           day
           we
           sailed
           for
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios.
          
           Before
           Sun-set
           we
           reached
           
             Rio
             Francisco
          
           .
           Thence
           he
           led
           us
           hard
           aboard
           the
           shore
           (
           that
           we
           might
           not
           be
           descried
           )
           to
           within
           two
           Leagues
           of
           the
           Point
           of
           the
           Bay
           ,
           where
           we
           rode
           till
           it
           was
           dark
           .
        
         
           When
           our
           Captain
           ,
           finding
           those
           of
           our
           Company
           proposing
           difficulties
           ,
           resolved
           to
           take
           the
           opportunity
           that
           Night
           ;
           and
           so
           we
           arrived
           there
           at
           three
           of
           the
           Clock
           after
           midnight
           .
           About
           the
           same
           time
           a
           Ship
           of
           Spain
           had
           arrived
           there
           ,
           who
           suspecting
           us
           ,
           sent
           her
           Gundeloe
           to
           alarm
           the
           Town
           ,
           which
           our
           Captain
           perceiving
           ,
           prevented
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           landed
           without
           any
           difficulty
           ,
           and
           seized
           upon
           six
           Pieces
           of
           Ordnance
           ,
           the
           Gunner
           having
           fled
           ,
           whereby
           the
           Town
           was
           alarm'd
           .
        
         
           Our
           Captain
           left
           twelve
           men
           to
           keep
           the
           Pinnaces
           ,
           that
           we
           might
           safely
           retreat
           in
           case
           of
           danger
           ,
           and
           securing
           the
           Platform
           ,
           he
           thought
           it
           best
           to
           view
           the
           Mount
           on
           East
           side
           the
           Town
           ,
           fearing
           lest
           there
           might
           be
           Ordnance
           planted
           there
           ,
           whence
           we
           might
           be
           annoyed
           ;
           but
           seeing
           no
           fear
           of
           Danger
           thence
           we
           returned
           to
           the
           City
           ,
           where
           we
           parted
           ;
           
             John
             Oxnam
          
           and
           16
           of
           his
           men
           going
           about
           behind
           the
           Kings
           Treasure
           house
           ,
           entred
           the
           
           East
           end
           of
           the
           Market
           ,
           and
           our
           Captain
           by
           the
           broad
           Street
           passed
           to
           the
           Market
           place
           with
           sound
           of
           Drum
           and
           Trumpet
           .
           The
           Fire-pikes
           were
           equally
           divided
           betwixt
           them
           ,
           and
           proved
           no
           less
           advantageous
           to
           our
           men
           than
           frightful
           to
           the
           Enemy
           .
        
         
           Yet
           the
           Inhabitants
           had
           put
           themselves
           in
           Arms
           ,
           and
           drew
           up
           their
           Companies
           in
           some
           order
           at
           the
           South-east
           end
           of
           the
           Market
           place
           .
           And
           to
           make
           a
           shew
           of
           far
           greater
           numbers
           of
           shot
           ,
           they
           had
           hung
           lines
           with
           Matches
           lighted
           athwart
           the
           West
           end
           of
           the
           Market
           place
           ,
           between
           the
           Church
           and
           the
           Cross
           ,
           but
           perceiving
           their
           Stratagem
           by
           us
           discovered
           ,
           they
           fled
           .
        
         
           But
           the
           Soldiers
           presented
           us
           with
           a
           volly
           of
           shot
           ,
           levelling
           so
           low
           ,
           that
           their
           Bullets
           oft
           times
           grazed
           the
           Sands
           :
           And
           we
           having
           once
           fired
           upon
           them
           ,
           and
           feathered
           them
           with
           our
           Arrows
           (
           made
           on
           purpose
           )
           came
           to
           push
           of
           Pike
           ,
           when
           our
           fire-Pikes
           did
           us
           great
           service
           ,
           where
           our
           men
           some
           with
           their
           Pikes
           ,
           and
           some
           with
           the
           butt-end
           of
           their
           Muskets
           so
           annoyed
           the
           Enemy
           ,
           that
           they
           threw
           down
           their
           Arms
           to
           provide
           for
           their
           safety
           by
           flight
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           Chase
           several
           of
           our
           men
           were
           hurt
           with
           the
           Arms
           which
           the
           Enemies
           had
           let
           fall
           as
           they
           fled
           ,
           which
           caused
           us
           to
           desist
           the
           pursuite
           ;
           so
           we
           returned
           to
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           Market
           place
           .
        
         
         
           Our
           Captain
           having
           taken
           2
           ,
           or
           3
           Spaniards
           ,
           commanded
           them
           to
           shew
           the
           Governours
           house
           where
           the
           Treasure
           was
           kept
           .
           At
           our
           coming
           thither
           ,
           the
           great
           door
           (
           where
           the
           Moyls
           usually
           unlade
           )
           was
           open
           ,
           a
           Candle
           lighted
           on
           the
           top
           of
           the
           stairs
           ,
           and
           a
           Gennet
           ready
           sadled
           :
           By
           means
           of
           this
           light
           we
           saw
           a
           huge
           heap
           of
           Silver
           ,
           being
           a
           pile
           of
           Bars
           about
           70
           foot
           in
           length
           ,
           10
           in
           breadth
           ,
           and
           12
           in
           heighth
           ;
           but
           our
           Captain
           forbid
           any
           to
           touch
           it
           ,
           but
           to
           stand
           on
           our
           Guard.
           
        
         
           There
           was
           in
           the
           Kings
           Treasure
           near
           the
           Water-side
           ,
           more
           Gold
           and
           Jewels
           than
           all
           our
           four
           Pinnaces
           could
           carry
           .
        
         
           When
           we
           were
           returned
           to
           our
           strength
           ,
           we
           were
           alarm'd
           with
           news
           ,
           that
           our
           Pinnaces
           were
           in
           danger
           to
           be
           taken
           ,
           and
           that
           if
           we
           got
           not
           quickly
           aboard
           ,
           we
           would
           be
           overpowered
           with
           Multitudes
           of
           Soldiers
           and
           Towns
           People
           .
           Our
           Captain
           therefore
           sent
           his
           Brother
           and
           
             John
             Oxnam
          
           to
           search
           out
           the
           Truth
           of
           it
           ,
           who
           found
           our
           men
           in
           the
           Pinnaces
           much
           frighted
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           great
           Companies
           they
           saw
           running
           up
           and
           down
           ,
           some
           with
           Matches
           lighted
           ,
           some
           with
           other
           Weapons
           from
           the
           out-parts
           of
           the
           Town
           ,
           who
           came
           often
           near
           us
           ,
           and
           ,
           firing
           ,
           retreated
           .
        
         
           Presently
           after
           there
           fell
           a
           mighty
           shower
           of
           Rain
           with
           Thunder
           and
           Lightning
           ,
           so
           that
           before
           we
           could
           recover
           a
           shelter
           ,
           some
           of
           
           our
           Bow-strings
           were
           wet
           ,
           and
           some
           of
           our
           Match
           and
           Powder
           dammaged
           ;
           which
           while
           we
           were
           refurnishing
           ,
           several
           of
           our
           men
           were
           muttering
           on
           the
           foresaid
           Reports
           of
           the
           strength
           of
           the
           Town
           ;
           whereupon
           our
           Captain
           told
           them
           ,
           he
           had
           brought
           them
           to
           the
           Mouth
           of
           the
           Treasure
           of
           the
           World
           ,
           if
           they
           would
           want
           it
           ,
           blame
           themselves
           only
           ;
           and
           therefore
           when
           the
           storm
           was
           over
           ,
           unwilling
           to
           give
           his
           men
           longer
           leisure
           to
           demur
           ,
           or
           the
           Enemy
           further
           respite
           ,
           he
           stept
           forward
           ,
           commanding
           his
           Brother
           with
           
             John
             Oxnam
          
           and
           their
           Company
           to
           break
           the
           Kings
           Treasure-house
           ,
           the
           rest
           to
           follow
           himself
           to
           keep
           the
           strength
           of
           the
           Market
           place
           ,
           till
           they
           had
           dispatch'd
           their
           Business
           .
        
         
           But
           as
           he
           stept
           forward
           ,
           he
           began
           to
           faint
           through
           much
           effusion
           of
           Blood
           out
           of
           a
           wound
           in
           his
           Leg
           ,
           he
           received
           in
           the
           first
           encounter
           ,
           which
           though
           it
           smarted
           ,
           he
           concealed
           ,
           till
           his
           fainting
           discovered
           it
           ,
           the
           Blood
           having
           filled
           the
           prints
           our
           footsteps
           made
           ,
           to
           the
           great
           dismay
           of
           all
           our
           Company
           ,
           thinking
           it
           incredible
           ,
           that
           one
           man
           should
           lose
           so
           much
           Blood
           ,
           and
           live
           .
        
         
           And
           therefore
           tho'
           they
           would
           have
           hazarded
           much
           for
           such
           a
           Booty
           ,
           yet
           would
           they
           not
           endanger
           their
           Captains
           life
           ,
           but
           having
           given
           him
           some
           Cordial
           ,
           and
           tied
           up
           his
           Leg
           ,
           they
           entreated
           him
           to
           go
           aboard
           ,
           that
           his
           
           wound
           might
           be
           drest
           ,
           and
           then
           return
           ashore
           ,
           if
           he
           thought
           fit
           .
        
         
           This
           ,
           when
           they
           could
           not
           perswade
           him
           to
           (
           as
           knowing
           ,
           that
           if
           they
           went
           aboard
           ,
           they
           could
           never
           recover
           that
           state
           again
           ,
           in
           which
           they
           now
           were
           ,
           and
           thinking
           it
           more
           honourable
           to
           jeopard
           his
           life
           for
           so
           great
           a
           Prize
           ,
           than
           to
           leave
           such
           an
           Enterprize
           unaccomplished
           )
           they
           with
           force
           and
           entreaty
           carryed
           him
           aboard
           his
           Pinnace
           ,
           abandoning
           a
           Rich
           Spoil
           to
           preserve
           their
           Captains
           Life
           .
        
         
           Thus
           we
           embarkt
           ,
           July
           29
           by
           break
           of
           day
           ;
           many
           of
           our
           men
           besides
           our
           Captain
           were
           wounded
           ,
           only
           a
           Trumpeter
           slain
           ;
           whereupon
           our
           Chirurgions
           were
           busie
           in
           dressing
           their
           Wounds
           ,
           but
           especially
           our
           Captains
           .
           And
           before
           we
           departed
           the
           Harbour
           ,
           we
           took
           the
           aforesaid
           Ship
           of
           Wines
           belonging
           to
           the
           Spaniards
           .
           But
           before
           we
           had
           her
           free
           of
           the
           Haven
           ,
           they
           of
           the
           Town
           shot
           at
           us
           .
           But
           notwithstanding
           we
           carried
           our
           Prize
           to
           the
           Isle
           Bastimienses
           ,
           or
           the
           Isle
           of
           Victuals
           ,
           where
           we
           staid
           two
           days
           to
           cure
           our
           wounded
           men
           ,
           and
           refresh
           our selves
           .
        
         
           At
           our
           arrival
           here
           ,
           the
           Governour
           sent
           to
           our
           Captain
           a
           Principal
           Soldier
           of
           the
           late
           sent
           Garrison
           ,
           to
           view
           us
           ,
           who
           at
           his
           coming
           protested
           he
           came
           of
           meer
           good
           Will
           ,
           for
           that
           we
           had
           undertaken
           so
           great
           an
           attempt
           with
           so
           few
           men
           ;
           and
           that
           at
           first
           they
           feared
           we
           
           had
           been
           French
           ,
           of
           whom
           they
           expected
           no
           mercy
           ,
           but
           perceiving
           us
           to
           be
           English
           ,
           their
           fears
           were
           the
           less
           ,
           knowing
           ,
           that
           tho'
           we
           took
           the
           Treasure
           ,
           yet
           we
           would
           use
           no
           Cruelty
           towards
           their
           persons
           .
        
         
           But
           notwithstanding
           this
           fair
           pretence
           ,
           his
           Governour
           had
           sent
           him
           aboard
           ,
           by
           reason
           divers
           of
           the
           Town
           had
           affirmed
           they
           knew
           our
           Captain
           ,
           who
           had
           been
           often
           on
           their
           Coast
           last
           two
           years
           ;
           he
           desired
           to
           know
           ,
           1.
           
           Whether
           our
           Captain
           was
           the
           same
           Captain
           Drake
           or
           no
           ?
           2.
           
           Whether
           our
           Arrows
           ,
           which
           many
           of
           their
           men
           were
           wounded
           with
           ,
           were
           poisoned
           ?
           And
           3.
           how
           they
           might
           be
           cured
           ?
           Lastly
           ,
           what
           Victuals
           or
           Necessaries
           we
           wanted
           ,
           promising
           to
           supply
           us
           .
           Our
           Captain
           ,
           though
           suspecting
           him
           a
           Spie
           ,
           yet
           answered
           his
           demands
           ;
           That
           he
           was
           the
           same
           Captain
           Drake
           ,
           that
           it
           was
           not
           his
           manner
           to
           poison
           Arrows
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           Wounds
           might
           be
           cured
           by
           ordinary
           Chirurgery
           ;
           as
           for
           Wants
           ,
           he
           told
           him
           ,
           He
           wanted
           nothing
           ,
           but
           some
           of
           that
           special
           Commodity
           that
           Country
           yielded
           ,
           and
           therefore
           before
           he
           departed
           he
           meant
           to
           reap
           some
           of
           their
           Harvest
           they
           got
           out
           of
           the
           Earth
           .
        
         
           To
           this
           the
           Gentleman
           replied
           ,
           What
           then
           was
           the
           Reason
           we
           departed
           the
           Town
           at
           this
           time
           ,
           where
           there
           is
           above
           360
           Tun
           of
           Silver
           ready
           for
           the
           Fleet
           ,
           and
           a
           greater
           
           value
           of
           Gold
           ;
           but
           when
           our
           Captain
           had
           declared
           the
           cause
           ,
           he
           acknowledged
           our
           wisdom
           in
           departing
           ,
           was
           no
           less
           than
           our
           courage
           in
           attempting
           .
        
         
           Thus
           with
           courteous
           entertainment
           ,
           after
           Dinner
           ,
           he
           was
           dismissed
           in
           such
           sort
           that
           he
           protested
           he
           was
           never
           so
           much
           Honored
           in
           his
           life
           .
        
         
           After
           his
           departure
           ,
           the
           Negroe
           aforementioned
           confirmed
           his
           report
           of
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           ,
           and
           told
           us
           how
           we
           might
           acquire
           store
           of
           it
           by
           means
           of
           the
           Symerons
           ,
           whom
           though
           he
           had
           very
           much
           incensed
           ,
           yet
           if
           our
           Captain
           would
           undertake
           his
           Protection
           ,
           he
           durst
           hazard
           his
           life
           ,
           as
           knowing
           our
           Captains
           name
           was
           most
           precious
           among
           them
           .
        
         
           Whereupon
           we
           further
           consulted
           ,
           and
           because
           this
           place
           seemed
           not
           safe
           ,
           next
           day
           we
           Sailed
           for
           Port-Plentie
           where
           we
           had
           left
           our
           Ships
           and
           recovered
           it
           next
           night
           .
        
         
           At
           our
           return
           to
           our
           Ships
           ,
           Captain
           Rause
           doubting
           of
           our
           safe
           continuance
           upon
           that
           Coast
           ,
           departed
           :
           our
           Captain
           in
           the
           mean
           time
           having
           put
           all
           things
           in
           readiness
           resolved
           with
           his
           2
           Ships
           and
           3
           Pinnaces
           to
           go
           to
           Carthagene
           .
        
         
           Aug.
           13
           We
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           in
           3
           Fathom
           Water
           ,
           between
           the
           Islands
           of
           Charesha
           and
           St.
           Bernards
           .
           Our
           Captain
           led
           
           the
           Pinnaces
           about
           the
           Island
           into
           the
           Harbour
           of
           Carthagene
           ;
           where
           he
           found
           a
           Frigate
           at
           Anchor
           ,
           &
           one
           man
           only
           aboard
           ,
           who
           being
           askt
           for
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           company
           ,
           told
           they
           were
           gone
           ashore
           that
           evening
           ;
           that
           2
           hours
           before
           night
           there
           past
           by
           a
           Pinnace
           making
           all
           speed
           they
           could
           ,
           and
           askt
           him
           if
           any
           English
           or
           French
           had
           been
           there
           lately
           ,
           and
           upon
           Answer
           that
           none
           had
           been
           ,
           they
           bid
           them
           look
           to
           themselves
           :
           that
           after
           this
           Pinnace
           was
           come
           to
           the
           out-parts
           of
           Carthagene
           many
           great
           Pieces
           were
           shot
           off
           ;
           whereupon
           one
           going
           to
           the
           Topmast
           espied
           over
           the
           Land
           diverse
           Frigates
           bringing
           themselves
           within
           the
           Castle
           .
        
         
           This
           report
           our
           Captain
           credited
           ;
           and
           having
           further
           examined
           this
           old
           Mariner
           ,
           he
           understood
           that
           there
           was
           within
           the
           next
           Point
           a
           great
           Ship
           of
           Sivel
           ready
           to
           Sail
           next
           morning
           for
           Domingo
           ,
           and
           taking
           this
           old
           man
           into
           the
           Pinnace
           he
           rowed
           towards
           this
           Ship
           ,
           which
           we
           boarded
           .
           As
           soon
           as
           we
           were
           on
           the
           Decks
           we
           threw
           down
           the
           Gates
           and
           Spare-decks
           to
           prevent
           the
           danger
           of
           closs
           Fight
           ;
           and
           then
           we
           cut
           her
           Cables
           ,
           and
           towed
           her
           with
           our
           three
           Pinnaces
           without
           the
           Island
           ,
           without
           danger
           of
           their
           great
           shot
           .
        
         
           Which
           when
           the
           Town
           heard
           of
           ,
           they
           put
           themselves
           into
           readiness
           ,
           and
           came
           
           down
           to
           the
           very
           point
           of
           the
           Wood
           ,
           against
           us
           .
        
         
           The
           next
           morning
           we
           took
           two
           Frigats
           ,
           in
           which
           were
           two
           of
           the
           Kings
           Scrivano's
           with
           7
           Mariners
           and
           2
           Negroes
           ,
           come
           from
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           ,
           and
           bound
           for
           Carthagene
           ,
           to
           certifie
           them
           of
           our
           aforementioned
           exploit
           at
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios.
          
           Yet
           our
           Captain
           at
           the
           Scrivano's
           entreaties
           set
           all
           the
           Company
           a
           shore
           ,
           and
           then
           bare
           up
           to
           the
           Island
           of
           St.
           Bernards
           ,
           three
           Leagues
           off
           the
           Town
           .
        
         
           Our
           Captain
           now
           considering
           that
           he
           was
           discovered
           ,
           found
           that
           he
           must
           wait
           some
           time
           before
           he
           could
           accomplish
           his
           design
           ,
           and
           likewise
           that
           his
           Pinnaces
           must
           be
           well
           mann'd
           ;
           in
           order
           to
           which
           he
           had
           a
           design
           to
           burn
           one
           of
           the
           Ships
           and
           make
           the
           other
           a
           Storehouse
           ;
           but
           finding
           that
           his
           Company
           would
           be
           loth
           of
           that
           ,
           he
           thought
           of
           another
           expedient
           ;
           and
           therefore
           sent
           for
           
             Thomas
             Moon
          
           (
           Carpenter
           in
           the
           Swan
           )
           and
           desired
           him
           to
           bore
           several
           holes
           in
           the
           Well
           of
           that
           Ship
           as
           near
           the
           Keel
           as
           he
           could
           ,
           and
           that
           with
           all
           secresie
           .
           He
           was
           very
           averse
           from
           doing
           it
           ,
           but
           having
           heard
           our
           Captains
           reasons
           ,
           he
           was
           at
           last
           perswaded
           ,
           and
           did
           it
           accordingly
           .
        
         
           The
           next
           morning
           our
           Captain
           designed
           to
           go
           a
           Fishing
           ,
           and
           going
           aboard
           the
           Swan
           
           he
           desired
           his
           Brother
           to
           go
           with
           him
           ,
           who
           desired
           him
           to
           stay
           alittle
           and
           he
           would
           immediately
           attend
           him
           .
           Our
           Captain
           perceiving
           the
           Carpenter
           had
           fulfilled
           his
           desire
           ,
           demanded
           of
           them
           why
           their
           Bark
           was
           so
           deep
           ?
           Whereupon
           his
           Brother
           sent
           one
           down
           to
           the
           Steward
           to
           know
           what
           was
           the
           matter
           ;
           who
           going
           down
           immediately
           alarum'd
           them
           with
           news
           that
           the
           Ship
           was
           full
           of
           Water
           .
           Whereupon
           all
           hands
           were
           set
           to
           work
           ,
           but
           all
           in
           vain
           ;
           Our
           Captain
           consulting
           with
           them
           about
           it
           ,
           found
           ,
           that
           despairing
           of
           saving
           her
           they
           referred
           to
           him
           what
           should
           be
           done
           :
           And
           therefore
           he
           proposed
           to
           them
           that
           he
           would
           go
           into
           the
           Pinnace
           till
           such
           time
           as
           a
           Frigate
           were
           provided
           ,
           and
           that
           his
           Brother
           should
           be
           Captain
           in
           the
           Admiral
           ,
           and
           the
           Master
           should
           be
           also
           there
           with
           him
           instead
           of
           this
           ;
           which
           seeing
           she
           could
           not
           be
           saved
           he
           would
           have
           fired
           that
           the
           Enemy
           might
           not
           have
           her
           ,
           but
           first
           that
           every
           one
           should
           take
           out
           of
           her
           what
           they
           lacked
           or
           liked
           .
           This
           was
           put
           in
           execution
           that
           night
           ,
           and
           so
           our
           Captain
           had
           his
           desire
           ,
           having
           now
           men
           enough
           for
           his
           Pinnaces
           .
        
         
           The
           next
           day
           we
           resolved
           to
           seek
           out
           a
           fit
           place
           in
           the
           Sound
           of
           Dorienne
           where
           we
           might
           leave
           our
           Ship
           at
           Anchor
           undiscovered
           by
           the
           Enemy
           :
           that
           so
           the
           Enemy
           
           imagining
           us
           departed
           we
           might
           better
           follow
           our
           purposes
           with
           our
           Pinnaces
           .
        
         
           And
           accordingly
           we
           departed
           for
           the
           said
           Sound
           ,
           and
           in
           5
           days
           reached
           it
           ,
           where
           we
           stayed
           15
           days
           ,
           keeping
           very
           close
           ,
           that
           our
           Enemies
           might
           think
           we
           were
           departed
           .
        
         
           Here
           we
           were
           not
           Idle
           ,
           but
           besides
           our
           trimming
           and
           fitting
           our
           Pinnaces
           ,
           he
           caused
           us
           rid
           a
           Plat
           of
           Ground
           to
           build
           us
           Houses
           for
           our
           Lodging
           ,
           wherein
           the
           Negroe
           was
           serviceable
           to
           us
           .
           As
           also
           at
           spare
           times
           we
           had
           several
           sorts
           of
           recreations
           as
           every
           man
           fancied
           .
        
         
           After
           the
           fifteen
           days
           expired
           ,
           our
           Captain
           leaving
           the
           Ship
           with
           his
           Brother
           took
           2
           Pinnaces
           for
           
             Rio
             Grand
          
           ,
           and
           passing
           by
           Carthagene
           ,
           when
           we
           were
           within
           2
           Leagues
           of
           the
           River
           we
           Landed
           to
           the
           Westwards
           on
           the
           Main
           .
           Where
           seeing
           some
           Indians
           ,
           they
           asked
           us
           what
           we
           would
           have
           ?
           and
           knowing
           we
           desired
           fresh
           Victuals
           they
           brought
           us
           some
           ;
           for
           which
           courtesie
           our
           Captain
           sufficiently
           rewarded
           them
           .
        
         
           Thence
           we
           departed
           to
           
             Rio
             Grand
          
           ,
           where
           we
           entred
           at
           3
           in
           the
           Afternoon
           .
           From
           thence
           till
           night
           we
           rowed
           up
           the
           stream
           ,
           making
           but
           small
           progress
           .
           We
           moared
           our
           Pinnaces
           to
           a
           Tree
           that
           night
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           a
           huge
           shower
           of
           Rain
           with
           Terrible
           Claps
           of
           Thunder
           ,
           (
           which
           is
           usual
           there
           
           and
           continues
           about
           three
           quarters
           of
           an
           hour
           )
           after
           which
           it
           was
           very
           calm
           ,
           and
           then
           we
           were
           infested
           with
           Flies
           called
           Mushitos
           (
           like
           our
           Gnats
           )
           which
           bite
           spitefully
           ;
           our
           best
           remedy
           against
           them
           was
           Juice
           of
           Lemons
           .
        
         
           At
           Break
           of
           day
           we
           departed
           up
           the
           River
           ;
           where
           we
           espied
           a
           Canow
           with
           2
           Indians
           fishing
           in
           the
           River
           ,
           but
           we
           spoke
           not
           to
           them
           for
           being
           descried
           ,
           nor
           they
           to
           us
           ,
           thinking
           us
           Spaniards
           .
           Afterwards
           we
           espied
           certain
           houses
           on
           the
           other
           side
           the
           River
           .
           And
           a
           Spaniard
           which
           kept
           those
           houses
           thinking
           us
           his
           Country
           men
           ,
           made
           a
           Smoke
           ,
           for
           a
           sign
           to
           us
           to
           turn
           that
           way
           ,
           but
           when
           we
           drew
           near
           him
           ,
           he
           saw
           his
           mistake
           ,
           and
           so
           fled
           from
           his
           houses
           ,
           which
           were
           5
           in
           number
           full
           of
           white
           Rusk
           ,
           Bacon
           with
           several
           other
           Provisions
           ,
           to
           serve
           the
           Fleet
           returning
           to
           Spain
           .
           With
           store
           of
           this
           we
           loaded
           our
           Pinnaces
           ,
           and
           hastned
           our
           departure
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           intelligence
           we
           had
           of
           certain
           Indians
           ,
           that
           the
           Frigats
           (
           30
           in
           number
           which
           usually
           transport
           Merchandise
           out
           of
           Spain
           to
           Cartagena
           ,
           &
           thence
           to
           these
           houses
           ,
           and
           so
           in
           Canows
           up
           to
           
             Nueva
             Reyno
          
           ,
           and
           return
           in
           Exchange
           ,
           Gold
           Treasure
           and
           Commodities
           of
           that
           Kingdom
           )
           were
           not
           returned
           from
           Cartagena
           since
           the
           first
           report
           of
           our
           being
           there
           .
        
         
         
           Sep.
           10.
           
           As
           we
           returned
           to
           our
           Pinnaces
           the
           Spaniards
           sent
           down
           the
           Indians
           of
           
             Villa
             del
             Rey
          
           ,
           with
           Bows
           and
           Arrows
           against
           us
           ,
           but
           we
           rowed
           down
           the
           Stream
           ,
           one
           League
           ,
           and
           Anchored
           till
           the
           morning
           ,
           then
           we
           got
           to
           the
           Mouth
           of
           the
           River
           ,
           where
           we
           unladed
           our
           Provisions
           ,
           cleansed
           our
           Pinnaces
           ,
           and
           took
           it
           in
           again
           ,
           and
           then
           went
           Westward
           .
        
         
           Sep.
           11.
           
           Between
           Cartagena
           and
           Tolou
           we
           took
           5
           or
           6
           Frigats
           laden
           with
           Victuals
           ;
           we
           set
           the
           Men
           at
           liberty
           ,
           having
           heard
           all
           we
           could
           of
           'em
           ,
           keeping
           only
           two
           of
           the
           Frigats
           well
           stored
           with
           Victuals
           .
        
         
           Three
           days
           after
           ,
           we
           arrived
           at
           Port-plenty
           ,
           where
           we
           built
           4
           Store-houses
           ,
           to
           keep
           our
           Provision
           in
           ,
           several
           Leagues
           asunder
           ,
           that
           if
           the
           Enemy
           should
           surprize
           any
           one
           ,
           we
           might
           be
           furnished
           by
           another
           ,
           our
           Negroes
           being
           very
           useful
           to
           us
           in
           this
           Work.
           
        
         
           At
           this
           time
           Captain
           
             John
             Drake
          
           fortunately
           found
           out
           the
           Symerons
           as
           he
           rowed
           aloaf
           the
           Shore
           ,
           by
           the
           direction
           of
           our
           aforesaid
           
             Negroe
             ,
             Diego
          
           ,
           who
           calling
           to
           the
           Symerons
           ,
           dealt
           so
           effectually
           with
           them
           that
           he
           gave
           and
           received
           two
           men
           ,
           as
           pledges
           of
           Fidelity
           ,
           appointing
           a
           meeting
           next
           day
           at
           a
           River
           ,
           midway
           ,
           between
           the
           Cabezas
           and
           our
           Ships
           ,
           called
           
             Rio
             Diego
          
           .
        
         
           These
           two
           being
           well
           qualified
           men
           ,
           did
           
           with
           all
           reverence
           ,
           declare
           to
           our
           Captain
           their
           great
           joy
           conceived
           by
           his
           arrival
           ,
           as
           knowing
           him
           to
           be
           an
           Enemy
           to
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           and
           therefore
           were
           ready
           to
           assist
           him
           against
           their
           Enemies
           to
           the
           utmost
           :
           and
           that
           their
           captain
           did
           then
           stay
           at
           the
           mouth
           of
           
             Rio
             Diego
          
           to
           attend
           his
           pleasure
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           would
           have
           come
           by
           Land
           to
           this
           place
           ,
           but
           that
           the
           way
           is
           very
           troublesome
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           steep
           Mountains
           ,
           deep
           Rivers
           and
           thick
           Brakes
           ;
           desiring
           therefore
           our
           Captain
           would
           take
           order
           about
           it
           :
           Our
           Captain
           weighing
           their
           Speech
           with
           former
           Intelligence
           ,
           and
           comparing
           it
           with
           their
           great
           kindness
           towards
           his
           Brother
           ;
           resolved
           with
           his
           Brother
           and
           the
           two
           Symerons
           ,
           in
           his
           two
           Pinnaces
           ,
           to
           go
           towards
           the
           River
           ,
           which
           he
           did
           that
           night
           ;
           ordering
           the
           rest
           of
           their
           company
           to
           follow
           them
           next
           morning
           ,
           because
           there
           was
           a
           place
           of
           great
           safety
           .
           The
           safety
           of
           it
           consisted
           not
           only
           that
           it
           was
           a
           fruitful
           Countrey
           ,
           and
           that
           no
           Spaniards
           were
           there
           ,
           but
           especially
           that
           it
           lyeth
           among
           a
           great
           many
           goodly
           Islands
           full
           of
           Trees
           ,
           where
           ,
           though
           there
           be
           Channels
           ,
           yet
           there
           are
           such
           Rocks
           and
           Shoals
           that
           no
           man
           can
           enter
           by
           night
           ,
           nor
           by
           day
           without
           discovery
           :
           whereas
           our
           Ship
           might
           lye
           hidden
           within
           the
           Trees
           .
        
         
           Sep.
           14.
           
           The
           next
           day
           we
           met
           with
           them
           
           at
           the
           aforesaid
           place
           ,
           the
           rest
           being
           at
           a
           miles
           distance
           .
           After
           we
           had
           entertained
           them
           ,
           and
           received
           testimonies
           of
           their
           good
           will
           ,
           we
           took
           2
           more
           of
           them
           into
           our
           Pinnaces
           ,
           leaving
           our
           2
           men
           with
           them
           ,
           appointing
           a
           meeting
           with
           them
           and
           some
           more
           at
           the
           River
           Guana
           .
           So
           we
           departed
           towards
           our
           Ship.
           
        
         
           Sept.
           16.
           
           Two
           days
           after
           we
           found
           her
           ,
           being
           much
           damnified
           by
           tempest
           .
           And
           having
           repaired
           her
           ,
           Sept.
           18.
           
           Our
           Captain
           sent
           a
           Pinnace
           towards
           the
           bottom
           of
           the
           Bay
           ,
           to
           found
           out
           the
           Channel
           ,
           for
           the
           bringing
           her
           in
           ,
           and
           the
           next
           day
           got
           her
           safe
           into
           the
           best
           Channel
           ;
           it
           was
           5
           miles
           distant
           from
           the
           Cativaas
           betwixt
           the
           Island
           and
           the
           Main
           ,
           being
           very
           narrow
           ,
           and
           full
           of
           bushes
           .
           We
           had
           scarce
           setled
           there
           when
           our
           2
           men
           with
           the
           Troup
           of
           Symerons
           came
           in
           sight
           of
           our
           Ship
           ,
           whom
           we
           brought
           aboard
           .
        
         
           Our
           Captain
           desiring
           they
           would
           put
           him
           in
           a
           way
           to
           procure
           Gold
           ,
           they
           told
           him
           if
           they
           had
           known
           of
           it
           before
           ,
           they
           could
           have
           given
           him
           store
           of
           it
           (
           as
           having
           taken
           a
           great
           quantity
           from
           the
           Spaniards
           which
           they
           sunk
           into
           the
           River
           )
           which
           now
           they
           could
           not
           do
           ,
           because
           the
           Rivers
           in
           which
           it
           was
           thrown
           were
           very
           high
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           Spaniards
           in
           these
           rainy
           months
           use
           not
           to
           carry
           their
           Treasure
           
           by
           Land.
           This
           answer
           satisfied
           us
           of
           their
           honest
           meaning
           towards
           us
           .
           Therefore
           our
           Captain
           resolved
           for
           these
           5
           months
           to
           stay
           a
           Shore
           ,
           and
           so
           Sept.
           24.
           we
           built
           houses
           for
           our
           aboad
           that
           time
           ,
           and
           a
           Fort
           Triangle
           wise
           ,
           13
           foot
           high
           .
           But
           after
           14
           days
           repose
           here
           ,
           our
           Captain
           purposing
           to
           go
           to
           Cartagena
           with
           3
           Pinnaces
           ,
           left
           his
           Brother
           to
           govern
           those
           left
           behind
           with
           the
           Symerons
           to
           finish
           the
           Fort
           begun
           .
        
         
           Oct.
           7.
           
           Thus
           we
           set
           Sail
           and
           came
           that
           night
           to
           an
           Island
           (
           which
           he
           called
           Spurkite
           ,
           from
           great
           store
           of
           Birds
           in
           that
           shape
           .
           )
           The
           next
           day
           we
           were
           clear
           of
           these
           Islands
           ,
           and
           about
           4
           days
           after
           ,
           near
           the
           Island
           of
           St.
           Bernards
           we
           chased
           2
           Frigates
           ashore
           ,
           and
           recovering
           one
           of
           the
           Islands
           we
           stayed
           there
           2
           days
           to
           wash
           our
           Pinnaces
           and
           catch
           Fish
           .
        
         
           Oct.
           16.
           
           Thence
           we
           went
           towards
           Tolou
           and
           landed
           in
           a
           Garden
           where
           certain
           Indians
           delivered
           us
           their
           Bows
           and
           Arrows
           and
           gave
           us
           such
           fruit
           ,
           as
           the
           place
           yielded
           ,
           for
           which
           we
           requited
           them
           .
           Our
           Captains
           design
           in
           taking
           those
           places
           was
           to
           learn
           the
           true
           state
           of
           the
           Country
           and
           the
           Fleets
           .
        
         
           Thence
           we
           went
           towards
           Charesha
           the
           Island
           of
           Cartagena
           ,
           where
           we
           let
           fall
           our
           Grappers
           betwixt
           the
           Island
           and
           the
           Main
           over
           against
           the
           goodly
           Garden
           Island
           .
           Our
           
           Captain
           ,
           would
           not
           suffer
           us
           to
           land
           there
           ,
           knowing
           it
           would
           have
           proved
           dangerous
           ;
           and
           within
           3
           hours
           after
           ,
           passing
           by
           the
           Point
           of
           the
           Island
           ,
           we
           had
           a
           volly
           of
           100
           shot
           from
           them
           ;
           and
           yet
           but
           one
           of
           our
           men
           was
           hurt
           .
        
         
           Oct.
           17.
           
           This
           evening
           we
           departed
           to
           Sea
           ,
           and
           the
           next
           morning
           we
           took
           a
           Bark
           ,
           which
           we
           easily
           boarded
           ,
           for
           that
           the
           Captain
           with
           most
           of
           the
           Passengers
           had
           gone
           ashore
           .
           She
           had
           in
           her
           great
           store
           of
           Sope
           and
           Sweet-meats
           bound
           from
           St.
           Domingo
           to
           
             Cartagena
             .
             Oct.
          
           18.
           
           The
           next
           day
           we
           set
           all
           the
           men
           ashore
           (
           save
           a
           young
           Negroe
           we
           kept
           )
           but
           kept
           the
           Bark
           ,
           and
           in
           her
           bare
           to
           the
           mouth
           of
           Cartagena
           Harbor
           ,
           and
           Anchored
           .
        
         
           That
           ,
           Afternoon
           some
           Horsemen
           came
           down
           with
           the
           Scrivano
           aforementioned
           to
           the
           point
           ,
           and
           held
           up
           a
           Truce
           Flag
           ,
           desiring
           safe
           conduct
           to
           our
           Ship
           ;
           which
           granted
           the
           Scrivano
           came
           a
           board
           ,
           and
           thanking
           our
           Captain
           for
           former
           courtesies
           ,
           he
           promised
           that
           night
           to
           procure
           us
           store
           of
           Victuals
           ,
           whatever
           displeasure
           he
           might
           incur
           thereby
           .
           But
           we
           found
           this
           only
           a
           device
           of
           the
           Governor
           's
           to
           delay
           time
           till
           they
           were
           of
           sufficient
           strength
           to
           entrap
           us
           ;
           and
           therefore
           we
           put
           to
           Sea.
           
        
         
           Oct.
           20.
           
           The
           next
           day
           in
           the
           Afternoon
           we
           took
           2
           Frigates
           come
           from
           Cartagena
           ,
           the
           
           one
           of
           50
           the
           other
           of
           12
           Tuns
           ,
           having
           only
           ballast
           in
           them
           ;
           we
           kept
           the
           Frigats
           but
           set
           the
           men
           ashore
           in
           the
           great
           Frigats
           Gundelow
           .
        
         
           The
           next
           morning
           they
           came
           down
           to
           the
           Wester
           Point
           with
           a
           Truce
           Flag
           ;
           &
           our
           Captain
           manned
           one
           Pinnace
           and
           rowed
           ashore
           ;
           when
           we
           were
           near
           the
           shore
           the
           Spaniards
           fled
           into
           the
           Wood
           as
           afraid
           of
           us
           ,
           but
           indeed
           't
           was
           only
           to
           draw
           us
           on
           ;
           as
           we
           reached
           the
           Land
           our
           Captain
           leaped
           ashore
           in
           their
           sight
           ,
           but
           made
           no
           stay
           ;
           when
           he
           was
           come
           aboard
           again
           ,
           we
           haled
           off
           and
           rode
           a
           while
           ;
           They
           came
           forth
           again
           ,
           and
           sent
           a
           youth
           to
           demand
           what
           was
           our
           intent
           to
           stay
           thus
           upon
           the
           Coast
           ?
           Our
           Captain
           answered
           ,
           for
           Traffick
           ;
           he
           sent
           him
           again
           to
           shew
           him
           that
           't
           was
           prohibit
           ,
           to
           Traffick
           with
           Foreign
           People
           for
           any
           thing
           except
           Powder
           .
           He
           answered
           he
           was
           come
           to
           exchange
           his
           commodities
           for
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           and
           was
           purposed
           to
           effect
           it
           .
           However
           he
           gave
           this
           Messenger
           a
           Shirt
           for
           his
           reward
           .
        
         
           We
           heard
           no
           answer
           all
           that
           day
           but
           kept
           in
           our
           Frigats
           ,
           keeping
           good
           watch
           all
           night
           .
           The
           next
           morning
           the
           wind
           turned
           Easterly
           ,
           and
           we-saw
           two
           Sails
           (
           which
           were
           sent
           from
           Cartagena
           to
           fight
           us
           )
           coming
           to
           us
           ;
           whereupon
           our
           Captain
           went
           to
           encounter
           them
           ,
           and
           approaching
           them
           we
           
           saw
           many
           men
           aboard
           them
           .
           The
           Spaniards
           on
           the
           Shore
           thought
           to
           recover
           their
           Frigats
           (
           being
           left
           unmanned
           )
           while
           we
           were
           busied
           with
           the
           other
           .
           But
           our
           Captain
           prevented
           it
           ,
           for
           leaving
           
             John
             Oxnam
          
           to
           treat
           those
           two
           Ships
           ,
           he
           made
           speed
           to
           his
           Frigats
           ,
           and
           caused
           the
           Spaniards
           consult
           to
           save
           their
           lives
           by
           flight
           ,
           leaving
           several
           of
           their
           weapons
           behind
           them
           .
           And
           seeing
           he
           could
           not
           man
           them
           ,
           he
           burnt
           the
           one
           and
           sunk
           the
           other
           .
           This
           done
           he
           returned
           to
           
             John
             Oxnam
          
           (
           who
           all
           this
           while
           lay
           silent
           by
           the
           Men
           of
           War
           )
           and
           the
           wind
           blowing
           from
           Sea
           ,
           we
           were
           forced
           to
           bear
           into
           the
           Harbor
           before
           them
           ,
           they
           supposing
           we
           fled
           ;
           but
           as
           soon
           as
           we
           felt
           smooth
           Water
           ,
           getting
           the
           wind
           ,
           we
           fought
           them
           at
           advantage
           ,
           so
           that
           they
           were
           willing
           to
           press
           no
           nigher
           :
           and
           as
           they
           let
           fall
           their
           Anchors
           ,
           we
           droped
           ours
           in
           the
           wind
           of
           them
           .
           They
           seeing
           no
           gain
           to
           be
           had
           of
           us
           retired
           to
           the
           Town
           ;
           but
           we
           by
           reason
           of
           bad
           weather
           Rode
           there
           4
           days
           .
        
         
           Octob.
           27.
           
           A
           Frigat
           came
           from
           Sea
           ,
           and
           seeing
           us
           ,
           ran
           her self
           ashore
           ,
           unhanging
           her
           Rudder
           and
           throwing
           away
           her
           Sails
           ;
           when
           we
           were
           come
           up
           to
           her
           ,
           a
           party
           came
           down
           to
           the
           point
           of
           the
           Main
           ,
           whom
           we
           by
           our
           shot
           caused
           quickly
           retire
           into
           the
           Woods
           .
           Whereupon
           we
           went
           to
           Sea
           with
           intent
           to
           
           ride
           at
           the
           Rock
           called
           
             Las
             Serenas
          
           2
           Leagues
           off
           ,
           but
           through
           tempest
           were
           forced
           to
           return
           into
           the
           Harbor
           .
           But
           the
           Spaniards
           had
           a
           new
           device
           ;
           for
           they
           sent
           forth
           a
           Party
           against
           us
           ,
           who
           at
           our
           encountring
           them
           fled
           with
           intent
           to
           draw
           us
           after
           them
           ,
           having
           an
           ambush
           set
           for
           us
           ;
           besides
           ,
           2
           Pinnaces
           well
           mann'd
           came
           towards
           us
           and
           attacqued
           us
           boldly
           ;
           and
           seeing
           us
           bear
           from
           them
           ,
           they
           concluded
           of
           Victory
           :
           But
           our
           Captain
           Commanding
           his
           other
           Pinnace
           to
           be
           brought
           a
           head
           of
           him
           ,
           and
           to
           let
           fall
           their
           Grappers
           each
           a
           head
           the
           others
           ,
           environed
           both
           the
           Pinnaces
           as
           for
           a
           close
           fight
           .
           We
           (
           as
           well
           as
           they
           )
           spent
           Powder
           apace
           ,
           but
           had
           but
           one
           of
           out
           men
           wounded
           ;
           what
           they
           had
           we
           knew
           not
           ,
           but
           their
           Pinnaces
           were
           shot
           through
           in
           diverse
           places
           and
           the
           Powder
           of
           one
           of
           them
           took
           fire
           ;
           whereupon
           we
           bore
           towards
           them
           ,
           which
           they
           seeing
           ,
           betook
           themselves
           to
           their
           old
           Sanctuary
           .
        
         
           Nov.
           3.
           
           Thus
           seeing
           little
           hopes
           off
           success
           in
           this
           place
           ,
           our
           Captain
           thought
           it
           best
           to
           go
           Eastward
           towards
           
             Rio
             Grand
          
           to
           furnish
           our selves
           with
           Victuals
           ,
           being
           now
           scarce
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           2
           days
           after
           we
           came
           to
           the
           Villages
           of
           store
           ,
           where
           before
           we
           had
           furnished
           our selves
           sufficiently
           ,
           but
           now
           found
           nothing
           ,
           to
           our
           great
           grief
           ;
           the
           Spaniards
           having
           caused
           the
           People
           to
           fly
           to
           the
           
           Mountains
           ,
           and
           driven
           away
           their
           Cattel
           that
           we
           might
           not
           be
           relieved
           ;
           afterwards
           we
           saw
           a
           Frigate
           at
           Sea
           ,
           and
           made
           quickly
           towards
           her
           ,
           hoping
           to
           be
           relieved
           thence
           ,
           but
           when
           we
           had
           boarded
           her
           we
           found
           she
           had
           neither
           Meat
           ,
           nor
           Money
           .
        
         
           Thus
           we
           endured
           scarcity
           for
           7
           or
           8
           days
           ,
           bearing
           room
           for
           
             Santa
             Martha
          
           in
           hopes
           to
           find
           Shipping
           there
           ,
           and
           finding
           none
           we
           Anchored
           under
           the
           Western
           point
           ;
           which
           the
           Spaniards
           having
           notice
           of
           ,
           conveyed
           30
           or
           40
           shot
           among
           the
           Clifts
           ,
           which
           so
           annoyed
           us
           that
           we
           were
           forced
           to
           be
           gone
           with
           all
           speed
           .
           Then
           we
           entred
           into
           consultation
           what
           to
           do
           ,
           the
           Company
           being
           for
           landing
           somewhere
           Eastward
           to
           get
           Victuals
           ;
           But
           our
           Captain
           thought
           it
           better
           to
           bear
           towards
           
             Rio
             de
             Haca
          
           or
           Carizao
           .
        
         
           The
           Company
           of
           the
           other
           Pinnace
           answered
           ,
           that
           neither
           their
           Pinnaces
           could
           hold
           out
           ,
           nor
           they
           themselves
           subsist
           with
           so
           slender
           provision
           .
           He
           answered
           they
           had
           more
           than
           he
           had
           ,
           and
           therefore
           doubted
           not
           but
           they
           would
           trust
           providence
           .
           And
           so
           he
           hoysed
           his
           fore-Sail
           and
           set
           for
           Carizao
           ,
           which
           they
           perceiving
           followed
           him
           .
        
         
           As
           we
           had
           Sailed
           3
           Leagues
           we
           espied
           a
           Sail
           plying
           Westward
           ,
           and
           so
           joyfully
           bare
           towards
           her
           ;
           she
           ,
           being
           a
           Spanish
           Ship
           above
           90
           Tun
           ,
           shot
           her
           Ordinance
           at
           us
           .
           We
           durst
           
           not
           attempt
           boarding
           her
           ,
           it
           being
           Stormy
           ,
           but
           attended
           her
           ,
           and
           2
           hours
           after
           it
           being
           Calm
           ,
           we
           boarded
           her
           ,
           and
           furnished
           our selves
           sufficiently
           with
           Provision
           .
        
         
           All
           things
           set
           in
           order
           ,
           &
           the
           Wind
           arising
           ,
           we
           plyed
           off
           and
           on
           all
           night
           ;
           when
           it
           was
           day
           the
           Captain
           sent
           
             Edward
             Hixom
          
           to
           search
           out
           a
           good
           Harbor
           ,
           who
           having
           found
           one
           returned
           ,
           and
           we
           came
           in
           with
           our
           new
           Prize
           :
           Our
           Captain
           promising
           liberty
           and
           all
           their
           Apparel
           to
           the
           Spaniards
           if
           they
           would
           procure
           us
           fresh
           Water
           and
           Victuals
           ,
           which
           they
           did
           ;
           and
           towards
           the
           evening
           we
           came
           all
           aboard
           again
           leaving
           ,
           our
           late
           Prisoners
           ,
           the
           Spaniards
           ashore
           according
           to
           our
           promise
           to
           their
           great
           joy
           ,
           and
           so
           set
           Sail.
           
        
         
           At
           this
           time
           a
           sickness
           raged
           among
           us
           ,
           and
           
             Charles
             Club
          
           one
           of
           our
           Quarter-masters
           died
           of
           it
           to
           our
           great
           grief
           :
           we
           impured
           it
           to
           cold
           ,
           men
           had
           taken
           lying
           in
           the
           Pinnaces
           .
           But
           however
           it
           pleased
           God
           ,
           that
           all
           the
           rest
           of
           our
           Company
           recovered
           .
        
         
           Nov.
           15.
           
           Next
           morning
           our
           Captain
           commanded
           the
           Minion
           ,
           his
           lesser
           Pinnace
           ,
           to
           hasten
           before
           him
           toward
           his
           Ships
           at
           Fort
           Diego
           within
           the
           
           Cabeza's
           ,
           to
           acquaint
           them
           of
           his
           coming
           ,
           and
           prepare
           all
           things
           for
           our
           Land
           Journey
           ,
           if
           so
           be
           they
           heard
           any
           thing
           from
           the
           Symerons
           of
           the
           Fleets
           arrival
           .
        
         
           When
           we
           came
           to
           our
           Ship
           we
           were
           surprized
           
           to
           our
           great
           Grief
           ,
           with
           the
           news
           o●
           the
           Death
           of
           
             John
             Drake
          
           our
           Captains
           Brother
           and
           one
           
             Richard
             Allen
          
           ,
           both
           slain
           in
           attempting
           to
           board
           a
           Frigate
           :
           The
           manne●
           thus
           :
           Having
           seen
           this
           Frigate
           at
           Sea
           ,
           the
           Company
           were
           very
           importunate
           on
           him
           to
           set
           upon
           her
           ;
           he
           told
           them
           he
           wanted
           weapons
           to
           assail
           with
           ,
           and
           knew
           not
           how
           strong
           the
           Frigate
           might
           be
           .
           But
           this
           not
           satisfying
           he
           told
           them
           that
           they
           should
           not
           through
           hi●
           Cowardise
           lose
           any
           Prize
           .
           Thereupon
           every
           man
           shifted
           as
           they
           could
           ,
           and
           emptyed
           thei●
           Boats
           of
           the
           Planks
           (
           that
           were
           therein
           fo●
           carrying
           on
           their
           Fort
           ,
           )
           they
           took
           such
           poo●
           Arms
           as
           they
           had
           ,
           and
           so
           made
           towards
           the
           Frigate
           ,
           and
           boarded
           her
           .
           But
           they
           found
           her
           Armed
           round
           about
           whith
           a
           close
           figh●
           of
           Hides
           full
           of
           Pikes
           and
           Calivers
           which
           were
           discharged
           in
           their
           faces
           ;
           of
           which
           there
           were
           several
           wounded
           ,
           and
           
             John
             Drake
          
           and
           
             Richard
             Allen
          
           mortally
           ;
           but
           notwithstanding
           they
           got
           free
           of
           the
           Frigate
           and
           recovered
           their
           Ship
           ,
           where
           those
           2
           died
           .
        
         
           Thus
           having
           moared
           our
           Ship
           our
           Captain
           resolved
           to
           lie
           hid
           ,
           expecting
           to
           hear
           of
           the
           Spanish
           Fleet
           ,
           and
           therefore
           supplied
           his
           Company
           with
           the
           Symerons
           out
           of
           his
           aforesaid
           Magazine
           ,
           besides
           wild
           Beasts
           out
           of
           the
           Woods
           .
           After
           a
           Months
           Sail
           most
           of
           our
           men
           fell
           sick
           of
           a
           Calenture
           ,
           and
           several
           
           died
           ,
           of
           whom
           
             Joseph
             Drake
          
           ,
           another
           of
           our
           Captains
           Brothers
           ,
           was
           one
           ,
           whom
           for
           the
           discovering
           of
           the
           Nature
           of
           that
           disease
           ,
           our
           Captain
           caused
           be
           opened
           by
           the
           Surgeon
           ,
           who
           found
           his
           Liver
           swollen
           ,
           his
           Heart
           as
           it
           were
           sodden
           and
           his
           Guts
           all
           fair
           .
           Within
           4
           days
           the
           Surgeon
           that
           cut
           him
           up
           died
           also
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           an
           over
           strong
           purgation
           he
           had
           taken
           .
        
         
           The
           Symerons
           during
           our
           absence
           ranged
           up
           and
           down
           the
           Country
           to
           learn
           what
           they
           could
           for
           us
           ;
           now
           they
           bring
           us
           news
           that
           the
           Fleet
           was
           arrived
           at
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios.
          
           Our
           Captain
           sent
           the
           Lyon
           to
           descrie
           the
           truth
           thereof
           ;
           who
           espying
           a
           Frigate
           ,
           boarded
           and
           took
           herladen
           with
           Maiz
           ,
           Hens
           and
           Pompions
           from
           Tolou
           .
           The
           men
           therein
           ,
           who
           assured
           us
           of
           their
           arrival
           ,
           our
           Captain
           used
           very
           courteously
           ,
           guarding
           them
           from
           the
           cruelty
           of
           the
           Symerons
           who
           were
           thirsting
           after
           their
           Blood.
           
        
         
           And
           when
           he
           prepared
           for
           his
           Journey
           to
           Panama
           ,
           he
           gave
           
             Ellis
             Hixom
          
           charge
           of
           his
           Ship
           and
           Company
           ,
           and
           especially
           of
           those
           Spaniards
           .
        
         
           All
           things
           thus
           ordered
           ,
           our
           Captain
           conferred
           with
           the
           Symerons
           about
           Provision
           for
           this
           Journey
           ;
           they
           told
           him
           that
           great
           store
           of
           Shoes
           were
           necessary
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           many
           Rivers
           with
           Stones
           and
           Gravel
           they
           were
           to
           pass
           .
           All
           things
           provided
           we
           took
           
           our
           Journey
           on
           
             Shrove
             Tuesday
             ,
             Feb.
          
           3.
           
           By
           this
           time
           28
           of
           our
           men
           had
           died
           ,
           and
           a
           few
           healthy
           men
           were
           left
           aboard
           with
           Ellis
           ,
           who
           had
           strict
           charge
           not
           to
           trust
           any
           Messenger
           that
           should
           come
           in
           our
           Captains
           name
           without
           his
           handwriting
           .
        
         
           We
           were
           in
           all
           48
           ,
           18
           English
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           Symerons
           ,
           who
           ,
           besides
           their
           Arrows
           bore
           our
           Provision
           and
           Victuals
           ,
           and
           because
           they
           could
           not
           carry
           enough
           ,
           by
           the
           way
           they
           provided
           us
           store
           with
           their
           Arrows
           .
        
         
           They
           have
           each
           2
           sorts
           of
           Arrows
           ;
           the
           one
           to
           defend
           himself
           ,
           and
           offend
           the
           Enemy
           ;
           the
           other
           to
           kill
           his
           Victuals
           .
           These
           for
           fighting
           are
           somewhat
           like
           the
           Scottish
           Arrows
           only
           somewhat
           longer
           and
           headed
           with
           Iron
           ,
           Wood
           or
           Fish-Bones
           .
           But
           the
           Arrows
           for
           Provision
           are
           of
           3
           sorts
           ;
           the
           first
           serveth
           to
           kill
           any
           great
           Beast
           near
           hand
           ,
           and
           hath
           an
           Iron
           head
           of
           a
           Pound
           and
           a
           half
           ,
           shaped
           like
           the
           head
           of
           a
           Javelin
           ,
           as
           sharp
           ,
           as
           a
           knife
           :
           The
           second
           for
           lesser
           Beasts
           ,
           and
           hath
           an
           head
           of
           three-quarters
           of
           a
           Pound
           .
           The
           third
           for
           all
           manner
           of
           Birds
           ,
           and
           hath
           a
           head
           of
           an
           ounce
           weight
           .
           These
           heads
           tho
           of
           Iron
           ,
           yet
           kept
           their
           edge
           long
           .
           For
           these
           and
           such
           uses
           Iron
           is
           of
           more
           value
           here
           than
           Gold
           :
           and
           he
           that
           can
           temper
           it
           well
           is
           most
           esteemed
           .
        
         
           Every
           day
           we
           marched
           at
           Sun
           Rising
           ,
           
           continuing
           till
           10
           in
           the
           Forenoon
           ,
           then
           resting
           (
           near
           some
           River
           )
           till
           past
           12
           ,
           we
           marched
           till
           4
           a
           clock
           at
           night
           ,
           when
           we
           reposed
           our selves
           in
           some
           convenient
           place
           .
        
         
           When
           we
           came
           to
           the
           place
           we
           intended
           to
           lodge
           at
           ,
           the
           Symerons
           laid
           aside
           their
           Burthens
           ,
           to
           cut
           down
           Poles
           and
           Palmito
           Boughs
           or
           Plantain
           leaves
           ,
           and
           with
           speed
           set
           up
           six
           Houses
           ;
           first
           fastning
           3
           or
           4
           great
           Posts
           with
           Forks
           ,
           deep
           into
           the
           ground
           ,
           upon
           them
           they
           laid
           one
           Transome
           (
           about
           20
           foot
           )
           making
           the
           sides
           like
           the
           roofs
           of
           our
           Country
           Houses
           ,
           Thatching
           it
           close
           with
           the
           aforesaid
           Leaves
           ,
           so
           that
           it
           would
           keep
           out
           rain
           a
           long
           time
           .
        
         
           We
           found
           near
           the
           Rivers
           several
           Fruits
           ,
           as
           
             Mammeas
             ,
             Guyavas
             ,
             Palmitos
             ,
             Pinos
             ,
             Oranges
             ,
             Limons
             ,
          
           &c.
           
        
         
           The
           3d.
           day
           of
           our
           Journey
           they
           brought
           us
           to
           a
           Town
           of
           their
           own
           ,
           situate
           upon
           the
           side
           of
           a
           Hill
           near
           a
           River
           ,
           encompassed
           with
           a
           Dike
           8
           foot
           broad
           ,
           and
           a
           thick
           mud
           Wall
           10
           foot
           high
           .
           It
           had
           one
           long
           and
           broad
           Street
           from
           East
           to
           West
           ,
           and
           two
           cross
           Streets
           narrower
           ;
           there
           were
           in
           it
           fifty
           or
           sixty
           households
           ,
           which
           were
           so
           cleanly
           ,
           (
           that
           not
           only
           the
           Houses
           ,
           but
           Streets
           were
           pleasant
           .
           Their
           Apparel
           is
           somewhat
           after
           the
           Spanish
           fashion
           .
           This
           Town
           is
           distant
           from
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           35
           Leagues
           ,
           and
           45
           from
           Panama
           ,
           
           it
           is
           sufficiently
           stored
           with
           Beasts
           ,
           Fowls
           and
           several
           Fruits
           .
        
         
           As
           for
           their
           Religion
           ,
           they
           have
           no
           kind
           of
           Priests
           ,
           only
           they
           hold
           the
           Cross
           in
           great
           reputation
           :
           but
           at
           our
           Captains
           persuasion
           they
           were
           contented
           to
           leave
           their
           Crosses
           and
           learn
           the
           Lords
           Prayer
           ,
           and
           be
           instructed
           in
           some
           measure
           in
           Gods
           True
           Worship
           .
           They
           keep
           a
           continual
           watch
           in
           4
           parts
           within
           3
           miles
           of
           the
           Town
           ,
           for
           fear
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           who
           sometimes
           by
           the
           Conduct
           of
           some
           Symerons
           ,
           Captives
           to
           them
           ,
           have
           come
           in
           upon
           them
           .
        
         
           We
           stayed
           there
           all
           night
           ,
           during
           which
           time
           they
           related
           unto
           us
           several
           Broils
           betwixt
           them
           and
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           particularly
           one
           :
           A
           Gentleman
           entertained
           by
           the
           Governor
           of
           the
           Country
           undertook
           last
           year
           ,
           with
           150
           Souldiers
           to
           put
           them
           ,
           Young
           ,
           and
           Old
           to
           the
           Sword
           ,
           being
           conducted
           by
           one
           of
           them
           that
           had
           been
           taken
           Prisoner
           ;
           he
           surprized
           it
           half
           an
           hour
           before
           day
           ,
           whereby
           many
           of
           the
           Men
           escaped
           ,
           but
           many
           Women
           and
           Children
           were
           killed
           :
           but
           the
           same
           morning
           by
           Sun
           rising
           (
           their
           guide
           being
           slain
           )
           the
           Symerons
           assembled
           themselves
           and
           behaved
           in
           such
           sort
           ,
           that
           they
           drove
           the
           Spaniards
           to
           such
           extremity
           ,
           that
           partly
           by
           the
           disadvantage
           of
           the
           Woods
           ,
           having
           lost
           their
           guide
           ,
           and
           partly
           by
           famine
           ,
           not
           above
           30
           
           of
           them
           returned
           .
           Their
           King
           dwelt
           in
           a
           City
           16
           Leagues
           South-east
           of
           Panama
           ,
           wherein
           are
           supposed
           to
           be
           1700
           fighting
           Men.
           
        
         
           Our
           Captain
           was
           kindly
           entreated
           by
           them
           all
           ,
           and
           was
           desired
           to
           abide
           with
           them
           some
           time
           ,
           but
           he
           being
           intent
           on
           his
           Journey
           ,
           thankt
           them
           for
           their
           kindness
           ,
           and
           marched
           on
           in
           his
           intended
           Journey
           .
        
         
           The
           order
           of
           our
           March
           was
           thus
           ;
           Four
           of
           the
           Symerons
           as
           knew
           the
           way
           best
           went
           a
           mile
           before
           us
           ,
           breaking
           off
           Boughs
           of
           Trees
           and
           throwing
           them
           on
           the
           way
           for
           a
           direction
           to
           those
           that
           followed
           ,
           12
           of
           them
           were
           our
           Vantguard
           ,
           and
           12
           our
           Rereward
           ,
           we
           in
           the
           middle
           .
        
         
           Our
           way
           through
           Woods
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           shade
           was
           cooler
           than
           it
           is
           in
           most
           parts
           in
           England
           ,
           in
           the
           Summer
           time
           .
        
         
           Feb.
           11.
           
           We
           came
           to
           a
           High
           Hill
           ,
           mid-way
           where
           was
           a
           great
           Tree
           whence
           we
           might
           see
           both
           the
           North
           and
           South
           Atlantick
           Ocean
           ;
           one
           of
           the
           Symerons
           took
           our
           Captain
           by
           the
           hand
           and
           led
           him
           up
           thither
           who
           likewise
           called
           us
           up
           to
           it
           .
           The
           Tree
           was
           cut
           ,
           and
           several
           steps
           made
           in
           it
           to
           ascend
           ;
           near
           unto
           the
           top
           was
           made
           a
           convenient
           Bower
           ,
           wherein
           10
           or
           12
           Men
           might
           easily
           sit
           .
        
         
         
           Being
           throughly
           satisfied
           with
           the
           sight
           ,
           we
           descended
           ,
           and
           continued
           our
           former
           Journey
           ;
           when
           we
           came
           to
           the
           Champion
           Country
           we
           found
           the
           Grass
           of
           an
           extraordinary
           height
           .
           The
           Inhabitants
           are
           forced
           to
           burn
           it
           thrice
           a
           year
           that
           their
           Cattel
           may
           feed
           on
           it
           ;
           after
           which
           it
           springs
           up
           fresh
           in
           3
           days
           ;
           Its
           stalks
           are
           as
           big
           as
           a
           Wheaten
           reed
           ,
           and
           though
           Cattle
           feed
           on
           it
           ,
           yet
           in
           a
           few
           days
           it
           grows
           so
           high
           that
           they
           cannot
           reach
           it
           .
        
         
           After
           we
           were
           come
           within
           a
           days
           Journey
           of
           Panama
           ,
           for
           fear
           of
           being
           discovered
           ,
           we
           went
           out
           of
           the
           ordinary
           way
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           a
           Grove
           within
           a
           League
           of
           Panama
           ;
           thence
           we
           sent
           a
           Symeron
           who
           had
           been
           formerly
           at
           Panama
           ,
           in
           habit
           of
           a
           Negroe
           ,
           to
           learn
           on
           what
           night
           (
           for
           they
           travel
           from
           Panama
           to
           
             Venta
             Cruz
          
           by
           night
           ,
           by
           reason
           they
           have
           no
           shades
           there
           ,
           but
           from
           thence
           to
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           by
           day
           ,
           for
           that
           the
           Country
           there
           abounds
           in
           Woods
           )
           they
           were
           to
           carry
           their
           Treasure
           to
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           ;
           who
           returning
           certified
           us
           that
           the
           Treasurer
           of
           Lima
           was
           to
           go
           that
           night
           with
           8
           Moyles
           laden
           with
           Gold
           ,
           and
           one
           with
           Jewels
           .
           And
           further
           ,
           that
           there
           were
           2
           Recoes
           ,
           50
           Moyles
           in
           each
           ,
           laden
           mostly
           with
           Victuals
           ,
           with
           some
           little
           quantity
           of
           Silver
           ,
           to
           come
           forth
           that
           night
           after
           the
           other
           .
           Hereupon
           we
           marched
           till
           we
           
           came
           within
           2
           Leagues
           of
           
             Venta
             Cruz
          
           ;
           two
           of
           our
           Symerons
           sent
           before
           ,
           found
           a
           Spaniard
           ,
           whom
           they
           brought
           to
           us
           ;
           who
           examining
           him
           were
           confirmed
           of
           the
           truth
           of
           that
           our
           Spy
           had
           told
           us
           .
           This
           Souldier
           having
           learned
           who
           our
           Captain
           was
           ,
           prayed
           him
           to
           preserve
           him
           from
           the
           fury
           of
           the
           Symerons
           ,
           and
           that
           seeing
           he
           was
           a
           Souldier
           ,
           and
           assured
           him
           of
           more
           Gold
           that
           night
           than
           they
           could
           dispose
           of
           ,
           besides
           Jewels
           ,
           &c.
           
           That
           he
           would
           please
           to
           let
           him
           have
           so
           much
           as
           might
           suffice
           him
           and
           his
           Mistress
           to
           live
           upon
           .
        
         
           Being
           at
           the
           place
           appointed
           ,
           our
           Captain
           with
           half
           his
           men
           lay
           on
           one
           side
           of
           the
           way
           about
           50
           paces
           off
           in
           the
           long
           Grass
           ;
           
             John
             Oxnam
          
           with
           the
           Captain
           of
           the
           Symerons
           and
           other
           half
           on
           the
           other
           side
           of
           the
           way
           ,
           the
           like
           distance
           ;
           but
           so
           far
           distant
           that
           by
           that
           time
           the
           one
           Company
           could
           seize
           on
           the
           foremost
           Moyles
           ,
           the
           other
           might
           take
           the
           hindmost
           ,
           and
           likeways
           that
           if
           we
           should
           have
           any
           Skirmish
           that
           night
           ,
           we
           might
           not
           endamage
           our
           own
           men
           .
           We
           had
           not
           lain
           thus
           ,
           much
           above
           an
           hour
           ,
           when
           we
           heard
           the
           Recoes
           coming
           ,
           and
           going
           betwixt
           Panama
           and
           
             Venta
             Cruz.
          
           And
           though
           strict
           charge
           was
           given
           that
           none
           of
           our
           men
           should
           stir
           as
           any
           passed
           from
           
             Venta
             Cruz
          
           ,
           as
           knowing
           they
           had
           nothing
           but
           Merchandise
           ;
           yet
           
           
             Robert
             Pike
          
           ,
           one
           of
           our
           men
           forgot
           himself
           and
           entising
           a
           Symeron
           with
           him
           ,
           went
           hard
           by
           the
           way
           side
           ,
           and
           a
           Cavalier
           from
           
             Venta
             Cruz
          
           coming
           by
           ,
           stood
           up
           to
           see
           what
           he
           was
           ,
           and
           though
           the
           Symeron
           pull'd
           him
           down
           again
           ,
           yet
           the
           Gentleman
           took
           notice
           of
           him
           ,
           seeing
           one
           all
           in
           White
           ,
           (
           for
           we
           had
           put
           our
           shirts
           over
           our
           Cloaths
           that
           if
           we
           should
           happen
           to
           Skirmish
           with
           them
           we
           might
           know
           our
           own
           men
           in
           the
           night
           )
           and
           presently
           put
           spurs
           to
           his
           Horse
           .
           This
           alteration
           of
           his
           Horses
           pace
           was
           observed
           by
           our
           Captain
           ,
           who
           therefore
           suspected
           we
           were
           discovered
           ,
           but
           could
           not
           imagine
           by
           whose
           fault
           .
           Yet
           supposing
           it
           might
           be
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           danger
           of
           the
           Place
           ,
           we
           lay
           still
           in
           expectation
           of
           their
           coming
           ,
           who
           by
           this
           time
           were
           within
           half
           a
           League
           of
           us
           ,
           and
           had
           come
           ,
           but
           that
           this
           Gentleman
           meeting
           them
           reported
           what
           he
           had
           seen
           ,
           and
           persuaded
           the
           Treasurer
           it
           was
           either
           Captain
           Drake
           ,
           or
           some
           from
           him
           ,
           who
           ,
           having
           been
           frustrate
           of
           their
           hopes
           of
           Treasure
           from
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           ,
           were
           resolved
           to
           have
           it
           here
           ,
           and
           thereupon
           he
           prevailed
           with
           him
           to
           turn
           his
           Recoe
           out
           of
           the
           way
           ,
           and
           to
           let
           the
           other
           Recoes
           which
           were
           laded
           mostly
           with
           Victuals
           to
           pass
           on
           ,
           in
           regard
           the
           loss
           of
           them
           would
           not
           be
           considerable
           .
           Thus
           were
           we
           disappointed
           of
           a
           most
           rich
           booty
           .
        
         
         
           The
           other
           two
           Recoes
           coming
           up
           we
           seized
           upon
           them
           .
           One
           of
           their
           chief
           Carriers
           told
           our
           Captain
           how
           we
           were
           discovered
           ,
           and
           withal
           advised
           us
           to
           shift
           for
           our selves
           betimes
           .
           Whereupon
           Pedro
           ,
           the
           Chief
           of
           the
           Symerons
           ,
           told
           us
           that
           there
           were
           but
           two
           ways
           for
           escape
           ,
           either
           to
           Travel
           back
           the
           same
           secret
           way
           we
           came
           ,
           for
           four
           Leagues
           ,
           into
           the
           Woods
           ;
           or
           else
           to
           make
           a
           way
           through
           
             Venta
             Cruz
          
           by
           our
           Swords
           ;
           The
           latter
           of
           which
           notwithstanding
           the
           dangerousness
           of
           it
           ,
           our
           Captain
           chose
           ,
           as
           being
           the
           shortest
           way
           .
           Therefore
           commanding
           all
           to
           refresh
           themselves
           ,
           he
           told
           them
           his
           resolution
           ,
           asking
           Pedro
           if
           he
           would
           give
           him
           his
           hand
           ,
           not
           to
           forsake
           him
           ,
           which
           he
           willingly
           did
           ,
           vowing
           that
           he
           would
           rather
           dye
           at
           his
           Feet
           than
           leave
           him
           to
           the
           Enemies
           Fury
           ,
           if
           he
           held
           this
           course
           .
           Thus
           we
           took
           our
           Journey
           to
           
             Venta
             Cruz
          
           with
           help
           of
           the
           Moyls
           ,
           till
           we
           came
           within
           a
           Mile
           of
           the
           Town
           ,
           where
           we
           turned
           away
           the
           Recoes
           ,
           charging
           their
           Conductors
           not
           to
           follow
           us
           .
           There
           the
           way
           is
           cut
           through
           the
           Wood
           ,
           so
           as
           two
           Recoes
           may
           pass
           by
           one
           another
           .
           For
           those
           Woods
           grow
           as
           thick
           as
           our
           thickest
           Hedges
           in
           England
           .
        
         
           A
           Company
           of
           Soldiers
           came
           out
           against
           us
           to
           the
           middle
           of
           this
           Wood
           ,
           with
           whom
           a
           Convent
           of
           Fryers
           joyned
           ;
           Our
           Captain
           
           informed
           of
           their
           coming
           ,
           by
           two
           Symerons
           sent
           before
           ,
           gave
           charge
           that
           none
           of
           us
           should
           shoot
           till
           the
           Spaniards
           had
           first
           Fired
           .
           When
           they
           came
           up
           ,
           their
           Captain
           charged
           ours
           to
           yield
           our selves
           Prisoners
           ,
           which
           our
           Captain
           refusing
           ,
           they
           immediately
           Fired
           ,
           doing
           us
           no
           considerable
           hurt
           ,
           save
           only
           
             John
             Harris
          
           one
           of
           our
           Company
           was
           killed
           .
           But
           our
           Captain
           perceiving
           their
           Shot
           slacking
           ,
           gave
           us
           a
           Sign
           to
           discharge
           upon
           them
           ,
           and
           then
           march
           or
           wards
           with
           intent
           to
           close
           with
           them
           .
           They
           retired
           to
           a
           place
           of
           greater
           strength
           ,
           and
           we
           hastened
           our
           pace
           to
           prevent
           it
           .
           Which
           the
           Symerons
           perceiving
           (
           though
           frighted
           with
           the
           Shot
           they
           had
           stept
           aside
           )
           rushed
           forwards
           with
           their
           Arrows
           ready
           in
           their
           Bows
           ,
           leaping
           and
           dancing
           ,
           and
           singing
           
             Yó
             pehó
             ,
             yó
             pehó
          
           ,
           and
           so
           continued
           till
           we
           overtook
           some
           of
           the
           Enemy
           ,
           who
           conveyed
           themselves
           within
           the
           Woods
           to
           have
           taken
           their
           stand
           at
           us
           .
           But
           our
           Symerons
           brake
           in
           through
           the
           thickest
           of
           them
           ,
           forcing
           them
           to
           flye
           ;
           diverse
           of
           our
           men
           were
           Wounded
           and
           one
           Symeron
           killed
           ,
           who
           yet
           revenged
           his
           own
           death
           before
           he
           died
           .
        
         
           Thus
           we
           entred
           the
           Town
           ,
           being
           about
           40
           or
           50
           Houses
           ,
           having
           both
           a
           Governor
           and
           other
           Officers
           ,
           and
           some
           fair
           Houses
           ,
           with
           some
           Store-houses
           ,
           besides
           he
           Monastery
           .
        
         
         
           We
           found
           here
           3
           Gentlewomen
           lately
           delivered
           of
           Children
           who
           were
           come
           hither
           from
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           to
           bring
           forth
           their
           Children
           ;
           because
           it
           hath
           been
           observed
           that
           no
           Spaniard
           ,
           or
           White
           ,
           could
           ever
           be
           delivered
           at
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           ,
           but
           the
           Children
           died
           within
           3
           days
           ;
           yet
           being
           brought
           up
           here
           or
           in
           Panama
           5
           or
           6
           years
           ,
           and
           then
           brought
           to
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           ,
           if
           they
           escap't
           sickness
           six
           weeks
           they
           lived
           as
           healthy
           as
           any
           where
           .
           These
           Gentlewomen
           at
           our
           first
           coming
           were
           in
           great
           fear
           ,
           yet
           ,
           our
           Captain
           having
           charged
           the
           Symerons
           to
           hurt
           none
           save
           those
           that
           were
           Armed
           ,
           they
           received
           no
           harm
           .
           Having
           set
           our
           Guards
           on
           all
           passages
           to
           prevent
           danger
           ,
           we
           stayed
           in
           this
           Town
           an
           hour
           and
           a
           half
           refreshing
           our selves
           ,
           and
           our
           Company
           and
           the
           Symerons
           had
           got
           some
           Pillage
           .
           A
           little
           before
           we
           departed
           12
           Horsemen
           come
           from
           Panama
           ,
           supposing
           we
           had
           been
           gone
           ,
           entred
           the
           Town
           ,
           but
           were
           forced
           quickly
           to
           retire
           .
        
         
           Thus
           having
           dispatcht
           our
           business
           in
           this
           Town
           we
           marched
           over
           the
           Bridge
           ,
           observing
           the
           same
           order
           as
           formerly
           ,
           and
           our
           Captain
           longing
           to
           be
           at
           his
           Ships
           hastned
           his
           Journey
           as
           much
           as
           possible
           ,
           by
           reason
           whereof
           we
           marched
           with
           hungry
           Stomachs
           .
        
         
         
           In
           our
           absence
           the
           Symerons
           we
           left
           with
           our
           men
           had
           built
           a
           little
           Town
           3
           Leagues
           off
           where
           our
           Ship
           lay
           ,
           where
           our
           Captain
           at
           their
           entreaty
           made
           some
           stay
           ,
           and
           supplied
           us
           with
           Shoes
           ,
           which
           had
           been
           wore
           out
           in
           our
           Journey
           .
        
         
           These
           Symerons
           were
           very
           serviceable
           to
           us
           ,
           being
           to
           us
           guides
           ,
           Intelligencers
           ,
           Purveyors
           ,
           &c.
           and
           when
           any
           of
           our
           men
           was
           wearied
           ,
           two
           of
           them
           would
           take
           him
           up
           and
           carry
           him
           2
           miles
           together
           ,
           and
           likewise
           shewed
           themselves
           very
           Valiant
           .
        
         
           At
           our
           first
           entrance
           into
           this
           Town
           our
           Captain
           dispatcht
           a
           Symeron
           with
           an
           order
           and
           token
           to
           the
           Master
           of
           our
           Ship
           ,
           who
           being
           come
           was
           quickly
           set
           aboard
           ;
           and
           shewing
           a
           Tooth-Pike
           of
           Gold
           ,
           which
           he
           said
           our
           Captain
           had
           sent
           for
           a
           token
           to
           
             Edward
             Hixom
          
           with
           charge
           to
           meet
           him
           at
           such
           a
           River
           ,
           tho
           the
           Master
           knew
           it
           was
           the
           Captains
           ,
           yet
           by
           reason
           of
           his
           former
           order
           he
           demurred
           ,
           which
           the
           Symeron
           perceiving
           ,
           told
           him
           ,
           that
           because
           it
           was
           night
           when
           he
           was
           sent
           ,
           our
           Captain
           could
           not
           send
           a
           Letter
           ,
           but
           with
           the
           point
           of
           his
           Knife
           wrote
           upon
           the
           Tooth-Pike
           ;
           whereupon
           the
           Master
           looking
           upon
           it
           ,
           read
           it
           ,
           and
           being
           confirmed
           of
           the
           truth
           of
           it
           ,
           prepared
           accordingly
           ,
           and
           repaired
           to
           the
           mouth
           of
           the
           River
           of
           Tortugos
           ,
           where
           we
           met
           to
           our
           
           mutual
           rejoycing
           .
           We
           seemed
           to
           those
           who
           had
           been
           at
           rest
           aboard
           ,
           strangely
           metamorphosed
           ,
           which
           might
           probably
           be
           through
           our
           long
           Fasting
           and
           Travel
           ,
           but
           our
           inward
           grief
           for
           being
           frustrate
           of
           our
           design
           ,
           was
           no
           doubt
           the
           main
           cause
           .
        
         
           Thus
           returned
           from
           Panama
           ,
           our
           Captain
           purposing
           further
           to
           attempt
           the
           same
           Journey
           ,
           he
           would
           not
           suffer
           the
           edge
           of
           his
           men
           to
           be
           rebated
           .
           And
           therefore
           having
           a
           design
           to
           attempt
           in
           some
           other
           places
           ,
           and
           particularly
           Veragua
           ,
           a
           rich
           Town
           lying
           between
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           and
           Nicaragua
           where
           is
           the
           Richest
           Mine
           of
           Gold
           on
           this
           North
           side
           ,
           he
           asked
           his
           Company
           their
           opinions
           .
           Some
           thought
           it
           best
           to
           procure
           more
           Victuals
           ,
           that
           we
           might
           keep
           close
           till
           a
           convenient
           time
           ,
           which
           might
           easily
           be
           done
           ,
           seeing
           the
           Victual
           Frigates
           were
           not
           well
           Defended
           ,
           whereas
           the
           Treasure
           Frigats
           were
           well
           Manned
           .
           Others
           were
           for
           intercepting
           Frigats
           laden
           with
           Treasure
           ,
           both
           because
           we
           had
           store
           of
           Victuals
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           might
           be
           had
           at
           any
           time
           ,
           whereas
           Treasure
           was
           only
           to
           be
           found
           when
           the
           Fleet
           is
           there
           ,
           which
           was
           now
           .
           The
           Symerons
           being
           askt
           their
           opinion
           ,
           declared
           that
           near
           
             Veragua
             Sinnior
             Pezoro
          
           (
           their
           Master
           ,
           from
           whom
           they
           had
           fled
           )
           had
           dwelt
           in
           a
           strong
           Store
           house
           ,
           above
           19
           
           years
           ,
           who
           seldom
           went
           abroad
           ;
           and
           that
           he
           keeps
           100
           Slaves
           in
           the
           Mines
           (
           each
           being
           obliged
           to
           bring
           in
           daily
           of
           gain
           3
           Pezoes
           of
           Gold
           for
           himself
           ,
           and
           two
           for
           his
           Women
           (
           8
           s.
           3
           d.
           the
           Pezoe
           )
           whereby
           he
           had
           gathered
           a
           vast
           Treasure
           ,
           being
           cruel
           and
           covetous
           ,
           and
           never
           went
           abroad
           with
           5
           or
           6
           men
           in
           his
           Guard
           ,
           although
           he
           was
           always
           in
           fear
           .
           And
           that
           if
           our
           Captain
           were
           so
           resolved
           they
           would
           so
           conduct
           him
           thither
           as
           he
           should
           not
           be
           descried
           ,
           but
           might
           surprize
           them
           ,
           and
           that
           although
           his
           House
           were
           very
           strong
           yet
           they
           could
           easily
           procure
           him
           access
           to
           his
           Treasure
           .
        
         
           Our
           Captain
           having
           heard
           all
           their
           opinions
           ,
           concluded
           to
           reconcile
           the
           2
           first
           opinions
           ,
           and
           therefore
           sent
           
             John
             Oxnam
          
           Eastwards
           to
           provide
           for
           Victuals
           ,
           he
           himself
           resolving
           to
           go
           Westwards
           in
           the
           Minion
           ,
           to
           lye
           off
           and
           on
           the
           Cabezas
           to
           attend
           the
           Frigats
           that
           transported
           the
           Treasure
           :
           But
           disliked
           the
           Symerons
           proposal
           ,
           lest
           our
           men
           might
           thereby
           be
           wearied
           ,
           whom
           he
           designed
           to
           strengthen
           for
           his
           next
           service
           .
        
         
           Therefore
           he
           dismissed
           such
           of
           the
           Symerons
           as
           were
           desirous
           to
           go
           ,
           with
           such
           gifts
           as
           were
           most
           pleasing
           ,
           entertaining
           still
           aboard
           those
           that
           were
           willing
           to
           stay
           ,
           and
           so
           they
           steered
           their
           course
           as
           is
           said
           .
        
         
         
           The
           Minion
           about
           the
           Cabexas
           met
           with
           a
           Frigate
           of
           Nicaragua
           ,
           in
           which
           was
           some
           Gold
           ,
           having
           a
           Genoway
           Pilot
           ,
           who
           being
           civilly
           used
           ,
           certified
           our
           Captain
           of
           the
           state
           of
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           Harbor
           ,
           and
           of
           a
           Frigate
           wherein
           was
           a
           Million
           of
           Gold
           ,
           ready
           to
           depart
           in
           a
           few
           days
           ,
           offering
           to
           conduct
           him
           to
           it
           ,
           if
           he
           would
           do
           him
           his
           right
           ,
           for
           that
           he
           know
           the
           Channel
           so
           well
           that
           he
           could
           enter
           safely
           by
           night
           ,
           and
           utterly
           undescried
           ,
           and
           that
           because
           the
           way
           by
           Land
           from
           the
           point
           is
           far
           and
           difficult
           ,
           and
           by
           Sea
           but
           5
           Leagues
           ,
           though
           we
           were
           discovered
           ,
           we
           might
           dispatch
           our
           business
           before
           the
           Town
           could
           have
           notice
           .
           He
           likewise
           told
           he
           heard
           of
           Drakes
           being
           on
           the
           Coast
           ,
           whereby
           they
           were
           greatly
           afraid
           ,
           but
           had
           not
           as
           yet
           provided
           themselves
           against
           him
           .
        
         
           Our
           Captain
           hearing
           this
           ,
           had
           a
           mind
           to
           return
           to
           his
           Ship
           ,
           to
           have
           been
           better
           informed
           of
           the
           place
           by
           some
           Symerons
           there
           ;
           But
           the
           Genoway
           urged
           to
           lose
           no
           time
           ,
           promising
           success
           if
           we
           delayed
           not
           ,
           and
           therefore
           our
           Captain
           following
           his
           advice
           ,
           set
           in
           for
           to
           enter
           the
           Harbor
           .
        
         
           But
           when
           we
           came
           to
           the
           mouth
           of
           it
           ,
           we
           heard
           a
           report
           of
           2
           Chambers
           ,
           and
           about
           a
           League
           off
           ,
           2
           Answering
           them
           ,
           whereby
           our
           Genoway
           suspected
           we
           were
           discovered
           ,
           
           assuring
           us
           that
           this
           order
           was
           taken
           since
           his
           departure
           .
        
         
           But
           not
           only
           this
           ,
           but
           providence
           likewise
           crossed
           our
           designs
           .
           For
           the
           wind
           that
           formerly
           was
           Easterly
           turned
           to
           the
           West
           ;
           whereupon
           we
           returned
           to
           our
           Ship
           ,
           where
           on
           
             Sheer
             Thursday
          
           we
           met
           according
           to
           appointment
           with
           our
           Bear
           ,
           who
           had
           emproved
           his
           time
           better
           than
           we
           ,
           having
           taken
           a
           Frigate
           wherein
           were
           10
           men
           ,
           great
           store
           of
           Maiz
           ,
           28
           fat
           Hogs
           ,
           and
           200
           Hens
           .
           Our
           Captain
           unladed
           her
           and
           made
           her
           up
           for
           a
           Man
           of
           War
           ,
           having
           heard
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           that
           they
           were
           building
           2
           little
           Gallies
           in
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           to
           waft
           the
           Chagro
           Fleet
           to
           and
           fro
           ,
           but
           not
           yet
           lanched
           ,
           Wherefore
           he
           purposed
           to
           take
           that
           Fleet
           ,
           and
           ,
           to
           encourage
           his
           Company
           ,
           feasted
           them
           sumptuously
           that
           Easterday
           being
           Mar.
           20.
           
        
         
           The
           next
           day
           with
           this
           new
           Frigat
           and
           Bear
           we
           set
           for
           Cativaas
           ,
           and
           landed
           2
           days
           after
           ,
           staying
           till
           noon
           ,
           when
           seeing
           a
           Sail
           to
           the
           Westward
           ,
           we
           plyed
           towards
           her
           ,
           and
           she
           bare
           with
           us
           till
           they
           saw
           we
           were
           no
           Spaniards
           ,
           and
           their
           Catain
           supposing
           us
           those
           English
           men
           he
           had
           heard
           of
           he
           made
           towards
           us
           .
        
         
           He
           was
           a
           French
           Captain
           of
           New-Haven
           and
           being
           distrest
           he
           prayed
           our
           Captain
           to
           help
           him
           to
           some
           Water
           ,
           for
           that
           he
           had
           
           nothing
           but
           Wine
           and
           Sider
           aboard
           ,
           which
           had
           greatly
           empaired
           the
           health
           of
           his
           men
           .
           Our
           Captain
           sent
           him
           some
           relief
           for
           the
           present
           ,
           willing
           him
           to
           follow
           us
           to
           the
           next
           Port
           where
           he
           should
           be
           better
           supplyed
           .
           He
           sent
           our
           Captain
           a
           Case
           of
           Pistols
           and
           a
           guilt
           Symeter
           (
           which
           had
           been
           the
           late
           K.
           of
           
           France's
           whom
           
             Mons
             .
             Mongomery
          
           hurt
           in
           the
           Eye
           ,
           and
           was
           given
           him
           by
           Mr.
           Stroffe
           )
           and
           our
           Captain
           requited
           him
           with
           a
           Chain
           of
           Gold
           ,
           and
           a
           Tablet
           .
        
         
           This
           Captain
           reported
           to
           us
           the
           first
           news
           of
           the
           Massacre
           in
           Paris
           at
           the
           K.
           of
           Navarres
           Marriage
           on
           St.
           Bartholomews
           Day
           last
           ,
           of
           the
           Admiral
           of
           France
           slain
           in
           his
           Chamber
           ,
           and
           divers
           others
           of
           the
           Popish
           Cruelties
           .
           He
           told
           what
           famous
           reports
           he
           had
           heard
           of
           us
           ;
           and
           he
           desired
           to
           know
           of
           our
           Captain
           what
           way
           he
           might
           compass
           his
           Voyage
           .
           Tho'
           our
           Captain
           was
           jealous
           of
           him
           ,
           yet
           upon
           consultation
           he
           resolved
           to
           take
           him
           and
           divide
           his
           men
           and
           put
           them
           with
           ours
           proportionably
           ,
           so
           as
           we
           needed
           not
           fear
           much
           hurt
           of
           them
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           might
           both
           gratifie
           them
           and
           serve
           our
           own
           turn
           .
           Having
           thus
           agreed
           with
           him
           we
           sent
           for
           the
           Symerons
           ;
           two
           of
           them
           were
           brought
           aboard
           our
           Ship
           ,
           to
           give
           the
           French
           assurance
           of
           this
           agreement
           .
        
         
         
           As
           soon
           as
           we
           had
           furnisht
           our selves
           and
           refresht
           the
           French
           ,
           which
           was
           done
           in
           five
           or
           six
           days
           ,
           taking
           twenty
           of
           the
           French
           and
           fifteen
           of
           ours
           ,
           with
           our
           Symerons
           ,
           and
           leaving
           both
           our
           Ships
           in
           safe
           Road
           ,
           we
           man'd
           our
           Frigat
           and
           two
           Pinnaces
           ,
           and
           went
           toward
           
             Rio
             Francisco
          
           ,
           and
           because
           it
           had
           not
           Water
           enough
           for
           our
           Frigat
           we
           left
           her
           at
           the
           Cabezas
           ,
           man'd
           with
           English
           and
           French
           ,
           to
           
             Robert
             Doble
          
           ,
           to
           stay
           there
           till
           our
           Pinnaces
           return'd
           ;
           and
           then
           bare
           to
           
             Rio
             Francisco
          
           ,
           where
           our
           Captains
           landed
           ,
           and
           ordered
           them
           ,
           that
           had
           the
           Charge
           of
           the
           Pinnaces
           ,
           to
           be
           there
           the
           fourth
           day
           following
           .
        
         
           And
           thus
           knowing
           that
           the
           Carriages
           went
           now
           daily
           from
           Panama
           to
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           ,
           we
           went
           secretly
           through
           the
           Woods
           ,
           towards
           the
           High-way
           ,
           betwixt
           them
           ;
           it
           is
           reckoned
           five
           Leagues
           by
           Sea
           but
           the
           way
           we
           went
           was
           seven
           .
           When
           we
           were
           come
           within
           an
           English
           Mile
           of
           the
           way
           ,
           we
           past
           the
           night
           in
           great
           silence
           ,
           in
           a
           convenient
           place
           ,
           where
           we
           heard
           the
           Carpenters
           working
           in
           their
           Ships
           ,
           as
           they
           usually
           do
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           heat
           of
           the
           day
           there
           .
           The
           next
           morning
           upon
           hearing
           the
           great
           number
           of
           Bells
           ,
           the
           Symerons
           rejoyced
           ,
           as
           having
           that
           opportunity
           again
           ,
           of
           which
           we
           were
           disappointed
           before
           ;
           now
           they
           assured
           us
           we
           should
           have
           more
           Gold
           than
           we
           
           could
           bear
           away
           ,
           as
           in
           truth
           it
           fell
           out
           :
           For
           there
           came
           three
           Recoes
           ,
           one
           of
           fifty
           Moyls
           ;
           the
           other
           two
           of
           seventy
           each
           ,
           which
           carried
           in
           all
           near
           thirty
           Tun
           of
           Silver
           .
           We
           put
           our selves
           in
           readiness
           ,
           and
           went
           down
           near
           the
           way
           ,
           where
           we
           stayed
           not
           long
           till
           we
           saw
           them
           ,
           and
           took
           such
           hold
           on
           the
           foremost
           and
           hindermost
           Moyls
           ,
           that
           all
           the
           rest
           stayed
           and
           unladed
           ,
           as
           their
           manner
           is
           .
        
         
           They
           were
           guarded
           with
           about
           forty
           five
           Soldiers
           ,
           which
           occasioned
           some
           small
           Skirmish
           ,
           in
           which
           Conflict
           the
           French
           Captain
           was
           dangerously
           wounded
           ,
           and
           one
           Symeron
           ;
           but
           in
           the
           end
           we
           put
           them
           to
           flight
           ,
           and
           then
           we
           unladed
           the
           Moyls
           .
           And
           being
           weary
           we
           were
           content
           to
           take
           a
           little
           with
           us
           as
           we
           could
           easily
           carry
           ,
           hiding
           the
           rest
           in
           convenient
           places
           .
        
         
           But
           when
           we
           had
           disposed
           of
           all
           our
           matters
           (
           being
           about
           two
           hours
           )
           and
           were
           ready
           to
           march
           back
           ,
           we
           heard
           both
           Horse
           and
           Foot
           coming
           ,
           as
           it
           seemed
           to
           the
           Moyls
           ,
           for
           they
           did
           not
           follow
           us
           ,
           after
           we
           entred
           the
           Woods
           ;
           and
           the
           French
           Captain
           disabled
           by
           reason
           of
           his
           Wounds
           stayed
           ,
           hoping
           thereby
           to
           recover
           his
           strength
           .
           But
           after
           we
           had
           marched
           two
           Leagues
           ,
           the
           French
           Souldiers
           complaining
           that
           they
           wanted
           one
           of
           their
           Men
           also
           ;
           and
           it
           was
           found
           upon
           examination
           that
           he
           had
           drunk
           
           too
           much
           Wine
           ,
           and
           over-lading
           himself
           with
           Pillage
           ,
           and
           hasting
           to
           go
           before
           us
           ,
           lost
           himself
           in
           the
           Woods
           ;
           and
           ,
           as
           we
           afterwards
           knew
           ,
           he
           was
           taken
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           that
           night
           ,
           and
           upon
           Torture
           shewed
           them
           where
           we
           hid
           our
           Treasure
           .
        
         
           We
           marched
           all
           that
           day
           and
           the
           next
           ,
           to
           
             Rio
             Francisco
          
           to
           meet
           our
           Pinnaces
           ;
           but
           when
           we
           came
           thither
           we
           saw
           seven
           Spanish
           Pinnaces
           .
           Whereupon
           we
           were
           afraid
           that
           they
           had
           taken
           or
           spoiled
           ours
           ,
           our
           Captain
           having
           given
           them
           strict
           charge
           to
           repair
           thither
           .
           But
           the
           night
           before
           there
           having
           fallen
           much
           Rain
           ,
           and
           the
           Wind
           contrary
           and
           boysterous
           ,
           our
           Pinnaces
           could
           not
           come
           thither
           ,
           whereby
           they
           were
           preserved
           from
           the
           danger
           of
           falling
           into
           the
           Spaniards
           hands
           ,
           who
           had
           been
           sent
           on
           purpose
           to
           take
           our
           Pinnaces
           ,
           upon
           their
           hearing
           that
           we
           intercepted
           the
           Treasure
           ;
           our
           Captain
           fearing
           lest
           having
           taken
           our
           Pinnaces
           they
           had
           forced
           our
           Men
           by
           Torture
           to
           confess
           where
           his
           Frigat
           and
           Ships
           were
           ;
           yet
           he
           comforted
           us
           when
           we
           were
           fearing
           the
           worst
           ,
           &
           said
           to
           us
           ;
           
             It
             is
             no
             time
             now
             to
             fear
             ,
             but
             rather
             to
             hast
             to
             prevent
             that
             which
             is
             feared
             :
             And
             suppose
             the
             Enemy
             to
             have
             taken
             our
             Frigats
             ,
             yet
             it
             would
             require
             time
             to
             examine
             Mariners
             ,
             and
             to
             execute
             their
             resolution
             ,
             before
             which
             time
             we
             might
             get
             to
             our
             Ships
             ,
             tho
          
           
           
             not
             by
             Land
             ,
             yet
             by
             Water
             .
             Let
             us
             therefore
             make
             a
             Raft
             with
             Trees
             that
             are
             happily
             brought
             down
             the
             River
             this
             last
             Storm
             ,
             and
             put
             our selves
             to
             Sea
             ;
             I
             will
             be
             one
             ,
             who
             will
             be
             the
             other
             ?
             John
             Smith
          
           offered
           himself
           ,
           and
           two
           Frenchmen
           that
           could
           swim
           well
           ,
           and
           a
           Symeron
           ,
           especially
           Pedro
           (
           who
           was
           left
           behind
           because
           he
           could
           not
           Row.
           )
           The
           Raft
           was
           fitted
           and
           a
           Sail
           of
           Bisket
           .
           Sack
           prepared
           ;
           An
           Oar
           was
           shaped
           out
           of
           a
           young
           Tree
           to
           serve
           for
           a
           Rudder
           .
           Our
           Captain
           at
           his
           departure
           promised
           ,
           that
           if
           it
           pleased
           God
           he
           got
           safe
           aboard
           his
           Frigat
           ,
           he
           would
           in
           despite
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           get
           them
           all
           aboard
           .
           Thus
           they
           sailed
           three
           Leagues
           sitting
           continually
           up
           to
           the
           Waste
           in
           Water
           ,
           and
           at
           every
           Surge
           of
           the
           Waves
           to
           the
           Armpits
           ,
           whereby
           their
           Skins
           were
           much
           fretted
           .
           At
           last
           they
           see
           the
           two
           Pinnaces
           ,
           to
           our
           Captains
           great
           joy
           ,
           who
           knowing
           them
           ,
           chearfully
           declared
           to
           the
           rest
           ,
           that
           they
           were
           our
           Pinnaces
           ,
           and
           that
           all
           was
           safe
           .
           But
           the
           Pinnaces
           not
           seeing
           the
           Raft
           ,
           nor
           suspecting
           any
           such
           matter
           ,
           and
           Night
           and
           Wind
           growing
           on
           ,
           were
           forced
           to
           turn
           into
           a
           Cover
           behind
           the
           Point
           to
           stay
           that
           night
           .
           Which
           our
           Captain
           seeing
           put
           his
           Rafter
           a
           shore
           ,
           and
           ran
           by
           Land
           about
           the
           Point
           ,
           where
           he
           found
           there
           ,
           who
           upon
           sight
           of
           him
           made
           as
           much
           hast
           to
           have
           him
           Aboard
           ,
           
           as
           being
           afraid
           he
           was
           chased
           by
           the
           Enemy
           ,
           seeing
           him
           thus
           running
           ,
           and
           attended
           by
           so
           few
           .
           But
           when
           he
           was
           got
           Aboard
           he
           rid
           them
           of
           their
           doubts
           ,
           shewing
           them
           a
           Quoit
           of
           Gold
           ,
           thanking
           God
           that
           our
           Voyage
           was
           made
           .
           And
           he
           told
           the
           Frenchmen
           that
           their
           Captain
           ,
           with
           two
           of
           his
           Men
           ,
           were
           left
           behind
           ,
           sore
           wounded
           ,
           but
           it
           should
           be
           no
           disadvantage
           to
           them
           .
        
         
           That
           night
           our
           Captain
           Rowed
           to
           
             Rio
             Francisco
          
           ,
           where
           he
           took
           in
           the
           rest
           with
           the
           Treasure
           ;
           and
           by
           dawning
           of
           the
           Day
           sailed
           back
           to
           our
           Frigat
           ,
           and
           from
           thence
           to
           our
           Ship
           ,
           and
           then
           divided
           the
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           equally
           betwixt
           the
           French
           and
           English
           .
        
         
           About
           a
           fortnight
           after
           ,
           having
           taken
           all
           necessaries
           out
           of
           our
           Ship
           ,
           into
           our
           Frigat
           ,
           and
           given
           her
           to
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           we
           had
           detained
           all
           this
           time
           ,
           we
           set
           out
           with
           the
           French
           Ship
           ,
           Riding
           some
           days
           by
           the
           Cabezas
           .
           In
           the
           mean
           time
           our
           Captain
           s●●…
           twelve
           of
           our
           Men
           with
           sixteen
           Symerons
           ,
           to
           try
           if
           they
           could
           liberate
           the
           French
           Captain
           that
           was
           taken
           ,
           or
           at
           least
           ,
           bring
           away
           the
           Treasure
           we
           had
           hid
           ,
           
             John
             Oxnam
          
           and
           
             Th●
             Sherwell
          
           were
           intrusted
           with
           it
           ;
           For
           they
           would
           by
           no
           means
           hazard
           our
           Captain
           who
           yet
           conveyed
           them
           ashore
           at
           
             Rio
             Francisco
          
           ,
           where
           he
           received
           one
           of
           the
           Frenchmen
           ,
           who
           having
           escaped
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           wa●
           
           now
           coming
           towards
           our
           Pinnace
           ,
           he
           told
           us
           that
           within
           half
           an
           hour
           after
           our
           departure
           the
           Spaniards
           overtook
           them
           ,
           and
           took
           his
           Captain
           ,
           and
           his
           companion
           ;
           but
           that
           he
           escaped
           by
           reason
           he
           cast
           away
           all
           his
           carriage
           ,
           and
           that
           thereby
           he
           made
           himself
           fit
           for
           flight
           .
           As
           for
           our
           Silver
           we
           hid
           ,
           he
           thought
           it
           was
           all
           carryed
           away
           ,
           for
           near
           2000
           Spaniards
           and
           Negroes
           were
           digging
           up
           all
           the
           ground
           thereabout
           for
           it
           .
           Notwithstanding
           this
           ,
           our
           Men
           went
           to
           the
           place
           ,
           and
           for
           all
           the
           narrow
           search
           that
           was
           made
           ,
           brought
           back
           to
           our
           Frigate
           13
           Bars
           of
           Silver
           ,
           and
           some
           Quoits
           of
           Gold.
           Now
           we
           purposed
           to
           go
           homewards
           ,
           and
           our
           Captain
           in
           order
           thereunto
           designed
           to
           look
           for
           a
           sufficient
           Ship
           to
           carry
           so
           much
           Victuals
           as
           might
           serve
           for
           our
           Voyage
           .
        
         
           The
           French-men
           having
           formerly
           gone
           from
           us
           ,
           met
           with
           us
           again
           ,
           and
           were
           very
           loth
           to
           leave
           us
           ,
           but
           accompanied
           us
           to
           St.
           Bernards
           ,
           and
           would
           further
           ;
           but
           that
           we
           heard
           the
           Fleet
           was
           ready
           to
           Sail
           for
           Spain
           ,
           riding
           near
           Cartagena
           .
           Thus
           we
           departed
           from
           them
           passing
           by
           Cartagena
           in
           fight
           of
           all
           the
           Fleet
           ,
           with
           a
           Flag
           of
           St.
           George
           in
           the
           Main
           Top
           of
           our
           Frigate
           ,
           with
           Silk
           Streamers
           and
           Ancients
           down
           to
           the
           Water
           ,
           Sailing
           forwards
           till
           night
           ,
           when
           we
           lay
           off
           
           and
           on
           ,
           bearing
           small
           Sail.
           About
           Midnight
           we
           took
           a
           Frigate
           come
           from
           
             Rio
             Grand
          
           ,
           of
           25
           Tuns
           ,
           laden
           with
           Maiz
           ,
           Hens
           ,
           and
           Hogs
           ,
           with
           some
           Honey
           ,
           (
           which
           was
           then
           very
           useful
           ,
           as
           reviving
           our
           crazed
           People
           .
           )
           The
           next
           morning
           we
           set
           the
           Prisoners
           ashore
           ,
           and
           without
           stop
           Sailed
           to
           the
           Cabezas
           ,
           where
           we
           hove
           all
           our
           lading
           ashore
           ,
           and
           brought
           our
           Frigats
           on
           the
           Carine
           ,
           and
           new
           tallowed
           them
           .
        
         
           Being
           ready
           to
           depart
           we
           burnt
           our
           Pinnaces
           ,
           that
           the
           Symerons
           might
           have
           the
           Iron
           work
           ;
           and
           our
           Captain
           desired
           Pedro
           with
           some
           others
           of
           them
           ,
           to
           take
           what
           they
           had
           a
           mind
           to
           in
           the
           Ship
           ,
           promising
           to
           with-hold
           nothing
           from
           them
           ,
           without
           which
           we
           could
           subsist
           in
           our
           Voyage
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           would
           look
           out
           some
           Silks
           and
           Linnen
           for
           their
           Wives
           ;
           which
           while
           he
           was
           choosing
           out
           of
           his
           Trunks
           ,
           Pedro
           espyed
           the
           Cymeter
           the
           French
           Captain
           had
           given
           him
           ,
           and
           had
           a
           great
           mind
           to
           it
           ,
           and
           being
           loth
           to
           ask
           our
           Captain
           for
           it
           himself
           ,
           he
           desired
           another
           to
           do
           it
           for
           him
           ,
           promising
           him
           a
           Quoit
           of
           Gold
           for
           his
           pains
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           would
           give
           our
           Captain
           4
           other
           great
           Quoits
           .
           Our
           Captain
           being
           accordingly
           moved
           for
           it
           ,
           though
           unwilling
           to
           part
           with
           it
           ,
           yet
           willing
           to
           gratifie
           him
           that
           had
           deserved
           so
           well
           ,
           gave
           it
           him
           .
           He
           was
           exceedingly
           rejoyced
           hereat
           ,
           declaring
           ,
           
           that
           he
           would
           present
           his
           King
           with
           it
           ,
           who
           he
           knew
           would
           make
           him
           a
           great
           man
           for
           it
           ,
           and
           in
           requital
           he
           desired
           our
           Captain
           to
           accept
           four
           pieces
           of
           Gold.
           Our
           Captain
           received
           it
           in
           most
           kind
           sort
           ,
           but
           put
           it
           not
           to
           his
           own
           private
           use
           ,
           but
           caused
           it
           to
           be
           cast
           to
           the
           whole
           adventure
           ,
           saying
           that
           it
           was
           reason
           that
           they
           which
           bare
           part
           of
           his
           burthen
           in
           setting
           him
           to
           Sea
           ,
           should
           share
           in
           the
           profit
           .
        
         
           Thus
           we
           took
           our
           leave
           of
           that
           People
           setting
           over
           to
           the
           Islands
           of
           —
           ,
           and
           thence
           towards
           Cape
           St.
           Anthony
           ;
           but
           being
           to
           stand
           for
           the
           Havana
           we
           plyed
           to
           the
           Windward
           several
           days
           ,
           at
           which
           time
           ,
           we
           took
           a
           small
           Bark
           in
           which
           were
           200
           Hides
           ,
           and
           a
           Pump
           which
           we
           set
           in
           our
           Frigat
           .
           The
           Bark
           ,
           as
           not
           useful
           for
           us
           ,
           we
           gave
           them
           again
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           came
           to
           Cape
           St.
           Anthony
           ,
           where
           we
           refreshed
           our selves
           ,
           and
           took
           250
           Turtles
           by
           night
           ,
           which
           we
           powdered
           and
           dried
           for
           our
           use
           .
        
         
           There
           were
           at
           this
           time
           belonging
           to
           the
           several
           Plantations
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           above
           Two
           Hundred
           Frigates
           some
           of
           120
           ,
           some
           of
           12
           ,
           but
           most
           of
           30
           or
           40
           Tuns
           ,
           most
           of
           which
           during
           our
           abode
           in
           those
           parts
           we
           took
           ,
           and
           some
           of
           them
           twice
           or
           thrice
           ,
           and
           yet
           never
           burnt
           or
           sunk
           any
           of
           them
           unless
           Men
           of
           War
           sent
           against
           
           us
           ,
           or
           set
           to
           entrap
           us
           .
           The
           Men
           we
           used
           very
           civilly
           ,
           either
           immediately
           dismissing
           them
           ,
           or
           if
           we
           kept
           them
           any
           time
           ,
           providing
           for
           them
           as
           for
           our selves
           ,
           and
           sheltered
           them
           from
           the
           Rage
           of
           the
           Symerons
           .
           We
           set
           Sail
           from
           this
           Cape
           of
           St.
           Anthony
           ,
           and
           performed
           our
           Voyage
           very
           prosperously
           .
           For
           whereas
           our
           Captain
           intended
           to
           touch
           at
           New-found-land
           there
           to
           have
           Watered
           ,
           being
           very
           scarce
           of
           it
           ,
           it
           pleased
           God
           to
           give
           us
           such
           store
           of
           Rain
           Water
           that
           we
           were
           sufficiently
           furnished
           ,
           and
           within
           23
           days
           ,
           we
           past
           from
           the
           Cape
           of
           Florida
           to
           the
           Isles
           of
           Silley
           ,
           and
           so
           arrived
           at
           Plimouth
           on
           Sunday
           about
           Sermon-time
           ,
           
             August
             9th
          
           .
           1573.
           
        
      
       
         
         
           Sir
           Francis
           Drake
           
             His
             Voyage
             about
             the
             WORLD
          
           .
        
         
           CAptain
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           having
           in
           a
           former
           Voyage
           in
           the
           year
           1572.
           and
           73.
           had
           some
           view
           of
           the
           
             South
             Atlantick
          
           and
           thereupon
           conceiving
           a
           desire
           of
           being
           better
           acquainted
           with
           it
           ,
           tho
           he
           was
           crossed
           in
           his
           design
           for
           several
           years
           ,
           partly
           through
           secret
           envy
           ,
           and
           partly
           by
           his
           serving
           here
           for
           his
           Prince
           and
           Country
           ;
           at
           length
           in
           the
           year
           1577.
           
           By
           Gracious
           commission
           from
           his
           Soveraign
           and
           by
           help
           of
           divers
           Friends
           Adventurers
           ,
           he
           fitted
           himself
           with
           5
           Ships
           ,
           viz.
           the
           Pelican
           ,
           Admiral
           ,
           burthen
           100
           Tuns
           ,
           Captain
           General
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           ;
           the
           Elizabeth
           Vice-Admiral
           ,
           burthen
           80
           Tuns
           ,
           Captain
           
             Jo.
             Winter
          
           ;
           the
           Marigold
           ,
           a
           Bark
           of
           30
           Tuns
           ,
           Captain
           
             Jo.
             Thomas
          
           ;
           the
           Swan
           ,
           a
           Fliboat
           
           of
           50
           Tuns
           .
           Captain
           
             Jo.
             Chester
          
           ;
           and
           the
           Christopher
           ,
           a
           Pinnace
           of
           15
           Tuns
           .
        
         
           These
           Ships
           he
           Mann'd
           with
           164
           able
           Men
           ,
           and
           furnished
           them
           with
           all
           necessaries
           ,
           not
           forgetting
           ornaments
           and
           delights
           ,
           having
           with
           him
           several
           expert
           Musicians
           ;
           he
           likewise
           made
           some
           Pinnaces
           ,
           but
           carried
           aboard
           in
           pieces
           for
           to
           be
           set
           up
           when
           occasion
           served
           .
           Thus
           furnished
           ,
           we
           set
           Sail
           from
           
             Plimouth
             ,
             Nov.
          
           15.
           1557.
           at
           5
           a
           Clock
           in
           the
           Afternoon
           ;
           but
           meeting
           with
           contrary
           Wind
           we
           were
           forced
           to
           put
           in
           at
           Falmouth
           .
           The
           next
           day
           there
           arose
           such
           a
           Storm
           ,
           that
           the
           Admiral
           and
           Marigold
           were
           fain
           to
           cut
           their
           main
           Mast
           :
           And
           therefore
           when
           the
           Storm
           was
           over
           we
           returned
           to
           Plimouth
           to
           repair
           our
           damages
           ;
           which
           done
           we
           put
           to
           Sea
           again
           ,
           Dec.
           13.
           
           When
           we
           were
           out
           of
           sight
           of
           Land
           we
           easily
           conjectured
           whither
           our
           General
           intended
           ,
           by
           his
           course
           ,
           and
           his
           appointing
           Mogadore
           our
           place
           of
           meeting
           if
           any
           of
           our
           Ships
           should
           be
           parted
           from
           the
           Fleet.
           The
           first
           Land
           we
           had
           sight
           of
           ,
           was
           
             Cape
             Cantine
          
           in
           Barbary
           on
           Christmas-day
           in
           the
           Morning
           .
           The
           shore
           is
           White
           sand
           ,
           the
           In-land
           mountainous
           ,
           in
           32
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           North
           lat
           .
           Coasting
           from
           hence
           18
           Leagues
           Southward
           ,
           we
           arrived
           at
           the
           Island
           Mogadore
           before
           named
           .
           It
           is
           under
           the
           King
           of
           Fess
           ,
           in
           31
           deg
           .
           40
           min.
           a
           mile
           off
           the
           shore
           
           making
           a
           good
           Harbor
           between
           the
           Land
           and
           it
           .
           It
           is
           uninhabited
           ,
           but
           a
           League
           in
           Circumference
           ,
           overgrown
           with
           shrubs
           not
           unlike
           our
           Privet
           ,
           full
           of
           Doves
           ,
           and
           much
           frequented
           by
           ravenous
           Birds
           .
           At
           the
           South
           side
           of
           it
           are
           3
           hollow
           Rocks
           ,
           under
           which
           are
           store
           of
           wholesom
           ,
           but
           ugly
           Fish
           .
           We
           sent
           a
           Boat
           to
           sound
           the
           Harbor
           ,
           and
           finding
           it
           safe
           ,
           we
           brought
           in
           our
           Ships
           ,
           Dec.
           27.
           and
           continued
           there
           till
           the
           end
           of
           the
           Month
           ,
           setting
           up
           one
           of
           our
           Pinnaces
           .
           The
           Inhabitants
           perceiving
           us
           ,
           gave
           us
           signs
           of
           their
           desire
           to
           be
           brought
           aboard
           ,
           to
           whom
           our
           General
           sent
           a
           Boat
           ,
           in
           which
           two
           of
           the
           Moors
           were
           received
           ,
           one
           of
           ours
           being
           left
           ashore
           as
           a
           Pledge
           .
        
         
           We
           entertained
           them
           very
           courteously
           that
           they
           might
           thereby
           understand
           that
           we
           came
           in
           peace
           ,
           offering
           to
           traffick
           for
           their
           Country
           commodities
           .
           To
           this
           they
           agreed
           ,
           promising
           ,
           to
           bring
           such
           things
           as
           they
           had
           to
           exchange
           for
           ours
           .
           It
           is
           a
           Law
           among
           them
           to
           drink
           no
           Wine
           ,
           notwithstanding
           privately
           they
           taste
           it
           liberally
           ,
           as
           we
           found
           .
           At
           their
           return
           they
           restored
           our
           Pledge
           .
           The
           next
           day
           they
           brought
           with
           them
           Camels
           in
           shew
           loaden
           with
           Wares
           ;
           and
           therefore
           according
           to
           order
           (
           our
           General
           being
           then
           ashore
           in
           the
           Island
           )
           we
           shut
           off
           a
           Boat.
           Our
           Boat
           being
           come
           to
           Land
           ,
           
             John
             Fry
          
           one
           of
           our
           men
           
           mistrusting
           no
           danger
           ,
           stept
           out
           of
           the
           Boat
           ,
           but
           was
           presently
           laid
           hold
           of
           ,
           and
           carried
           away
           .
           The
           cause
           of
           this
           was
           a
           desire
           the
           K.
           had
           to
           know
           whence
           our
           Fleet
           was
           ;
           whether
           it
           were
           a
           forerunner
           of
           the
           K.
           of
           Portugals
           ;
           but
           he
           having
           declared
           who
           we
           were
           ,
           was
           immediately
           sent
           back
           with
           a
           present
           to
           his
           Captain
           .
           But
           in
           the
           mean
           time
           our
           Captain
           resenting
           it
           ,
           landed
           his
           Company
           ,
           and
           marched
           into
           the
           Country
           without
           resistance
           ;
           wherefore
           having
           provided
           some
           Wood
           ,
           and
           viewed
           an
           old
           Fort
           built
           by
           the
           K.
           of
           Portugal
           ,
           now
           ruined
           by
           this
           K.
           we
           departed
           ,
           Dec.
           13.
           for
           
             Cape
             Blank
          
           ,
           so
           that
           when
           Fry
           return'd
           we
           were
           gone
           ,
           yet
           the
           K.
           sent
           him
           home
           to
           England
           in
           an
           English
           Merchant
           .
        
         
           Till
           
             Jan.
             4th
          
           .
           we
           had
           Foul
           weather
           ;
           yet
           we
           reached
           
             Cape
             de
             Guerre
          
           ,
           where
           we
           took
           3
           Spanish
           Fishermen
           ,
           and
           carried
           with
           us
           to
           
             Rio
             del
             Oro
          
           under
           the
           Trop
           .
           of
           Cancer
           where
           we
           took
           a
           Carvel
           ;
           from
           thence
           we
           Sailed
           to
           Cape
           Barbas
           ,
           and
           took
           another
           Carvel
           ,
           and
           Jan.
           16.
           to
           Blank
           .
        
         
           This
           Cape
           lyeth
           in
           20
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           on
           the
           North
           side
           resembling
           the
           Corner
           of
           a
           Wall
           ;
           the
           Land
           betwixt
           it
           and
           Barbas
           is
           low
           and
           Sandy
           .
           Here
           we
           observe
           the
           South
           Guards
           (
           called
           the
           Crosiers
           )
           9
           d
           30
           m.
           above
           the
           Horizon
           .
           We
           took
           a
           Spanish
           Ship
           riding
           
           here
           ;
           all
           her
           men
           having
           fled
           save
           two
           ,
           and
           carried
           her
           with
           the
           rest
           into
           the
           Harbor
           3
           Leagues
           within
           the
           Cape
           .
        
         
           Here
           ,
           being
           a
           plentiful
           place
           ,
           our
           General
           purposed
           to
           stay
           a
           while
           to
           refresh
           his
           men
           .
           During
           our
           aboad
           he
           was
           visited
           by
           the
           People
           of
           the
           Country
           ,
           who
           brought
           down
           a
           Woman
           a
           Moor
           ,
           with
           an
           Infant
           hanging
           by
           her
           dry
           dug
           ,
           having
           scarce
           life
           in
           her
           ,
           to
           be
           sold
           as
           a
           Cow
           and
           Calf
           ,
           but
           our
           General
           would
           not
           deal
           in
           such
           goods
           .
           They
           also
           brought
           Ambergreece
           and
           Gums
           to
           exchange
           for
           Water
           ,
           of
           which
           they
           are
           very
           scarce
           ;
           our
           General
           gave
           them
           Water
           ,
           but
           would
           take
           nothing
           for
           it
           ,
           as
           also
           some
           of
           our
           Victuals
           ;
           their
           manner
           of
           eating
           whereof
           was
           Inhuman
           .
        
         
           Having
           trimmed
           our
           Ships
           and
           discharged
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           save
           one
           we
           took
           with
           us
           ,
           we
           departed
           for
           the
           Islands
           of
           
             Cape
             de
             Verde
          
           ,
           intending
           there
           to
           take
           in
           Water
           ,
           for
           that
           from
           thence
           we
           intended
           straight
           for
           Brazil
           without
           touching
           Land.
           And
           having
           the
           Wind
           at
           N.
           E.
           and
           E.
           N.
           E.
           Trade
           Winds
           being
           usual
           in
           those
           places
           ,
           we
           Coasted
           Bonavista
           ,
           and
           the
           next
           day
           ,
           Jan.
           28.
           we
           came
           to
           Anchor
           in
           the
           West
           part
           of
           the
           Island
           Maio
           in
           15
           deg
           .
           being
           high
           Land
           ,
           save
           only
           the
           Northwest
           part
           ,
           a
           League
           from
           the
           Sea
           very
           low
           ,
           and
           is
           Inhabited
           by
           the
           Portuguese
           .
        
         
         
           Landing
           here
           we
           found
           a
           great
           many
           ruinous
           Houses
           with
           a
           poor
           naked
           Chappel
           .
           The
           Springs
           and
           Wells
           were
           stopped
           up
           ,
           and
           we
           could
           have
           no
           Water
           for
           our
           use
           ,
           wherefore
           we
           marched
           up
           to
           seek
           some
           ,
           or
           at
           least
           to
           see
           if
           the
           People
           could
           be
           prevailed
           with
           to
           help
           us
           .
           In
           this
           Journey
           we
           found
           the
           soil
           very
           fruitful
           ,
           full
           of
           Fig-Trees
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           Valleys
           ,
           where
           their
           Cottages
           were
           ,
           Vineyards
           bearing
           ripe
           Grapes
           ,
           tho
           now
           in
           Winter
           ,
           (
           the
           Sun
           scarce
           ever
           withdrawing
           himself
           from
           them
           .
           )
           There
           were
           also
           Coco
           Trees
           ,
           no
           branches
           sprouting
           forth
           but
           at
           the
           Top
           ,
           with
           several
           others
           .
           We
           found
           good
           Water
           in
           several
           places
           ,
           but
           being
           far
           off
           the
           Road
           ,
           we
           could
           not
           carry
           it
           to
           our
           Ships
           .
           The
           People
           would
           not
           come
           near
           us
           ,
           keeping
           themselves
           close
           in
           their
           Houses
           .
        
         
           This
           Island
           hath
           great
           store
           of
           Goats
           ,
           Hens
           ,
           and
           Salt
           made
           Naturally
           by
           the
           Suns
           heat
           ,
           so
           that
           of
           the
           product
           thereof
           ,
           they
           keep
           continual
           Traffick
           with
           the
           adjacent
           Islands
           .
           We
           departed
           thence
           Jan.
           30.
           
           Next
           day
           we
           passed
           St.
           Jago
           10
           Leagues
           West
           in
           the
           same
           Latitude
           ,
           inhabited
           by
           Portugals
           ,
           and
           Moors
           .
           The
           Portugals
           being
           formerly
           sole
           Lords
           of
           that
           Country
           ,
           used
           that
           rigor
           towards
           their
           Slaves
           ,
           that
           they
           were
           forced
           to
           try
           some
           means
           of
           help
           ,
           and
           thereupon
           fled
           to
           the
           Mountainous
           parts
           ,
           where
           
           by
           continual
           escapes
           encreasing
           to
           a
           great
           number
           ,
           they
           now
           live
           in
           that
           terror
           of
           their
           oppressors
           that
           they
           endure
           no
           less
           bondage
           in
           mind
           than
           formerly
           in
           Body
           ;
           besides
           the
           damages
           in
           their
           goods
           and
           Cattel
           ,
           they
           suffer
           dayly
           from
           them
           .
        
         
           On
           the
           South-west
           of
           this
           Island
           ,
           we
           took
           a
           Portuguese
           laden
           with
           Wine
           ,
           Wollen
           and
           Linnen
           Cloath
           ,
           &c.
           bound
           for
           Brazil
           .
        
         
           As
           we
           passed
           by
           in
           sight
           of
           3
           of
           their
           Towns
           ,
           they
           shot
           off
           3
           great
           Pieces
           ,
           which
           we
           answered
           .
        
         
           Twelve
           Leagues
           South
           of
           St.
           Jago
           lies
           that
           Island
           called
           by
           the
           
             Portuguese
             Fogo
          
           ,
           the
           Burning
           Island
           ,
           in
           which
           riseth
           a
           steep
           Hill
           6
           Leagues
           high
           ,
           within
           the
           bowels
           of
           which
           is
           a
           constant
           fire
           ,
           which
           breaketh
           out
           with
           violence
           4
           times
           an
           hour
           .
           Herein
           is
           engendered
           a
           great
           quantity
           of
           Pumice
           stones
           ,
           which
           being
           by
           the
           Vehemency
           of
           the
           Fire
           ,
           carried
           up
           into
           the
           Air
           ,
           fall
           down
           upon
           the
           Hill
           ,
           and
           many
           times
           into
           the
           Sea.
           The
           rest
           of
           the
           Island
           is
           fruitful
           ,
           and
           Inhabited
           by
           Portugals
           .
        
         
           Two
           Leagues
           to
           the
           South
           of
           this
           Island
           ,
           lies
           a
           pleasant
           Island
           ,
           full
           of
           Trees
           ,
           which
           are
           always
           green
           ,
           whence
           it
           is
           called
           the
           
             Brave
             Island
          
           ,
           being
           a
           Storehouse
           of
           many
           Fruits
           ,
           as
           Figs
           ,
           Coco's
           Plantons
           ,
           Oranges
           ,
           &c.
           full
           of
           pleasant
           streams
           of
           
           Water
           :
           But
           there
           is
           no
           convenient
           Road
           for
           Ships
           .
           For
           after
           long
           sounding
           ,
           we
           could
           find
           no
           ground
           at
           any
           hand
           ,
           neither
           was
           it
           ever
           known
           that
           any
           line
           would
           fetch
           ground
           in
           any
           place
           about
           the
           Island
           .
           So
           that
           the
           Top
           of
           Fogo
           ,
           burneth
           not
           so
           high
           in
           the
           Air
           ,
           but
           that
           the
           root
           of
           Brava
           is
           buried
           as
           low
           in
           the
           Seas
           .
           The
           only
           Inhabitant
           of
           this
           Island
           is
           an
           Hermite
           ,
           as
           we
           suppose
           ,
           for
           we
           saw
           but
           one
           House
           ,
           built
           as
           it
           seems
           for
           such
           purpose
           ;
           and
           he
           was
           so
           delighted
           in
           his
           solitary
           life
           ,
           that
           he
           would
           by
           no
           means
           abide
           our
           coming
           ,
           but
           fled
           ,
           leaving
           behind
           him
           a
           Cross
           with
           a
           Crucifix
           ,
           and
           such
           other
           Idolatrous
           trash
           .
        
         
           Here
           we
           dismissed
           the
           Portugals
           ,
           taken
           at
           St.
           Jago
           ,
           and
           gave
           them
           for
           their
           Ship
           our
           new
           Pinnace
           ,
           with
           Provision
           to
           carry
           them
           home
           .
        
         
           Having
           thus
           taken
           in
           fresh
           Water
           ,
           we
           departed
           ,
           Feb.
           2.
           and
           fell
           with
           the
           Coast
           of
           
             Brazil
             ,
             Apr.
          
           5.
           1578.
           during
           which
           Voyage
           ,
           where
           we
           saw
           nothing
           but
           Sea
           and
           Air
           ;
           as
           we
           beheld
           the
           wonderful
           Works
           of
           God
           in
           his
           creatures
           ,
           so
           likewise
           we
           did
           tast
           the
           goodness
           thereof
           ,
           for
           relief
           of
           our
           necessities
           .
           We
           often
           had
           adverse
           Winds
           ,
           and
           sometimes
           Calms
           ,
           and
           also
           terrible
           Lightnings
           and
           Thunder
           ,
           yet
           with
           a
           mixture
           of
           comforts
           ;
           for
           it
           pleased
           God
           that
           (
           whereas
           
           we
           were
           but
           badly
           furnished
           with
           Water
           )
           when
           we
           were
           within
           4
           degrees
           of
           the
           Line
           on
           this
           side
           ,
           and
           past
           it
           so
           many
           on
           the
           other
           ,
           we
           had
           every
           day
           some
           rain
           ,
           whereby
           our
           want
           of
           Water
           was
           much
           supplied
           .
           This
           was
           also
           observable
           ,
           that
           notwithstanding
           the
           badness
           of
           the
           passage
           ,
           and
           Storms
           we
           sometimes
           had
           ,
           yet
           not
           one
           of
           us
           lost
           our
           company
           save
           only
           the
           Portugal
           prize
           for
           one
           day
           ,
           but
           next
           day
           found
           us
           again
           .
        
         
           Among
           the
           many
           strange
           creatures
           we
           saw
           ,
           we
           took
           particular
           notice
           of
           a
           flying
           Fish
           ,
           as
           big
           as
           the
           ordinary
           Pilchards
           ,
           its
           fins
           are
           of
           the
           length
           of
           its
           whole
           body
           ,
           resembling
           and
           supplying
           the
           use
           of
           Wings
           ;
           for
           therewith
           ,
           when
           it
           is
           chased
           by
           bigger
           Fish
           ,
           and
           cannot
           escape
           by
           Swimming
           ,
           it
           lifteth
           it self
           above
           the
           Water
           ,
           and
           flyeth
           a
           pretty
           height
           ,
           sometimes
           lighting
           on
           Boats
           or
           Barks
           :
           The
           Quils
           thereof
           are
           proportionable
           ,
           set
           together
           ,
           with
           a
           thin
           Film
           ,
           so
           that
           they
           would
           serve
           for
           a
           longer
           or
           higher
           flight
           ,
           but
           that
           the
           dryness
           of
           them
           is
           such
           ,
           that
           unless
           moistned
           every
           10
           or
           12
           strokes
           ,
           they
           grow
           stiff
           and
           unfit
           for
           motion
           .
           The
           encrease
           of
           this
           Creature
           is
           wonderful
           ,
           which
           if
           it
           had
           not
           been
           so
           ,
           their
           kind
           could
           not
           have
           been
           continued
           ,
           they
           being
           a
           prey
           to
           so
           many
           Creatures
           .
           And
           when
           they
           flee
           into
           the
           Air
           ,
           in
           shunning
           one
           hazard
           ,
           they
           commonly
           
           incur
           another
           by
           some
           ravenous
           Foul.
           
        
         
           When
           we
           came
           within
           3
           Leagues
           of
           Brazil
           ,
           in
           31
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           South
           latitude
           ,
           having
           12
           Fathom
           Water
           ,
           we
           were
           descried
           by
           the
           Inhabitants
           ,
           and
           we
           saw
           huge
           fires
           made
           by
           them
           in
           several
           places
           ,
           which
           custom
           though
           it
           be
           universal
           among
           Christians
           and
           Heathens
           ,
           yet
           is
           differently
           used
           by
           them
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           for
           a
           sacrifice
           to
           Devils
           ,
           with
           many
           other
           conjurations
           ,
           casting
           up
           heaps
           of
           sand
           ,
           &c.
           that
           if
           any
           Ships
           stay
           upon
           their
           Coast
           ,
           their
           ministring
           Spirits
           may
           make
           wrack
           of
           them
           ,
           which
           the
           Portuguese
           have
           found
           to
           their
           loss
           .
           But
           this
           devilish
           intent
           of
           theirs
           was
           of
           no
           effect
           to
           us
           ,
           for
           though
           we
           had
           great
           Storms
           ,
           yet
           we
           sustained
           no
           damage
           but
           the
           separating
           our
           Ships
           .
           And
           seeing
           we
           could
           find
           no
           Harbor
           thereabout
           we
           coasted
           along
           Southward
           ,
           till
           April
           14
           in
           the
           morning
           we
           passed
           by
           Cape
           St.
           Mary
           in
           35
           deg
           .
           near
           the
           mouth
           of
           the
           River
           Plate
           ,
           and
           running
           within
           it
           6
           or
           7
           Leagues
           we
           came
           to
           Anchor
           under
           another
           Cape
           which
           our
           General
           after
           called
           
             Cape
             Joy
          
           ,
           because
           the
           second
           day
           after
           our
           Anchoring
           here
           ,
           the
           Christopher
           ,
           we
           had
           lost
           in
           the
           former
           storm
           ,
           came
           to
           us
           again
           .
           The
           cares
           our
           General
           took
           besides
           the
           main
           care
           of
           effecting
           our
           Voyage
           ,
           were
           
           these
           ;
           to
           keep
           our
           whole
           Fleet
           together
           ;
           to
           get
           fresh
           Water
           for
           our
           men
           ;
           and
           to
           refresh
           them
           when
           wearied
           .
           And
           therefore
           at
           our
           departure
           from
           
             Cape
             Verde
          
           ,
           the
           next
           place
           of
           meeting
           ,
           if
           we
           should
           be
           dispersed
           ,
           or
           for
           Watering
           ,
           was
           appointed
           to
           be
           the
           River
           of
           Plate
           .
        
         
           The
           Country
           thereabout
           is
           temperate
           ,
           of
           a
           sweet
           Air
           ,
           and
           fruitful
           soyl
           :
           and
           hath
           among
           other
           things
           ,
           plenty
           of
           large
           Deer
           .
        
         
           We
           removed
           hence
           12
           Leagues
           further
           ,
           where
           was
           a
           long
           trace
           of
           Rocks
           ,
           not
           far
           from
           the
           Main
           ,
           making
           a
           commodious
           Harbor
           ,
           especially
           against
           the
           South-wind
           ,
           and
           rode
           till
           the
           20th
           day
           ,
           where
           we
           killed
           store
           of
           Seals
           .
           We
           weighed
           again
           hence
           and
           sailed
           further
           up
           the
           River
           till
           we
           had
           but
           3
           Fathom
           ,
           and
           were
           in
           fresh
           Water
           ,
           but
           because
           the
           Winds
           were
           strong
           ,
           and
           we
           could
           have
           no
           safe
           Harbor
           there
           ,
           we
           went
           to
           Sea
           again
           ,
           Apr.
           27.
           
           The
           Land
           here
           lieth
           ,
           S.
           S.
           W.
           and
           N.
           N.
           E.
           with
           shoal
           water
           some
           3
           or
           4
           Leagues
           off
           into
           the
           Sea
           ;
           it
           's
           in
           36
           deg
           .
           20
           min.
           or
           better
           ,
           South
           .
           Latitude
           .
        
         
           At
           our
           coming
           to
           Sea
           the
           Swan
           lost
           company
           of
           us
           .
           And
           therefore
           our
           General
           to
           prevent
           the
           like
           in
           those
           that
           remained
           ,
           knowing
           that
           the
           Coast
           (
           it
           drawing
           now
           toward
           Winter
           )
           uses
           to
           be
           subject
           to
           tempestuous
           weather
           ,
           determined
           to
           seek
           out
           some
           convenient
           
           Harbor
           ,
           and
           searched
           all
           that
           Coast
           from
           36
           to
           47
           deg
           .
           but
           found
           none
           .
           And
           May
           8.
           by
           another
           Storm
           the
           Caunter
           was
           severed
           from
           us
           .
           May
           12
           we
           saw
           Land
           in
           47
           deg
           .
           where
           we
           came
           to
           Anchor
           in
           such
           Road
           as
           we
           could
           for
           the
           time
           .
           Our
           General
           named
           the
           place
           
             Cape
             Hope
          
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           a
           Bay
           within
           ,
           which
           promised
           a
           convenient
           Harbor
           .
           But
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           many
           Rocks
           lying
           off
           it
           ,
           we
           durst
           not
           hazard
           our
           Ships
           into
           it
           ,
           without
           trial
           first
           made
           .
        
         
           Our
           General
           (
           who
           never
           was
           wont
           in
           matters
           of
           importance
           to
           trust
           to
           other
           mens
           care
           )
           went
           himself
           with
           some
           others
           in
           a
           Boat
           ,
           May
           13.
           to
           sound
           it
           out
           :
           and
           being
           now
           nigh
           the
           Shore
           ,
           suddenly
           a
           thick
           fog
           arose
           with
           a
           great
           tempest
           ;
           our
           General
           thought
           it
           now
           best
           to
           return
           to
           his
           Ship
           but
           the
           fog
           was
           so
           thick
           that
           ,
           they
           could
           see
           none
           of
           us
           .
           Captain
           Thomas
           out
           of
           love
           to
           our
           General
           ,
           hazarded
           in
           with
           his
           Ship
           ,
           where
           he
           found
           him
           ,
           and
           received
           him
           aboard
           ,
           and
           then
           dropt
           an
           Anchor
           there
           ,
           and
           lay
           safe
           during
           the
           Storm
           ,
           while
           we
           were
           tossed
           at
           Sea.
           The
           next
           day
           the
           weather
           being
           fair
           ,
           our
           General
           went
           ashore
           ,
           that
           he
           might
           by
           making
           of
           fires
           gave
           signs
           to
           the
           dispersed
           Ships
           to
           come
           together
           again
           ,
           whereby
           at
           last
           they
           all
           met
           except
           the
           Swan
           and
           our
           Portugal
           prize
           ,
           the
           Mary
           .
        
         
         
           In
           this
           place
           (
           the
           people
           being
           fled
           for
           fear
           of
           our
           coming
           )
           we
           found
           near
           the
           Rocks
           ,
           in
           houses
           made
           for
           that
           purpose
           ,
           50
           Ostriches
           at
           least
           ,
           with
           other
           Foul
           ,
           some
           dryed
           and
           some
           drying
           for
           their
           provision
           .
           The
           Ostriches
           Thighs
           were
           as
           big
           as
           ordinary
           Legs
           of
           Mutton
           ;
           they
           cannot
           flie
           ,
           but
           run
           so
           swiftly
           that
           a
           man
           cannot
           overtake
           them
           ,
           nor
           come
           within
           shot
           of
           them
           :
           we
           found
           the
           Instruments
           the
           people
           use
           to
           take
           them
           with
           :
           Among
           others
           this
           is
           one
           ;
           they
           have
           a
           large
           Plum
           of
           Feathers
           tyed
           together
           upon
           the
           end
           of
           a
           Staff
           ,
           in
           the
           fore
           part
           resembling
           the
           Head
           ,
           Neck
           and
           Bulk
           of
           an
           Ostrich
           ;
           in
           the
           hinder
           part
           ,
           spreading
           it self
           out
           so
           large
           as
           to
           hide
           the
           Body
           of
           a
           man
           :
           with
           this
           they
           drive
           them
           into
           some
           neck
           of
           Land
           by
           the
           Sea
           ,
           where
           spreading
           long
           Nets
           ,
           with
           their
           Dogs
           ,
           they
           overthrow
           them
           .
           The
           Country
           is
           very
           pleasant
           ,
           and
           of
           a
           fruitful
           Soil
           .
           Being
           afterwards
           driven
           to
           this
           place
           again
           ,
           we
           had
           great
           familiarity
           with
           the
           people
           ,
           who
           rejoyeed
           at
           our
           return
           ,
           because
           we
           had
           done
           no
           hurt
           this
           time
           :
           But
           because
           this
           place
           was
           not
           fit
           for
           our
           purpose
           we
           departed
           May
           15.
           and
           held
           our
           course
           S.
           and
           by
           W.
           In
           47
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           we
           found
           a
           Bay
           convenient
           for
           us
           ,
           in
           which
           we
           Anchored
           May
           17.
           and
           the
           next
           day
           went
           further
           in
           ,
           where
           we
           abode
           15
           days
           .
        
         
         
           The
           first
           day
           of
           our
           arrival
           here
           ,
           our
           General
           sent
           Captain
           Winter
           Southward
           ,
           he
           himself
           going
           to
           the
           North
           ,
           in
           search
           of
           the
           2
           Ships
           ,
           and
           it
           pleased
           God
           he
           met
           with
           the
           Swan
           ,
           which
           he
           brought
           with
           him
           into
           the
           Harbor
           ;
           where
           being
           unladen
           ,
           she
           was
           cast
           off
           ,
           and
           her
           Iron
           work
           and
           other
           necessaries
           reserved
           for
           use
           ,
           the
           remainder
           being
           made
           fire-wood
           .
           The
           other
           Ship
           we
           could
           not
           as
           yet
           hear
           of
           .
        
         
           After
           a
           little
           stay
           here
           ,
           some
           of
           our
           men
           being
           ashore
           ,
           in
           an
           Island
           near
           the
           Main
           ,
           the
           People
           of
           the
           Country
           shewed
           themselves
           to
           us
           ,
           with
           Leaping
           ,
           Dancing
           ,
           Shouting
           ,
           &c.
           after
           their
           manner
           ;
           Our
           General
           sent
           a
           Boat
           straight
           to
           them
           ,
           with
           Knives
           ,
           Bells
           ,
           Bugles
           and
           such
           things
           ,
           whereupon
           they
           assembled
           on
           a
           Hill
           near
           the
           Water-side
           &
           sent
           2
           of
           their
           Company
           ,
           running
           one
           after
           the
           other
           with
           great
           grace
           ,
           but
           when
           they
           drew
           near
           ,
           they
           halted
           ,
           refusing
           to
           come
           to
           our
           men
           ;
           which
           our
           men
           perceiving
           sent
           such
           things
           as
           they
           had
           ,
           and
           laid
           them
           in
           their
           view
           ,
           and
           as
           soon
           as
           our
           men
           were
           departed
           they
           came
           and
           took
           them
           ,
           leaving
           in
           exchange
           thereof
           Feathers
           ,
           and
           Bone
           made
           in
           fashion
           of
           a
           Toothpike
           ,
           carved
           about
           the
           top
           ,
           6
           Inches
           long
           .
           Whereupon
           our
           General
           with
           divers
           others
           at
           low
           Water
           went
           over
           to
           the
           Main
           .
        
         
         
           Against
           his
           coming
           they
           remained
           still
           on
           the
           Hill
           setting
           themselves
           all
           in
           one
           Rank
           ,
           ordaining
           one
           of
           them
           to
           run
           from
           one
           end
           of
           it
           to
           the
           other
           ,
           and
           back
           again
           ,
           East
           and
           West
           ,
           holding
           his
           hands
           over
           his
           Head
           ,
           and
           yielding
           forward
           his
           Body
           toward
           the
           rising
           and
           setting
           of
           the
           Sun
           ,
           and
           every
           2d
           or
           3d
           turn
           erecting
           it
           towards
           the
           body
           of
           the
           People
           after
           their
           ridiculous
           manner
           .
           When
           they
           saw
           us
           ascending
           the
           Hill
           to
           them
           ,
           they
           seem'd
           afraid
           .
           Which
           our
           General
           seeing
           retired
           ,
           whereby
           they
           were
           confirmed
           we
           had
           no
           design
           to
           injure
           them
           ,
           and
           came
           down
           with
           great
           speed
           after
           us
           ,
           and
           trafficked
           with
           us
           .
           The
           wares
           we
           had
           from
           them
           were
           Arrows
           of
           Reeds
           ,
           Feathers
           ,
           and
           Bones
           as
           aforesaid
           .
        
         
           They
           go
           Naked
           ,
           except
           a
           Skin
           of
           Fur
           they
           cast
           about
           their
           shoulders
           ,
           when
           they
           sit
           in
           the
           cold
           ;
           but
           when
           they
           are
           doing
           any
           work
           ,
           they
           gird
           it
           about
           their
           Loins
           .
           They
           wear
           their
           Hair
           long
           ,
           and
           when
           they
           Travel
           they
           put
           it
           up
           with
           a
           roll
           of
           Ostrich
           Feathers
           ,
           using
           these
           rolls
           likewise
           for
           Quivers
           ,
           and
           for
           carrying
           provision
           ,
           some
           on
           either
           side
           within
           these
           rolls
           (
           for
           a
           sign
           of
           honor
           )
           have
           a
           large
           and
           plain
           Feather
           shewing
           like
           horns
           a
           far
           off
           .
        
         
           They
           paint
           their
           Bodies
           ,
           with
           divers
           colours
           :
           some
           wash
           their
           Faces
           with
           Sulphur
           ;
           
           some
           paint
           their
           whole
           Bodies
           black
           leaving
           only
           their
           Neck
           white
           ;
           some
           one
           Shoulder
           black
           another
           white
           ,
           and
           their
           Sides
           and
           Legs
           after
           the
           same
           manner
           ,
           the
           black
           part
           hath
           set
           upon
           it
           white
           Moons
           ,
           and
           the
           white
           black
           Suns
           ,
           the
           Marks
           and
           Characters
           of
           their
           Gods.
           
        
         
           This
           advantage
           (
           I
           conceive
           )
           they
           have
           of
           painting
           their
           Bodies
           ;
           that
           it
           Armeth
           them
           against
           the
           nipping
           cold
           ,
           for
           the
           Colours
           being
           soakt
           into
           the
           inner
           part
           of
           their
           skin
           ,
           fills
           up
           the
           pores
           so
           close
           that
           no
           cold
           can
           enter
           .
           They
           have
           clean
           ,
           comely
           and
           strong
           Bodies
           ,
           they
           are
           swift
           of
           foot
           and
           Active
           .
        
         
           It
           's
           strange
           to
           think
           how
           they
           having
           never
           before
           known
           Christians
           ,
           in
           a
           short
           time
           were
           so
           kind
           ,
           judging
           us
           a
           People
           they
           ought
           to
           serve
           ,
           not
           injure
           ,
           esteeming
           our
           General
           as
           a
           Father
           ,
           us
           as
           Brethren
           .
           One
           of
           the
           chiefest
           of
           them
           receiving
           a
           Cap
           of
           our
           Generals
           went
           a
           little
           from
           us
           ,
           and
           pierced
           hie
           Leg
           with
           an
           Arrow
           till
           the
           Blood
           streamed
           ,
           hereby
           signifying
           his
           unfeigned
           Love.
           They
           were
           in
           all
           ,
           that
           conversed
           with
           us
           ,
           about
           50.
           
        
         
           In
           the
           Southermost
           part
           of
           this
           Bay
           there
           is
           a
           fresh
           Water
           River
           wherein
           are
           a
           great
           many
           Islands
           ,
           of
           which
           some
           have
           such
           store
           of
           Seals
           as
           would
           mantain
           an
           Army
           of
           men
           :
           
           others
           are
           in
           like
           sort
           replenished
           with
           Foul.
           We
           could
           not
           perceive
           that
           People
           had
           any
           Boats
           ,
           or
           Canows
           to
           come
           to
           these
           Islands
           .
           Their
           Victuals
           for
           ought
           we
           saw
           they
           eat
           raw
           .
           They
           go
           all
           Armed
           with
           Bows
           an
           Elve
           long
           ,
           with
           Arrows
           of
           Reeds
           ,
           and
           headed
           with
           Flint-stone
           Artificially
           cut
           and
           fastened
           .
        
         
           This
           Bay
           by
           reason
           of
           plenty
           of
           Seals
           we
           called
           
             Seal
             Bay
          
           (
           for
           we
           killed
           200
           in
           one
           hour
           .
           )
           And
           being
           now
           well
           provided
           ,
           we
           Sailed
           thence
           June
           3.
           towards
           the
           Pole
           
             Antarctick
             .
             June
          
           12.
           we
           Anchored
           in
           a
           little
           Bay
           and
           stayed
           2
           days
           ,
           discharging
           our
           Caunter
           the
           Christopher
           ,
           which
           we
           laid
           up
           here
           .
        
         
           June
           14.
           
           We
           departed
           and
           kept
           our
           course
           till
           the
           17th
           .
           then
           we
           Anchored
           in
           a
           Bay
           in
           50
           deg
           .
           20
           min.
           distant
           not
           above
           a
           degree
           off
           the
           mouth
           of
           the
           Streights
           ,
           through
           which
           lay
           our
           way
           to
           the
           South
           Sea.
           
        
         
           Here
           our
           General
           altered
           his
           course
           ,
           and
           steered
           Northward
           ,
           to
           seek
           after
           our
           Ship
           we
           had
           lost
           ,
           because
           that
           if
           we
           entred
           the
           Streight
           without
           them
           ,
           it
           would
           go
           hard
           with
           them
           .
           And
           next
           day
           being
           June
           19.
           towards
           night
           ,
           within
           a
           few
           Leagues
           of
           St.
           Julian
           we
           found
           her
           :
           and
           because
           both
           Ship
           and
           men
           were
           distressed
           by
           weather
           ,
           
           our
           General
           bare
           into
           St.
           
             Julian
             ,
             June
          
           20.
           that
           he
           might
           repair
           her
           ,
           and
           refresh
           them
           .
           It
           standeth
           in
           49
           deg
           .
           3
           min.
           South
           .
           Lat.
           and
           hath
           on
           the
           South
           side
           of
           the
           Harbor
           picked
           Rocks
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           Harbor
           many
           Islands
           .
           Being
           come
           to
           Anchor
           ,
           our
           General
           with
           some
           of
           his
           Company
           ,
           rowed
           further
           in
           a
           Boat
           ,
           to
           find
           out
           a
           place
           for
           Watering
           .
           At
           his
           landing
           2
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           (
           by
           Magellane
           called
           Patagous
           or
           Pentagours
           from
           their
           huge
           stature
           ,
           and
           strength
           )
           visited
           him
           ,
           seeming
           to
           rejoyce
           at
           his
           arrival
           :
           taking
           great
           pleasure
           in
           seeing
           Mr.
           Oliver
           (
           Master
           Gunner
           of
           the
           Admiral
           )
           shoot
           an
           English
           Arrow
           ,
           trying
           to
           shoot
           with
           him
           ,
           but
           were
           far
           short
           of
           him
           .
        
         
           Another
           of
           these
           came
           up
           ,
           and
           checkt
           his
           fellows
           for
           their
           familiarity
           with
           us
           ,
           and
           dealt
           with
           them
           to
           become
           our
           Enemies
           ;
           which
           our
           General
           and
           his
           men
           not
           suspecting
           ,
           used
           them
           as
           before
           ,
           and
           one
           
             Robert
             Winter
          
           shooting
           an
           Arrow
           at
           length
           ,
           his
           Bow-strings
           broke
           ;
           which
           they
           seeing
           ,
           fearing
           that
           more
           than
           our
           other
           weapons
           ,
           took
           courage
           ,
           and
           coming
           behind
           them
           ,
           while
           they
           ,
           suspecting
           nothing
           ,
           were
           going
           towards
           their
           Boat
           ,
           shot
           at
           him
           who
           had
           the
           Bow
           ,
           that
           he
           might
           not
           string
           it
           again
           ,
           and
           wounded
           him
           in
           the
           Shoulder
           ,
           whereupon
           he
           turning
           about
           was
           with
           another
           Arrow
           
           shot
           through
           his
           Lungs
           ,
           yet
           he
           fell
           not
           .
           And
           the
           Master
           Gunner
           discharging
           his
           Calliver
           ,
           which
           miscarried
           ,
           was
           slain
           outright
           .
           In
           this
           extremity
           our
           General
           ,
           behaving
           himself
           Wisely
           and
           Couragiously
           ,
           ordered
           his
           men
           to
           shift
           from
           place
           to
           place
           ,
           encroaching
           upon
           the
           Enemy
           ,
           and
           to
           use
           their
           Targets
           and
           other
           weapons
           for
           their
           defence
           ,
           and
           to
           break
           as
           many
           Arrows
           as
           they
           could
           come
           by
           ;
           knowing
           that
           their
           Arrows
           being
           spent
           ,
           they
           could
           have
           them
           at
           their
           pleasure
           .
           And
           he
           himself
           shooting
           off
           the
           Calliver
           ,
           dispatched
           the
           beginner
           of
           the
           quarrel
           ,
           who
           had
           killed
           our
           Master
           Gunner
           ,
           whereby
           the
           courage
           of
           his
           partners
           was
           abated
           ,
           so
           that
           they
           were
           glad
           to
           save
           themselves
           by
           flight
           .
           Our
           General
           chose
           rather
           to
           depart
           ,
           than
           take
           revenge
           ,
           that
           he
           might
           save
           one
           of
           his
           men
           who
           was
           dangerously
           wounded
           ,
           who
           notwithstanding
           dyed
           2
           days
           after
           he
           was
           carried
           aboard
           .
           Our
           Gunners
           Body
           being
           left
           ashore
           that
           night
           ,
           our
           General
           next
           day
           with
           his
           Boat
           well
           manned
           ,
           went
           ashore
           to
           fetch
           it
           ,
           which
           they
           found
           lying
           where
           it
           was
           left
           ,
           but
           stript
           of
           his
           outer
           Garment
           and
           an
           Arrow
           stuck
           in
           his
           right
           Eye
           .
           Both
           these
           Bodies
           were
           decently
           interred
           in
           one
           Grave
           .
        
         
         
           Magellane
           ,
           rightly
           termed
           them
           Giants
           ;
           for
           they
           differ
           from
           the
           common
           sort
           of
           men
           ,
           in
           Stature
           ,
           Bigness
           ,
           Strength
           of
           Body
           and
           Hideousness
           of
           Voice
           ,
           but
           they
           are
           not
           so
           monstrous
           or
           Giant
           like
           as
           reported
           ,
           there
           being
           some
           English
           men
           as
           tall
           as
           they
           .
           But
           the
           Spanish
           cruelties
           have
           made
           them
           more
           monstrous
           in
           mind
           than
           they
           are
           in
           Body
           ,
           and
           inhospitable
           to
           Strangen
           .
           Notwithstanding
           ,
           the
           terror
           they
           conceived
           of
           us
           ,
           so
           quench't
           their
           heat
           ,
           that
           they
           forgot
           revenge
           ,
           and
           seeming
           to
           repent
           of
           the
           wrong
           done
           us
           ,
           suffered
           us
           to
           do
           what
           we
           would
           for
           2
           months
           space
           without
           molestation
           .
        
         
           To
           this
           evil
           received
           of
           them
           ,
           a
           greatr
           was
           devised
           among
           our selves
           ,
           but
           it
           was
           detected
           and
           prevented
           in
           time
           ,
           which
           if
           it
           had
           taken
           ,
           our
           General
           and
           his
           faithful
           Friends
           ,
           had
           been
           murthered
           ,
           to
           the
           final
           frustrating
           of
           our
           whole
           design
           .
        
         
           This
           Plot
           had
           been
           contrived
           at
           Plimouth
           ,
           and
           was
           discovered
           to
           our
           General
           there
           ,
           yet
           our
           General
           gave
           no
           credit
           to
           it
           ,
           as
           being
           a
           person
           he
           had
           such
           affection
           to
           .
           And
           therefore
           afterward
           he
           not
           only
           continued
           his
           favour
           (
           to
           this
           suspected
           person
           )
           but
           used
           him
           as
           his
           bosom
           friend
           .
           And
           he
           was
           often
           offended
           at
           them
           who
           discovered
           the
           Treachery
           to
           him
           .
           But
           at
           length
           perceiving
           
           his
           lenity
           did
           no
           good
           ,
           and
           that
           his
           Ambition
           was
           not
           allyed
           ,
           he
           resolved
           to
           call
           his
           practices
           in
           question
           before
           it
           were
           too
           late
           .
           And
           therefore
           assembling
           his
           Captains
           he
           had
           him
           before
           them
           ,
           where
           the
           Gentleman
           knowing
           himself
           Guilty
           ,
           shewing
           great
           remorse
           for
           his
           unkind
           dealing
           ,
           besought
           them
           to
           execute
           justice
           upon
           him
           .
           Whereupon
           they
           all
           adjudged
           him
           worthy
           of
           death
           .
           This
           judgments
           was
           held
           ashore
           in
           one
           of
           the
           Islands
           of
           that
           Port
           ,
           which
           in
           memory
           of
           that
           was
           called
           the
           Island
           of
           
             True
             Justice
             and
             Judgment
          
           .
           He
           desired
           to
           receive
           the
           Sacrament
           before
           his
           death
           ,
           which
           was
           granted
           .
           And
           
             John
             Fletcher
          
           ,
           Preacher
           of
           the
           Fleet
           administred
           it
           to
           him
           :
           Our
           General
           likewise
           communicating
           with
           him
           :
           afterwards
           they
           dined
           together
           as
           lovingly
           as
           ever
           they
           had
           done
           ,
           and
           took
           their
           farewel
           as
           they
           had
           only
           been
           going
           a
           Journey
           .
           After
           dinner
           the
           sentence
           was
           executed
           upon
           him
           ,
           he
           shewing
           great
           remorse
           for
           that
           heinous
           crime
           ,
           and
           great
           signs
           of
           devotion
           at
           his
           death
           .
           Afterwards
           we
           buried
           him
           ,
           setting
           a
           Mill-stone
           we
           found
           there
           ,
           broke
           in
           two
           ,
           at
           his
           head
           and
           feet
           ,
           and
           engraved
           thereod
           the
           names
           of
           our
           men
           that
           were
           buried
           ,
           and
           a
           memorial
           of
           our
           Captains
           name
           in
           Latine
           .
        
         
         
           After
           he
           was
           executed
           ,
           our
           General
           discharging
           the
           Mary
           ,
           our
           Portugal
           Prize
           ,
           (
           being
           leak
           )
           defaced
           her
           ;
           and
           having
           Watered
           and
           Trimmed
           our
           Ships
           ,
           and
           reduced
           our
           Fleet
           to
           3
           Ships
           ,
           besides
           our
           Pinnaces
           ,
           we
           departed
           this
           Port
           ,
           Aug.
           3.
           and
           set
           our
           course
           for
           the
           Streight
           ,
           S.
           W.
           
        
         
           Aug.
           20.
           
           We
           fell
           with
           the
           Cape
           ,
           near
           which
           is
           the
           entrance
           into
           the
           Streight
           ,
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           called
           
             Capo
             Virgin
             Maria
          
           ,
           appearing
           at
           4
           Leagues
           distance
           ,
           with
           steep
           gray
           Cliffs
           full
           of
           black
           Stars
           ,
           against
           which
           the
           Sea
           beating
           represents
           the
           spouting
           of
           Whales
           ,
           the
           highest
           Cape
           being
           like
           Cape
           Vincent
           in
           Portugal
           .
           At
           this
           Cape
           our
           General
           caused
           his
           Fleet
           in
           homage
           to
           our
           Soveraign
           Lady
           the
           Queens
           Majesty
           ,
           to
           strike
           their
           Top-sails
           :
           and
           in
           remembrance
           of
           his
           Honourable
           Friend
           ,
           Sir
           
             Christopher
             Hatton
          
           ,
           he
           changed
           the
           name
           of
           his
           Ship
           from
           the
           Pelicane
           to
           the
           
             Golden
             Hind
          
           .
           Which
           being
           ended
           with
           a
           Sermon
           ,
           and
           Prayers
           ,
           and
           Thanksgiving
           for
           her
           Majesty
           ,
           &c.
           we
           continued
           our
           course
           into
           the
           said
           Frete
           ,
           and
           came
           into
           a
           narrow
           Strait
           exceeding
           dangerous
           ,
           it
           lyeth
           W.
           N.
           W.
           and
           E.
           S.
           E.
           and
           having
           lost
           it
           we
           came
           to
           a
           large
           Sea
           ;
           the
           night
           following
           ,
           we
           had
           an
           Island
           in
           sight
           equal
           to
           Fogo
           in
           height
           ,
           and
           burning
           like
           it
           .
        
         
         
           It
           hath
           formerly
           been
           reported
           as
           truth
           ,
           that
           the
           Seas
           have
           a
           continual
           current
           from
           East
           to
           West
           in
           this
           Streight
           ,
           but
           we
           found
           it
           otherwise
           ,
           the
           Ebbings
           and
           Flowings
           being
           as
           orderly
           here
           as
           on
           other
           Coasts
           .
        
         
           Aug.
           24.
           
           We
           fell
           with
           3
           Islands
           bearing
           Triangle
           wise
           one
           from
           another
           ,
           in
           one
           of
           them
           ,
           being
           large
           and
           Fruitful
           ,
           our
           General
           with
           some
           of
           his
           men
           landed
           ,
           taking
           possession
           of
           it
           in
           Her
           Majesties
           name
           ,
           and
           called
           it
           the
           Elizabeth
           Island
           .
           In
           the
           other
           2
           ,
           which
           were
           not
           so
           large
           ,
           we
           found
           good
           store
           of
           strange
           Birds
           ,
           which
           could
           not
           fly
           at
           all
           ,
           nor
           run
           so
           fast
           as
           to
           escape
           us
           ;
           they
           are
           less
           than
           a
           Goose
           ,
           and
           bigger
           than
           a
           Mallard
           ,
           short
           ,
           and
           well
           set
           together
           ,
           having
           no
           Feathers
           ,
           but
           in
           stead
           thereof
           a
           sort
           of
           hard
           and
           matted
           Down
           :
           their
           Beeks
           are
           like
           the
           Bills
           of
           Crows
           ,
           they
           lodge
           and
           breed
           on
           Land
           ,
           where
           making
           earths
           as
           Coneys
           do
           in
           the
           Ground
           ,
           they
           lay
           their
           Eggs.
           They
           feed
           on
           the
           Sea
           ,
           where
           they
           swim
           incredibly
           swift
           .
           In
           one
           day
           we
           killed
           3000
           of
           them
           .
           These
           2
           Islands
           our
           General
           named
           ,
           the
           one
           St.
           
           Bartholomew's
           the
           other
           St.
           
           George's
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           Island
           of
           St.
           George
           we
           found
           the
           Body
           of
           a
           man
           so
           long
           dead
           before
           ,
           that
           his
           bones
           fell
           asunder
           ,
           being
           moved
           out
           of
           the
           place
           they
           lay
           in
           .
        
         
         
           From
           these
           Islands
           to
           the
           entry
           of
           the
           South
           Sea
           the
           Frete
           is
           very
           crooked
           .
           And
           though
           it
           be
           true
           that
           Magellane
           reporteth
           of
           this
           passage
           that
           there
           are
           many
           fair
           Harbors
           and
           store
           of
           fresh
           Water
           ,
           yet
           when
           any
           contrary
           Winds
           arise
           ,
           it
           is
           extremely
           dangerous
           .
        
         
           The
           Land
           on
           both
           sides
           is
           high
           and
           Mountainous
           ,
           having
           on
           the
           North
           and
           West
           the
           Continent
           of
           America
           ,
           on
           the
           South
           and
           East
           nothing
           but
           Islands
           ,
           among
           which
           lye
           innumerable
           Fretes
           into
           the
           South
           Sea
           ,
           the
           Mountains
           are
           prodigious
           for
           height
           ,
           being
           still
           encreased
           with
           congealed
           Clouds
           ,
           and
           frozen
           Meteors
           ,
           which
           are
           scarce
           ever
           diminished
           by
           the
           heat
           of
           the
           Sun.
           
        
         
           Yet
           the
           plain
           grounds
           are
           fruitful
           ,
           the
           Grass
           plenteous
           ,
           Herds
           many
           of
           very
           strange
           sorts
           ,
           the
           Trees
           for
           most
           part
           always
           green
           ,
           the
           Air
           temperate
           as
           ours
           .
        
         
           When
           we
           approached
           the
           entrance
           of
           the
           South
           Sea
           ,
           we
           were
           so
           shut
           up
           to
           the
           Northward
           ,
           and
           had
           such
           large
           and
           open
           Fretes
           to
           the
           South
           ,
           we
           knew
           not
           what
           way
           to
           pass
           ,
           without
           further
           discovery
           ;
           and
           that
           our
           General
           ,
           Anchored
           the
           Fleet
           under
           an
           Island
           ,
           went
           with
           some
           others
           in
           a
           Boat
           ,
           to
           find
           the
           passage
           ,
           which
           having
           done
           they
           returned
           ,
           meeting
           with
           a
           Canow
           under
           the
           same
           Island
           ,
           
           which
           was
           made
           of
           the
           Bark
           of
           diverse
           Trees
           ,
           having
           a
           Prow
           and
           Stern
           standing
           up
           ,
           and
           Semicircle
           wise
           yielding
           inward
           :
           the
           Body
           of
           most
           excellent
           Workmanship
           :
           so
           that
           our
           General
           concluded
           that
           it
           was
           not
           contrived
           by
           the
           Art
           ,
           nor
           for
           the
           use
           of
           such
           rude
           people
           as
           these
           :
           it
           had
           no
           other
           caulking
           in
           the
           Seams
           but
           stitching
           with
           thongs
           made
           of
           Skins
           ,
           and
           yet
           kept
           out
           the
           Water
           ,
        
         
           The
           People
           are
           of
           a
           low
           stature
           ,
           but
           compact
           ,
           they
           paint
           as
           the
           others
           do
           .
           Within
           the
           Island
           they
           had
           a
           mean
           Cottage
           of
           Poles
           covered
           with
           the
           skins
           of
           Beasts
           .
        
         
           Their
           Vessels
           and
           Cups
           are
           of
           Barks
           of
           Trees
           .
           Their
           working-tools
           they
           use
           are
           knives
           made
           of
           huge
           and
           monstrous
           Mussel
           shels
           ,
           which
           after
           they
           have
           broke
           off
           the
           thin
           and
           brittle
           substance
           of
           the
           Edge
           ,
           they
           grind
           upon
           stones
           ,
           till
           they
           have
           put
           such
           an
           Edge
           on
           them
           that
           they
           will
           cut
           the
           hardest
           Wood
           ,
           yea
           the
           hardest
           Bones
           .
        
         
           Sept.
           6.
           
           We
           got
           free
           of
           these
           Islands
           and
           entred
           the
           South
           Sea
           ;
           at
           the
           Cape
           whereof
           our
           General
           intended
           to
           have
           gone
           ashore
           ,
           and
           there
           after
           a
           Sermon
           Preached
           ,
           to
           have
           left
           a
           Monument
           of
           her
           Majesty
           ,
           Engraven
           in
           Mettal
           ;
           but
           could
           not
           conveniently
           .
        
         
           By
           all
           our
           observations
           we
           conluded
           that
           this
           Strait
           was
           150
           Leagues
           in
           length
           ,
           the
           
           bredth
           in
           some
           places
           more
           ,
           in
           others
           less
           ;
           and
           in
           the
           end
           found
           it
           to
           be
           no
           Strait
           ,
           but
           only
           Islands
           .
        
         
           When
           our
           General
           saw
           that
           our
           men
           were
           not
           able
           to
           endure
           the
           cold
           he
           intended
           to
           have
           returned
           toward
           the
           Line
           ,
           lest
           our
           men
           by
           the
           excessive
           cold
           might
           contract
           some
           grievous
           distemper
           ;
           but
           it
           pleased
           God
           to
           thwart
           his
           design
           .
           For
           the
           2d
           .
           day
           after
           we
           entred
           
             Mare
             Pacificum
          
           ,
           a
           Furious
           storm
           with
           contrary
           Winds
           arose
           ,
           whereby
           we
           were
           in
           great
           Jeopardy
           of
           our
           lives
           ,
        
         
           In
           the
           time
           of
           this
           storm
           ,
           Sept.
           15.
           the
           Moon
           was
           Eclipsed
           in
           Aries
           ,
           and
           darkned
           about
           3
           points
           for
           2
           hours
           ;
           but
           our
           storm
           continued
           52
           days
           .
           And
           
             Sept.
             30th
          
           .
           in
           the
           night
           ,
           the
           storm
           encreasing
           ,
           the
           Marigold
           was
           separated
           from
           us
           ;
           whom
           we
           never
           met
           again
           ,
           altho
           our
           General
           had
           ordered
           ,
           that
           if
           any
           of
           our
           Fleet
           lost
           our
           Company
           ,
           we
           should
           meet
           again
           on
           the
           Coasts
           of
           Peru
           in
           30
           deg
           .
           or
           thereabout
           .
        
         
           From
           Sept.
           7.
           (
           when
           the
           storm
           began
           )
           till
           Oct.
           7.
           we
           could
           not
           recover
           Land
           (
           being
           driven
           to
           37
           deg
           .
           of
           South
           .
           Lat.
           )
           and
           this
           day
           toward
           night
           entred
           a
           Harbor
           ,
           on
           the
           aforesaid
           Streight
           toward
           the
           South
           Sea
           ,
           hoping
           to
           shelter
           till
           the
           storm
           were
           over
           ,
           but
           had
           not
           been
           there
           3
           hours
           ,
           till
           by
           violence
           of
           the
           storm
           ,
           our
           Admiral
           lost
           an
           
           Anchor
           by
           the
           violence
           of
           the
           Flaw
           ,
           and
           also
           lost
           sight
           of
           our
           Vice-Admiral
           the
           Elezabeth
           ,
           which
           we
           never
           saw
           more
           ,
           for
           she
           arrived
           in
           
             England
             ,
             June
          
           20.
           next
           year
           .
           So
           that
           now
           our
           Admiral
           was
           left
           alone
           ,
           and
           altho
           our
           General
           sought
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           Fleet
           carefully
           ,
           yet
           could
           by
           no
           means
           find
           them
           .
           Thus
           parted
           from
           our
           friends
           ,
           we
           were
           driven
           back
           into
           55
           deg
           .
           South
           Lat.
           among
           the
           Islands
           aforesaid
           .
           And
           after
           we
           had
           been
           there
           2
           days
           ,
           and
           alittle
           refresht
           our selves
           ,
           of
           a
           sudden
           a
           Tempestuous
           storm
           arose
           ,
           whereby
           we
           were
           in
           extreme
           hazard
           of
           our
           lives
           ,
           and
           expected
           to
           be
           swallowed
           up
           every
           moment
           .
           But
           it
           pleased
           God
           of
           his
           infinite
           mercy
           ,
           when
           all
           our
           hopes
           were
           gone
           ,
           miraculously
           to
           deliver
           us
           .
           Being
           thus
           delivered
           ,
           we
           were
           necessitated
           to
           seek
           for
           some
           place
           of
           refuge
           ,
           both
           to
           provide
           necessaries
           ,
           and
           refresh
           our
           men
           .
           We
           returned
           among
           the
           said
           Islands
           ,
           where
           we
           hoped
           for
           better
           rest
           ,
           and
           the
           rather
           because
           we
           found
           the
           People
           of
           that
           Country
           travelling
           from
           one
           place
           to
           another
           ,
           with
           whom
           we
           trafficked
           for
           several
           commodities
           ,
           and
           had
           respite
           for
           3
           days
           ,
           being
           in
           continual
           fear
           of
           the
           imminent
           dangers
           ,
           the
           troubled
           Seas
           ,
           and
           blustering
           Winds
           threatned
           us
           ;
           which
           accordingly
           happened
           ;
           for
           we
           were
           assaulted
           by
           a
           more
           
           vehement
           storm
           ,
           leaving
           behind
           us
           our
           Anchor
           ,
           and
           a
           great
           part
           of
           our
           Cable
           ,
           driven
           betwixt
           Wind
           and
           Water
           ,
           till
           we
           fell
           with
           the
           uttermost
           part
           of
           the
           Land
           ,
           towards
           the
           South
           Pole
           ,
           when
           we
           discovered
           how
           far
           the
           same
           reacheth
           South
           ward
           from
           the
           Coast
           of
           America
           aforenam'd
           .
        
         
           The
           uttermost
           Cape
           of
           these
           Islands
           lyes
           in
           56
           deg
           .
           where
           no
           Mainland
           nor
           Island
           is
           to
           the
           South
           ,
           but
           the
           Atlantick
           and
           South
           Sea
           met
           .
        
         
           It
           was
           hitherto
           dreamed
           that
           these
           Islands
           were
           a
           Main
           ,
           and
           that
           it
           was
           
             Terra
             Incognita
          
           ,
           and
           truly
           it
           might
           be
           so
           called
           before
           this
           time
           ,
           for
           before
           this
           it
           was
           never
           discovered
           ,
           that
           we
           heard
           of
           .
        
         
           And
           here
           we
           may
           refute
           that
           error
           ,
           held
           by
           many
           ,
           that
           it
           is
           impossible
           to
           return
           out
           of
           
             Mare
             del
             Zur
          
           into
           the
           Ocean
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           supposed
           Eastern
           Current
           ,
           and
           Levant
           Winds
           ;
           for
           neither
           did
           we
           meet
           with
           such
           Current
           ,
           nor
           had
           such
           Winds
           to
           carry
           us
           through
           ,
           but
           always
           in
           our
           passage
           found
           it
           easier
           to
           return
           into
           the
           West
           Ocean
           than
           to
           go
           forward
           into
           
             Mare
             del
             Zur
          
           ;
           whereof
           we
           had
           much
           experience
           ,
           being
           glad
           oft
           times
           to
           alter
           our
           course
           ,
           and
           fall
           a
           stern
           again
           ,
           with
           frank
           Wind
           ,
           further
           in
           one
           Afternoon
           ,
           than
           we
           could
           fetch
           up
           again
           in
           a
           
           whole
           day
           with
           a
           reasonable
           gale
           .
           They
           are
           no
           less
           mistaken
           in
           alledging
           the
           narrowness
           of
           the
           Frete
           ;
           for
           we
           found
           the
           quite
           contrary
           .
        
         
           As
           we
           reached
           the
           utmost
           part
           of
           these
           Islands
           ,
           Oct.
           28.
           our
           storm
           ceased
           .
           Here
           we
           found
           the
           night
           in
           the
           latter
           end
           of
           Octob.
           not
           above
           2
           hours
           long
           ,
           so
           that
           it
           seems
           ,
           when
           the
           Sun
           is
           in
           the
           Tropick
           of
           Caprioorn
           they
           have
           little
           or
           no
           night
           .
           The
           Inhabitants
           Manners
           Apparel
           ,
           &c.
           are
           ,
           the
           same
           with
           those
           aforementioned
           ,
           before
           we
           entred
           the
           Streights
           .
           Our
           General
           called
           these
           Islands
           Elizabethides
           .
        
         
           Oct.
           30.
           
           We
           departed
           thence
           steering
           our
           course
           North-west
           ,
           to
           coast
           along
           Peru
           (
           being
           the
           appointed
           place
           for
           our
           Fleet
           to
           reassemble
           )
           the
           next
           day
           we
           came
           to
           2
           Islands
           ,
           wherein
           were
           great
           store
           of
           Birds
           ,
           whereof
           we
           were
           sufficiently
           furnished
           with
           Victuals
           ;
           Thence
           ,
           steering
           still
           North-west
           ,
           we
           found
           our selves
           ,
           like
           to
           have
           been
           deceived
           in
           taking
           our
           rules
           by
           the
           common
           Maps
           ,
           which
           set
           down
           the
           Coast
           of
           Peru
           to
           lye
           12
           deg
           .
           Northwards
           from
           the
           supposed
           Streight
           when
           it
           is
           quite
           contrary
           ,
           and
           therefore
           we
           altered
           our
           Course
           .
        
         
           That
           part
           of
           Peru
           all
           along
           to
           the
           height
           of
           Lima
           being
           12
           deg
           .
           South
           of
           the
           Line
           ,
           is
           mountainous
           and
           barren
           ,
           except
           a
           few
           
           places
           Inhabited
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           and
           some
           others
           .
        
         
           Being
           thus
           fallen
           with
           the
           Land
           ,
           we
           Coasted
           along
           till
           we
           came
           to
           37
           deg
           .
           and
           finding
           no
           convenient
           place
           ,
           nor
           likelyhood
           of
           hearing
           of
           our
           Ships
           ,
           we
           ran
           off
           with
           an
           Island
           in
           sight
           called
           by
           the
           
             Spaniards
             Mucho
          
           ,
           where
           we
           Anchored
           Nov.
           25.
           and
           found
           it
           to
           be
           a
           fruitful
           Island
           ,
           well
           stored
           with
           all
           necessaries
           ,
           as
           Sheep
           ,
           and
           other
           Cattel
           ,
           Maiz
           ,
           a
           kind
           of
           Grain
           they
           make
           Bread
           of
           ,
           Potatos
           and
           such
           other
           Roots
           besides
           it
           is
           plenteous
           of
           Gold
           ,
           &c.
           
           The
           Inhabitants
           are
           such
           Indians
           as
           by
           the
           cruelty
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           were
           driven
           from
           the
           Main
           .
           With
           them
           our
           General
           intended
           to
           Traffick
           for
           Victuals
           and
           Water
           ;
           and
           for
           that
           end
           the
           same
           night
           we
           arrived
           ,
           he
           and
           some
           others
           went
           ashore
           ,
           to
           whom
           the
           People
           shewed
           respect
           ,
           making
           a
           present
           to
           our
           General
           ;
           we
           also
           presented
           them
           such
           things
           as
           we
           had
           ,
           signifying
           that
           we
           came
           to
           Traffick
           ,
           and
           recruit
           our selves
           with
           fresh
           Water
           ;
           and
           they
           promised
           to
           furnish
           us
           with
           such
           things
           as
           they
           could
           afford
           .
           The
           next
           day
           our
           General
           repaired
           to
           the
           shore
           ,
           and
           sent
           2
           of
           his
           men
           ,
           with
           their
           Baricoes
           to
           the
           Watering
           place
           assigned
           ,
           who
           having
           past
           half
           of
           the
           way
           ,
           were
           traiterously
           slain
           by
           the
           People
           ;
           who
           having
           likewise
           
           set
           an
           ambush
           for
           our
           General
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           our
           men
           that
           were
           in
           the
           Boat
           ,
           behind
           the
           Rocks
           ,
           suddenly
           wounded
           most
           of
           our
           men
           ,
           before
           they
           could
           free
           themselves
           ;
           our
           General
           besides
           several
           wounds
           on
           the
           face
           and
           head
           ,
           had
           one
           passing
           through
           his
           Nose
           into
           the
           
             Basis
             Cerebri
          
           .
           But
           the
           worst
           of
           all
           was
           ,
           we
           had
           none
           to
           cure
           our
           men
           save
           a
           Surgeons
           Boy
           ,
           yet
           it
           pleased
           God
           they
           were
           all
           cured
           .
           The
           cause
           of
           this
           barbarity
           of
           these
           Islanders
           was
           their
           hatred
           to
           the
           Spaniards
           (
           whom
           they
           suspected
           us
           to
           be
           .
           )
           Our
           General
           tho
           he
           might
           have
           revenged
           this
           with
           small
           loss
           ,
           yet
           valuing
           the
           loss
           of
           one
           of
           his
           more
           than
           100
           of
           theirs
           ,
           he
           desisted
           ,
           committing
           his
           cause
           to
           God.
           The
           weapons
           this
           People
           use
           in
           their
           Wars
           are
           Arrows
           of
           Reeds
           with
           heads
           of
           Stones
           very
           brittle
           and
           indented
           ,
           and
           Darts
           of
           a
           great
           length
           headed
           with
           Iron
           ,
           or
           Bone.
           The
           same
           day
           that
           this
           happened
           we
           departed
           thence
           ,
           and
           because
           we
           were
           nownear
           the
           appointed
           place
           of
           meeting
           ,
           and
           partly
           because
           our
           men
           were
           crasie
           ,
           we
           set
           in
           for
           some
           convenient
           place
           in
           the
           Main
           ,
           and
           coming
           to
           the
           Bay
           called
           Philips-Bay
           in
           about
           32
           deg
           .
           we
           dropt
           Anchor
           ,
           and
           sent
           our
           Boat
           to
           discover
           ,
           if
           the
           place
           could
           furnish
           us
           with
           such
           things
           as
           we
           needed
           ;
           they
           after
           long
           Travel
           ,
           could
           see
           no
           appearance
           of
           relief
           ,
           either
           as
           to
           Victuals
           or
           Water
           ,
           
           seeing
           nothing
           save
           huge
           heads
           of
           wild
           Buffs
           ;
           but
           in
           their
           return
           ,
           they
           espied
           an
           Indian
           fishing
           in
           his
           Canow
           ,
           whom
           they
           brought
           aboard
           .
           Who
           being
           courteously
           entertained
           ,
           after
           we
           had
           shewed
           him
           what
           we
           had
           ,
           and
           made
           him
           understand
           what
           we
           needed
           ,
           we
           sent
           him
           away
           with
           our
           Boat
           and
           his
           own
           Canow
           to
           land
           him
           where
           he
           would
           ;
           who
           at
           his
           landing
           ,
           willed
           our
           men
           to
           stay
           till
           his
           return
           ,
           and
           anon
           met
           2
           or
           3
           of
           his
           friends
           ,
           to
           whom
           he
           shewed
           his
           gifts
           ;
           which
           gave
           such
           content
           ,
           that
           a
           little
           after
           ,
           he
           with
           their
           Governour
           and
           others
           came
           to
           us
           ,
           bringing
           with
           them
           Hens
           ,
           Eggs
           ,
           Hogs
           and
           such
           like
           ,
           and
           (
           that
           they
           might
           remove
           suspicion
           of
           evil
           )
           they
           sent
           it
           in
           a
           Canow
           by
           it self
           ,
           and
           their
           Governor
           entrusted
           himself
           to
           our
           men
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           our
           General
           .
           By
           him
           we
           understood
           ,
           we
           could
           not
           be
           relieved
           here
           ,
           but
           he
           offered
           to
           conduct
           us
           to
           a
           Harbor
           not
           far
           distant
           to
           the
           Southward
           ,
           where
           we
           might
           have
           all
           necessaries
           ;
           which
           our
           Gen.
           accepted
           of
           ;
           and
           Dec.
           4.
           departed
           hence
           ,
           and
           next
           day
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           in
           that
           Harbor
           .
           It
           is
           called
           by
           the
           
             Spaniards
             Valperizo
          
           ,
           and
           the
           Town
           adjoyning
           St.
           James
           of
           Chinly
           ;
           it
           is
           in
           35
           deg
           .
           40
           min.
           here
           we
           had
           all
           necessaries
           in
           abundance
           :
           amongst
           other
           things
           we
           found
           in
           the
           Town
           ,
           diverse
           store-houses
           of
           the
           Wines
           of
           Chinly
           ,
           and
           in
           
           the
           Harbor
           a
           Ship
           called
           the
           Captain
           of
           Morial
           ,
           or
           the
           
             Grand
             Captain
             of
             the
             South
             ,
             Admiral
             to
             the
             Islands
             of
          
           Salomon
           ,
           laden
           mostly
           with
           the
           said
           Wines
           ,
           and
           besides
           ,
           some
           fine
           Gold
           of
           
             Baldivia
             ,
             &c.
          
           
           We
           spent
           sometime
           in
           refreshing
           our selves
           ,
           and
           easing
           this
           Ship
           of
           her
           burden
           ,
           and
           Dec.
           8.
           being
           furnished
           with
           necessaries
           we
           departed
           ,
           returning
           back
           to
           the
           Line
           ,
           with
           our
           Indian
           Pilot
           ,
           whom
           our
           General
           rewarded
           to
           his
           own
           content
           ,
           and
           set
           him
           ashore
           again
           where
           he
           desired
           .
        
         
           Being
           thus
           provided
           our
           General
           was
           for
           seeking
           after
           our
           Ships
           ;
           And
           considering
           that
           we
           could
           not
           conveniently
           run
           in
           with
           our
           Ship
           to
           every
           Harbor
           ,
           and
           that
           our
           Boat
           could
           not
           carry
           men
           enough
           ,
           to
           encounter
           the
           violence
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           if
           we
           happen'd
           to
           meet
           them
           ,
           we
           determined
           ,
           as
           we
           went
           toward
           the
           Line
           to
           seek
           out
           a
           convenient
           place
           ,
           where
           we
           might
           trim
           our
           Ship
           ,
           and
           build
           a
           Pinnace
           .
        
         
           Dec.
           19.
           
           We
           entred
           a
           Bay
           to
           the
           Southward
           of
           the
           Town
           of
           Cyppo
           Inhabited
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           in
           29
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           and
           having
           landed
           14
           of
           our
           men
           to
           search
           ,
           we
           were
           discovered
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           who
           sent
           out
           300
           men
           ,
           100
           of
           them
           being
           Spaniards
           ,
           well
           mounted
           on
           Horses
           ,
           the
           rest
           Indians
           running
           as
           Dogs
           at
           their
           heels
           all
           naked
           .
           
           But
           our
           men
           seeing
           them
           come
           ,
           made
           all
           their
           escape
           ,
           save
           one
           
             Richard
             Minivy
          
           ,
           who
           being
           too
           bold
           ,
           would
           not
           be
           entreated
           to
           escape
           with
           the
           rest
           ,
           but
           chose
           either
           to
           out-brave
           them
           ,
           or
           die
           in
           the
           place
           ;
           which
           he
           did
           .
           His
           Body
           was
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           beheaded
           ,
           his
           right
           hand
           cut
           off
           ,
           his
           heart
           pluckt
           out
           ,
           all
           which
           they
           carried
           away
           in
           our
           sight
           ,
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           Body
           they
           caused
           the
           Indians
           to
           shoot
           full
           of
           Arrows
           made
           of
           green
           wood
           ,
           and
           left
           it
           ,
           which
           we
           buried
           next
           day
           .
           Finding
           but
           bad
           entertainment
           here
           we
           departed
           ,
           and
           next
           day
           came
           to
           a
           convenient
           Harbor
           to
           the
           Northward
           of
           it
           ,
           in
           27
           deg
           .
           55
           min.
           South
           Lat.
           where
           we
           trimmed
           our
           Ship
           ,
           and
           built
           our
           Pinnace
           ;
           which
           done
           our
           General
           ,
           with
           some
           of
           his
           Company
           went
           in
           the
           Pinnace
           ,
           in
           search
           of
           our
           Ships
           ,
           but
           after
           a
           days
           sailing
           ,
           were
           forced
           to
           return
           by
           contrary
           wind
           .
        
         
           Jan.
           9.
           we
           left
           this
           place
           ,
           and
           Jan.
           22.
           came
           to
           an
           Island
           in
           the
           same
           height
           with
           the
           North
           Cape
           of
           Mormorena
           ;
           here
           we
           met
           with
           4
           Indians
           in
           their
           Canows
           ,
           who
           promised
           to
           bring
           us
           to
           a
           place
           where
           we
           might
           Water
           ,
           but
           when
           we
           came
           thither
           ,
           we
           scarce
           found
           any
           .
           As
           we
           were
           searching
           for
           Water
           ,
           we
           lighted
           on
           a
           Spaniard
           sleeping
           ,
           who
           had
           by
           him
           13
           Bars
           of
           Silver
           ,
           weighing
           4000
           Spanish
           Duccats
           which
           
           we
           took
           .
           Not
           far
           from
           hence
           we
           met
           with
           another
           Spaniard
           with
           an
           Indian
           Boy
           ,
           driving
           8
           Peruvian
           Sheep
           ,
           each
           Sheep
           bearing
           2
           leathern
           bags
           ,
           in
           each
           of
           which
           was
           50
           pound
           weight
           of
           fine
           Silver
           ,
           which
           we
           likewise
           took
           .
        
         
           Beyond
           the
           Cape
           aforesaid
           we
           passed
           several
           Indian
           Towns
           ,
           the
           People
           whereof
           came
           to
           us
           in
           Boats
           made
           of
           several
           Skins
           ,
           of
           which
           2
           being
           joyned
           together
           of
           equal
           length
           in
           form
           of
           a
           Boat
           ,
           having
           in
           each
           of
           them
           a
           small
           Gut
           ,
           or
           some
           such
           thing
           blown
           full
           of
           Wind
           ,
           whereby
           it
           floateth
           ,
           and
           is
           rowed
           very
           swiftly
           ;
           they
           exchanged
           with
           us
           Fishes
           for
           Knives
           ,
           Glasses
           and
           such
           like
           ,
           great
           rarities
           to
           them
           .
        
         
           Not
           far
           hence
           lies
           Mormorena
           in
           22
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           where
           tho
           2
           Spaniards
           governed
           ,
           yet
           we
           exchanged
           with
           them
           for
           several
           Commodities
           :
           among
           other
           things
           Sheep
           which
           were
           as
           big
           as
           a
           Cow
           ,
           with
           strength
           proportioned
           ;
           on
           one
           of
           their
           backs
           at
           one
           time
           3
           men
           and
           a
           Boy
           might
           sit
           without
           touching
           the
           ground
           by
           a
           foot
           ,
           without
           any
           trouble
           ;
           their
           Wool
           is
           very
           fine
           ,
           their
           flesh
           good
           ,
           and
           they
           serve
           in
           stead
           of
           Horses
           for
           burdens
           .
           Here
           &
           toward
           the
           province
           of
           Cusko
           ,
           100
           l.
           of
           common
           earth
           yieldeth
           25
           s.
           of
           pure
           Silver
           ,
           after
           the
           rate
           of
           a
           Crown
           an
           Ounce
           .
        
         
           Feb.
           7.
           
           We
           came
           to
           Arica
           in
           20
           deg
           .
           
           which
           stood
           in
           the
           fruitfullest
           soil
           in
           all
           that
           Coast
           ;
           it
           is
           Inhabited
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           In
           2
           Barks
           here
           we
           found
           Forty
           and
           odd
           Bars
           of
           Silver
           ,
           each
           weighing
           about
           20
           l.
           which
           we
           took
           ;
           and
           so
           went
           to
           
             Chowley
             ,
             Feb.
          
           9.
           and
           in
           our
           way
           to
           Lima
           we
           took
           a
           Bark
           loaden
           with
           Linnen
           :
           Feb.
           15.
           we
           arrived
           at
           Lima
           ,
           and
           tho
           the
           Spaniards
           had
           30
           Ships
           in
           the
           Harbor
           ,
           we
           Anchored
           among
           the
           midst
           of
           them
           .
           Lima
           is
           in
           12
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           Here
           we
           heard
           of
           a
           Ship
           that
           had
           1500
           Bars
           of
           Silver
           in
           her
           besides
           other
           things
           we
           boarded
           her
           and
           took
           what
           we
           had
           a
           mind
           to
           .
           Here
           also
           we
           had
           news
           of
           the
           Ks.
           of
           Portugal
           ,
           of
           Morocco
           and
           Fez
           all
           dead
           in
           one
           day
           at
           one
           Battel
           ;
           also
           of
           the
           death
           of
           the
           K.
           of
           France
           and
           the
           Pope
           .
           Lastly
           here
           we
           had
           notice
           of
           a
           rich
           Ship
           laden
           with
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           for
           Panama
           ,
           that
           had
           set
           sail
           from
           this
           Haven
           :
           Whereupon
           Feb.
           16.
           we
           went
           in
           pursuit
           of
           her
           .
           Feb.
           20.
           
           We
           fell
           with
           the
           Port
           of
           Paita
           in
           4
           deg
           .
           40
           m.
           with
           St.
           Helen
           and
           the
           River
           
             Gutaquil
             ,
             Feb.
          
           24.
           
           We
           past
           the
           Line
           28
           ,
           and
           Mar.
           1.
           
           Fell
           with
           Francisco
           ,
           where
           about
           mid-day
           we
           descried
           a
           Sail
           ,
           and
           when
           we
           had
           made
           up
           with
           her
           and
           boarded
           her
           ,
           we
           found
           her
           to
           be
           the
           Ship
           we
           were
           pursuing
           :
           We
           found
           in
           her
           some
           Fruits
           ,
           Conserves
           ,
           Sugars
           ,
           &c.
           and
           a
           great
           quantity
           of
           Jewels
           ,
           
           and
           precious
           Stones
           ,
           13
           Chests
           of
           Ryals
           of
           Plate
           ,
           80l
           .
           weight
           of
           Gold
           ,
           26
           Tun
           of
           uncoyned
           Silver
           ,
           &c.
           valued
           about
           360000
           Pezoes
           .
           We
           gave
           the
           Master
           a
           little
           Linnen
           for
           these
           Commodities
           ,
           and
           after
           6
           days
           departed
           .
        
         
           And
           being
           now
           come
           to
           Cape
           Francisco
           in
           1
           deg
           .
           N.
           Lat.
           and
           hearing
           nothing
           of
           our
           Ships
           all
           the
           way
           ,
           tho
           we
           enquired
           diligently
           ,
           we
           concluded
           they
           were
           not
           before
           us
           ;
           and
           considering
           that
           now
           was
           the
           only
           time
           (
           Summer
           approaching
           )
           for
           the
           discovery
           of
           what
           passage
           there
           was
           to
           be
           found
           about
           the
           Northern
           parts
           of
           America
           from
           the
           South
           Sea
           into
           our
           Ocean
           ,
           which
           our
           General
           chiefly
           designed
           ,
           we
           all
           willingly
           consented
           to
           seek
           out
           a
           convenient
           place
           for
           furnishing
           our selves
           ,
           and
           trimming
           our
           Ship
           in
           order
           thereto
           .
           And
           so
           we
           set
           on
           March
           7.
           to
           the
           Island
           of
           Caines
           at
           which
           we
           arrived
           March
           16.
           and
           settled
           in
           a
           fresh
           River
           for
           our
           purpose
           aforesaid
           .
           In
           our
           Journey
           hither
           ,
           we
           met
           with
           a
           Ship
           laden
           with
           Linnen
           ,
           and
           China
           Silk
           and
           Dishes
           ,
           and
           a
           Faulcon
           of
           Gold
           with
           a
           great
           Emerauld
           in
           its
           breast
           .
           We
           departed
           hence
           March
           24.
           for
           our
           intended
           discovery
           ,
           and
           passed
           by
           the
           Port
           Papagaia
           ,
           and
           diverse
           others
           ,
           and
           some
           Gulphs
           which
           continually
           send
           forth
           violent
           Winds
           .
           And
           understanding
           that
           if
           we
           did
           not
           run
           off
           to
           Sea
           
           we
           should
           be
           troubled
           with
           Calms
           ,
           our
           General
           determined
           to
           go
           into
           some
           Port
           to
           furnish
           our selves
           with
           all
           necessaries
           ,
           that
           we
           might
           go
           to
           Sea.
           And
           accordingly
           April
           15.
           1679.
           we
           entred
           Guatulco
           ,
           in
           15.
           deg
           .
           46.
           min.
           inhabited
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           where
           we
           had
           necessaries
           ,
           as
           also
           a
           Pot
           as
           big
           as
           a
           Bushel
           full
           of
           Ryals
           of
           Plate
           ,
           with
           a
           Chain
           of
           Gold
           and
           Jewels
           .
        
         
           From
           thence
           we
           departed
           to
           Sea
           Apr.
           16.
           and
           sailed
           500
           Leagues
           for
           a
           Wind
           ,
           and
           until
           June
           23.
           1500
           
           Leagues
           in
           all
           ,
           till
           we
           came
           to
           42.
           deg
           .
           of
           North.
           Latitude
           ,
           where
           in
           the
           Night
           time
           we
           were
           opprest
           with
           extreme
           nipping
           cold
           ,
           whereby
           several
           of
           our
           mens
           health
           was
           impaired
           ,
           and
           the
           day
           following
           notwithstanding
           the
           heat
           of
           the
           Sun
           ,
           the
           cold
           was
           nothing
           abated
           ,
           so
           that
           the
           Ropes
           of
           our
           Ships
           were
           frozen
           ,
           and
           the
           Rain
           which
           fell
           was
           a
           kind
           of
           Icy
           substance
           .
           And
           when
           we
           came
           2
           degrees
           further
           it
           was
           in
           that
           extremity
           ,
           that
           our
           men
           could
           not
           make
           use
           of
           their
           hands
           ,
           not
           to
           feed
           themselves
           ;
           and
           our
           Meat
           as
           it
           was
           removed
           from
           the
           fire
           was
           in
           a
           manner
           immediately
           frozen
           ,
           whereby
           our
           men
           were
           extremely
           discouraged
           ;
           yet
           by
           our
           Generals
           persuasions
           ,
           they
           resolved
           to
           endure
           a
           little
           extremity
           to
           obtain
           agreater
           Glory
           .
        
         
           The
           Land
           in
           that
           part
           of
           America
           lying
           
           nearer
           the
           West
           ,
           than
           we
           imagined
           ,
           we
           were
           nearer
           it
           than
           we
           were
           aware
           ;
           and
           the
           nearer
           it
           we
           came
           the
           colder
           it
           was
           .
           June
           5.
           we
           were
           driven
           on
           the
           shore
           by
           contrary
           Winds
           ,
           and
           cast
           Anchor
           in
           a
           Bay
           ,
           where
           we
           were
           in
           danger
           by
           reason
           of
           extream
           flaws
           that
           beat
           upon
           us
           ,
           and
           upon
           their
           intermission
           were
           troubled
           with
           thick
           ,
           stinking
           Fogs
           .
        
         
           In
           this
           place
           we
           could
           not
           abide
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           cold
           ,
           and
           therefore
           were
           forced
           to
           go
           Southwards
           again
           .
           From
           the
           height
           of
           48.
           to
           38.
           coasting
           along
           the
           Land
           ,
           we
           found
           it
           to
           be
           plain
           ;
           every
           hill
           (
           which
           were
           many
           but
           not
           high
           )
           though
           it
           was
           June
           ,
           was
           covered
           with
           Snow
           .
           June
           17.
           in
           38.
           deg
           .
           30.
           min.
           we
           found
           a
           fit
           Harbor
           and
           anchored
           therein
           ,
           continuing
           till
           July
           23.
           and
           were
           still
           molested
           with
           cold
           .
           We
           conjecture
           upon
           several
           reasons
           that
           either
           there
           is
           no
           Northern
           passage
           ,
           or
           at
           least
           not
           navigable
           ,
           for
           to
           pass
           by
           others
           this
           seems
           to
           confirm
           it
           ,
           that
           tho
           we
           searched
           the
           Coast
           diligently
           even
           to
           48.
           deg
           .
           yet
           found
           we
           not
           the
           Land
           to
           trend
           so
           much
           as
           one
           point
           in
           any
           place
           towards
           the
           East
           ,
           but
           rather
           running
           on
           towards
           the
           Northwest
           .
        
         
           June
           18.
           
           The
           Countrey
           People
           sent
           out
           a
           man
           in
           a
           Canow
           to
           us
           ,
           who
           directed
           his
           discourse
           to
           us
           all
           the
           way
           as
           he
           came
           ;
           
           and
           being
           come
           near
           us
           ,
           he
           had
           a
           tedious
           Oration
           ,
           using
           many
           motions
           ;
           which
           ended
           with
           great
           shew
           of
           reverence
           he
           returned
           :
           He
           came
           again
           the
           2d
           .
           time
           as
           also
           the
           3d.
           after
           the
           same
           manner
           ,
           and
           brought
           with
           him
           ,
           as
           a
           present
           ,
           a
           Bunch
           of
           Feathers
           artificially
           gathered
           on
           a
           string
           ,
           made
           for
           those
           who
           guard
           the
           Kings
           Person
           to
           wear
           on
           their
           heads
           ,
           he
           brought
           also
           a
           Basket
           made
           of
           Rushes
           ,
           filled
           with
           an
           Herb
           ,
           called
           Tabak
           .
           Our
           General
           proffered
           him
           several
           things
           ,
           but
           he
           would
           receive
           nothing
           save
           a
           Hat.
           
        
         
           June
           21.
           
           Our
           Ship
           being
           leaky
           we
           put
           in
           to
           the
           shore
           to
           repair
           her
           ;
           (
           but
           to
           prevent
           all
           danger
           ,
           our
           General
           landed
           all
           his
           men
           ,
           with
           necessary
           Provisions
           to
           build
           Tents
           ,
           and
           make
           a
           Fort
           for
           us
           ;
           Which
           the
           Country
           People
           seeing
           ,
           came
           down
           in
           great
           hast
           to
           us
           with
           such
           Arms
           as
           they
           had
           ,
           yet
           with
           no
           intent
           to
           hurt
           us
           ,
           their
           intent
           being
           rather
           to
           worship
           us
           as
           Gods.
           And
           being
           willed
           by
           signs
           to
           lay
           from
           them
           their
           Bows
           and
           Arrows
           ,
           they
           did
           it
           instantly
           .
        
         
           To
           the
           intent
           therefore
           that
           this
           Peace
           which
           was
           desired
           might
           be
           more
           confirmed
           ,
           our
           General
           treated
           them
           very
           courteously
           ,
           bestowing
           upon
           them
           Shirts
           ,
           Linnen
           ,
           and
           other
           things
           ,
           to
           cover
           their
           nakedness
           ,
           withal
           signifying
           unto
           them
           ,
           that
           we
           were
           but
           men
           
           as
           they
           were
           ,
           which
           notwithstanding
           ,
           we
           could
           hardy
           persuade
           them
           of
           .
           They
           in
           recompense
           bestowed
           on
           our
           General
           and
           others
           of
           our
           men
           ,
           Feathers
           ,
           Cawls
           ,
           and
           Quivers
           of
           their
           Arrows
           ,
           made
           of
           Fawns
           Skins
           ,
           and
           Skins
           of
           Beasts
           their
           women
           wore
           ;
           and
           so
           departed
           with
           joy
           to
           their
           Houses
           ;
           which
           are
           digged
           round
           within
           the
           earth
           ,
           having
           clefts
           of
           Wood
           set
           up
           and
           joyned
           close
           at
           the
           top
           ,
           like
           our
           Spires
           ;
           they
           are
           very
           warm
           and
           without
           Chimneys
           ;
           Their
           Door
           is
           like
           an
           ordinary
           scuttle
           in
           a
           Ship
           slope-wise
           ,
           their
           Beds
           on
           the
           Ground
           with
           Rushes
           strewed
           upon
           it
           .
           Their
           men
           for
           most
           part
           go
           naked
           ;
           They
           are
           of
           a
           tractable
           and
           loving
           Nature
           ;
           Their
           only
           Weapons
           are
           Bows
           and
           Arrows
           ,
           with
           which
           tho
           they
           are
           skillful
           they
           do
           but
           little
           execution
           ,
           they
           are
           so
           slight
           ,
           being
           more
           fit
           for
           Boys
           than
           men
           ;
           they
           are
           prodigiously
           strong
           and
           swift
           .
           Their
           Women
           make
           themselves
           loose
           Garments
           of
           a
           kind
           of
           Bulrushes
           to
           cover
           their
           lower
           parts
           :
           about
           their
           shoulders
           wearing
           the
           Skin
           of
           a
           Deer
           ;
           They
           are
           very
           obedient
           to
           their
           Husbands
           .
        
         
           When
           they
           were
           returned
           home
           they
           emitted
           lamentable
           Cryings
           ,
           which
           we
           heard
           tho
           about
           an
           English
           Miles
           distance
           .
        
         
           Notwithstanding
           their
           submissive
           demeanor
           ,
           our
           General
           thought
           it
           best
           not
           to
           trust
           
           them
           too
           much
           ,
           and
           ,
           therefore
           with
           expedition
           we
           set
           up
           our
           Tents
           and
           entrenched
           our selves
           with
           a
           Stone-Wall
           ,
           that
           so
           if
           they
           proved
           perfidious
           we
           might
           be
           able
           to
           repel
           them
           .
           Two
           days
           after
           a
           great
           multitude
           of
           them
           came
           to
           us
           ,
           bringing
           presents
           with
           them
           as
           before
           ,
           or
           rather
           sacrifices
           ,
           they
           deeming
           us
           to
           be
           Gods.
           
        
         
           When
           they
           came
           to
           the
           top
           of
           the
           Hill
           at
           the
           bottom
           whereof
           we
           stayed
           ,
           they
           stood
           ,
           where
           one
           with
           strange
           gestures
           delivered
           a
           tedious
           Oration
           ,
           at
           the
           end
           whereof
           all
           the
           rest
           bowing
           their
           bodies
           cried
           Oh
           ,
           (
           as
           a
           sign
           of
           their
           assent
           ;
           )
           after
           which
           their
           men
           came
           down
           ,
           leaving
           their
           Women
           and
           Children
           ,
           with
           their
           Bows
           on
           the
           Hill
           ,
           with
           presents
           to
           us
           ,
           glad
           that
           we
           would
           receive
           them
           of
           them
           :
           in
           the
           mean
           time
           their
           Women
           fell
           a
           Crying
           ,
           Shreeking
           ,
           and
           tearing
           their
           Flesh
           from
           their
           Cheeks
           ,
           with
           a
           fury
           casting
           themselves
           on
           the
           Ground
           ,
           dashing
           themselves
           on
           hard
           Stones
           or
           any
           thing
           it
           was
           in
           their
           way
           ,
           those
           that
           were
           big
           with
           Child
           not
           abstaining
           from
           this
           madness
           .
           Which
           our
           General
           seeing
           fell
           a
           praying
           with
           Hands
           lifted
           up
           to
           Heaven
           (
           shewing
           that
           God
           ,
           whom
           we
           served
           ,
           and
           they
           ought
           to
           worship
           ,
           was
           above
           )
           and
           sung
           Psalms
           ,
           and
           read
           in
           the
           Bible
           :
           to
           all
           which
           they
           were
           very
           attentive
           ,
           and
           took
           such
           delight
           in
           our
           Singing
           of
           
           Psalms
           ,
           that
           every
           time
           they
           came
           to
           us
           they
           desired
           us
           to
           sing
           .
        
         
           Three
           days
           after
           the
           greatest
           part
           of
           all
           that
           People
           thereabouts
           assembled
           ,
           with
           the
           King
           attended
           with
           his
           Guard.
           Before
           his
           coming
           he
           sent
           2
           Ambassadors
           to
           signifie
           it
           to
           us
           ;
           in
           delivery
           of
           their
           message
           ,
           the
           one
           spoke
           low
           the
           other
           the
           same
           word
           for
           word
           more
           audibly
           ,
           which
           done
           our
           General
           understood
           by
           their
           signs
           that
           they
           desired
           a
           present
           of
           him
           to
           their
           Hioh
           or
           King
           ;
           which
           he
           sent
           .
        
         
           As
           their
           King
           was
           coming
           to
           us
           ,
           they
           cried
           after
           a
           singing
           manner
           ;
           and
           as
           they
           drew
           near
           their
           carriage
           was
           more
           grave
           .
           In
           their
           Front
           a
           man
           bare
           the
           Scepter
           (
           a
           certain
           kind
           of
           black
           Wood
           a
           Yard
           and
           a
           half
           in
           Length
           )
           before
           the
           King
           ,
           whereon
           Hanged
           2
           Crowns
           with
           3
           long
           Chains
           ,
           and
           a
           bag
           full
           of
           the
           Herb
           Tabah
           .
        
         
           Next
           him
           that
           bare
           this
           Scepter
           was
           the
           King
           :
           on
           his
           head
           was
           a
           Cawl
           of
           Knitwork
           somewhat
           like
           a
           Crown
           :
           on
           his
           Shoulders
           to
           his
           Wast
           a
           Coat
           of
           Coney
           Skins
           ;
           his
           Guard
           had
           Coats
           of
           other
           Skins
           ,
           some
           having
           Cawls
           with
           such
           Feathers
           ,
           or
           covered
           with
           a
           Down
           ,
           which
           groweth
           on
           an
           Herb
           like
           Lettice
           :
           This
           Herb
           is
           not
           permitted
           to
           be
           wore
           by
           any
           but
           those
           that
           are
           about
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           the
           seed
           of
           it
           is
           used
           only
           in
           sacrifice
           to
           their
           Gods.
           After
           these
           came
           the
           
           common
           People
           ,
           naked
           ,
           whose
           long
           hair
           was
           tied
           in
           a
           Bunch
           behind
           ,
           in
           which
           stuck
           Plumes
           of
           Feathers
           ,
           but
           in
           the
           fore
           part
           had
           but
           one
           Feather
           like
           a
           Horn.
           Every
           one
           had
           his
           Face
           painted
           ,
           but
           of
           different
           colours
           .
           Their
           Women
           and
           Children
           came
           last
           ,
           The
           Women
           had
           Baskets
           in
           their
           Arms
           ,
           wherein
           were
           Bays
           of
           Tabah
           and
           other
           presents
           :
           Their
           Baskets
           were
           made
           of
           Rushes
           ,
           yet
           in
           such
           sort
           that
           most
           part
           of
           them
           would
           hold
           Water
           ;
           they
           were
           hanged
           with
           pieces
           of
           Pearls
           Shells
           ,
           and
           with
           2
           or
           3
           links
           of
           the
           Chains
           ,
           signifying
           they
           were
           Vessels
           dedicated
           to
           the
           use
           of
           their
           Gods.
           
        
         
           Our
           General
           assembled
           all
           his
           men
           and
           ordered
           them
           to
           be
           in
           a
           posture
           of
           defence
           ,
           that
           if
           they
           attempted
           any
           thing
           against
           us
           might
           we
           prevent
           it
           .
        
         
           When
           they
           came
           near
           us
           they
           gave
           us
           a
           general
           Salutation
           ;
           after
           which
           he
           that
           bare
           the
           Scepter
           spake
           aloud
           what
           another
           whispered
           him
           in
           the
           ear
           for
           half
           an
           hour
           ,
           which
           was
           ended
           with
           a
           general
           Amen
           ;
           and
           all
           the
           rest
           ,
           save
           the
           Children
           ,
           came
           down
           the
           Hill
           setting
           themselves
           in
           their
           former
           order
           .
        
         
           Being
           come
           near
           us
           the
           Scepter-bearer
           with
           a
           stately
           carriage
           began
           a
           song
           ,
           dancing
           thereto
           ,
           as
           also
           did
           the
           King
           and
           all
           the
           rest
           ,
           save
           the
           Women
           ,
           who
           danced
           but
           did
           not
           sing
           .
           Our
           General
           perceiving
           their
           simple
           
           meaning
           ordered
           that
           they
           might
           have
           free
           entrance
           ;
           they
           entring
           continued
           their
           Song
           and
           Dance
           a
           pretty
           while
           ,
           their
           Women
           following
           with
           their
           Baskets
           ,
           their
           faces
           &c.
           torn
           as
           aforesaid
           .
        
         
           Afterwards
           they
           made
           a
           sign
           to
           our
           General
           to
           sit
           down
           ,
           and
           the
           King
           with
           others
           made
           several
           Speeches
           ,
           esiring
           him
           by
           signs
           to
           take
           upon
           him
           the
           Kingdom
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           with
           one
           consent
           they
           set
           the
           Crown
           upon
           his
           Head
           ,
           with
           other
           Ceremonies
           ,
           honouring
           him
           by
           the
           name
           of
           Hyoh
           ,
           ending
           the
           Solemnity
           with
           Songs
           and
           Dances
           .
        
         
           These
           things
           our
           General
           accepted
           of
           ,
           taking
           them
           in
           the
           Name
           and
           to
           the
           Use
           of
           Her
           Majesty
           .
           The
           Ceremonies
           ended
           ,
           the
           common
           People
           of
           them
           leaving
           the
           King
           with
           our
           General
           ,
           went
           among
           our
           People
           ,
           and
           finding
           such
           as
           pleased
           their
           Fancies
           (
           which
           commonly
           were
           the
           youngest
           of
           us
           )
           they
           enclosing
           them
           round
           offered
           sacrifices
           ;
           Crying
           with
           lamentable
           shreeks
           ,
           weeping
           ,
           scratching
           ,
           and
           tearing
           the
           flesh
           off
           their
           Faces
           .
        
         
           After
           our
           necessary
           businesses
           were
           dispatched
           ,
           our
           General
           with
           some
           of
           his
           Company
           went
           up
           into
           the
           Land
           ,
           to
           be
           better
           acquainted
           with
           the
           Nature
           and
           Commodities
           of
           their
           Country
           .
           The
           Inland
           we
           
           found
           to
           be
           of
           a
           very
           fruitful
           soyl
           ,
           Stored
           with
           all
           things
           fit
           for
           man
           ,
           particularly
           fat
           Deer
           in
           great
           numbers
           .
           There
           were
           likewise
           a
           strange
           sort
           of
           Conies
           ,
           their
           heads
           and
           bodies
           like
           other
           Conies
           ,
           but
           smaller
           ;
           their
           Tails
           like
           that
           of
           a
           Rat
           ,
           and
           their
           Feet
           like
           the
           Paws
           of
           a
           Mole
           .
           Under
           their
           Chins
           on
           each
           side
           they
           have
           a
           Bag
           into
           which
           they
           gather
           their
           meat
           when
           their
           Bellies
           are
           full
           ,
           to
           feed
           their
           young
           ,
           or
           sorve
           themselves
           another
           time
           .
           Their
           Skins
           are
           of
           great
           account
           ,
           for
           their
           Kings
           Holy-days
           coat
           is
           made
           of
           them
           .
        
         
           This
           Country
           our
           General
           called
           Albion
           ,
           from
           the
           White
           Banks
           which
           lye
           toward
           the
           Sea.
           
        
         
           Before
           our
           departure
           thence
           ,
           our
           General
           caused
           to
           be
           set
           up
           a
           Plate
           of
           Brass
           nailed
           to
           a
           Post
           ,
           with
           her
           Majesties
           name
           and
           picture
           ,
           and
           Arms
           on
           a
           Sixpence
           ,
           the
           day
           and
           year
           of
           our
           Arrival
           ,
           and
           of
           their
           resigning
           the
           Kingdom
           into
           Her
           Majesties
           hands
           ,
           as
           a
           Monument
           of
           Her
           Majesties
           Right
           and
           Title
           to
           that
           Kingdom
           .
        
         
           And
           now
           the
           time
           of
           our
           departure
           approaching
           ,
           those
           People
           ,
           who
           had
           formerly
           so
           much
           joy
           in
           our
           Company
           ,
           were
           now
           sorrowful
           and
           dejected
           beyond
           all
           measure
           ,
           all
           their
           former
           joy
           being
           metamorphosed
           
           into
           Mourning
           at
           the
           report
           of
           our
           departure
           .
        
         
           July
           23.
           
           They
           took
           a
           sorrowful
           Welfare
           of
           us
           ,
           entreating
           us
           to
           remember
           them
           in
           our
           absence
           ,
           and
           to
           return
           to
           them
           ,
           and
           immediately
           ran
           up
           to
           the
           tops
           of
           the
           Hills
           to
           keep
           sight
           of
           us
           as
           long
           as
           they
           could
           ,
           making
           Fires
           on
           all
           hands
           .
           Near
           this
           place
           lye
           some
           Islands
           ,
           which
           we
           called
           the
           Islands
           of
           St.
           James
           ,
           where
           we
           had
           a
           great
           many
           Seals
           and
           Birds
           .
        
         
           Our
           General
           now
           considering
           ,
           that
           the
           cold
           encreased
           ,
           the
           Sun
           being
           now
           nearer
           the
           South
           ,
           left
           off
           his
           design
           of
           finding
           passage
           through
           the
           Northern
           parts
           ,
           and
           therefore
           with
           consent
           of
           the
           rest
           bent
           his
           Course
           for
           the
           Moluccaes
           and
           sailed
           without
           sight
           of
           Land
           for
           68
           days
           space
           ,
           and
           Sept.
           30.
           came
           to
           some
           Islands
           ,
           lying
           in
           8
           deg
           .
           North.
           Lat.
           As
           soon
           as
           we
           were
           perceived
           ,
           a
           great
           number
           of
           Canows
           came
           towards
           us
           ,
           bringing
           with
           them
           Coquo's
           ,
           Fish
           ,
           Potato's
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           Their
           Canows
           ,
           as
           most
           of
           the
           Moluccaes
           are
           made
           of
           one
           Tree
           hollowed
           within
           with
           great
           art
           ,
           very
           smooth
           ;
           their
           Prow
           and
           Stern
           were
           of
           one
           fashion
           ,
           yielding
           inward
           ,
           very
           high
           ,
           and
           hanged
           full
           of
           glistering
           shells
           ;
           on
           each
           side
           their
           Canows
           
           lay
           out
           2
           pieces
           of
           Timber
           to
           keep
           them
           from
           overwhelming
           .
        
         
           The
           People
           have
           the
           nether
           part
           of
           their
           ears
           cut
           round
           hanging
           down
           on
           their
           Cheeks
           ;
           the
           Nails
           on
           some
           of
           their
           Fingers
           were
           an
           Inch
           long
           ,
           and
           their
           Teeth
           black
           as
           Pitch
           ,
           the
           colour
           whereof
           they
           use
           to
           renew
           with
           a
           certain
           Powder
           .
           The
           first
           Company
           of
           those
           Canows
           ,
           began
           to
           Traffique
           with
           us
           peaceably
           ,
           entreating
           us
           to
           go
           nearer
           the
           shore
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           easilier
           prey
           upon
           us
           .
           But
           these
           passing
           away
           ,
           others
           came
           that
           discovered
           their
           Natures
           ,
           for
           when
           they
           got
           any
           thing
           in
           their
           hands
           ,
           they
           would
           neither
           give
           recompence
           nor
           restore
           it
           ;
           and
           being
           rejected
           for
           their
           bad
           dealing
           ,
           they
           began
           to
           resent
           it
           ,
           throwing
           stones
           at
           us
           which
           they
           had
           brought
           on
           purpose
           ;
           whereupon
           our
           General
           caused
           let
           fly
           a
           great
           Gun
           ;
           at
           the
           noise
           of
           which
           they
           ,
           frightned
           ,
           leapt
           out
           of
           their
           Canows
           into
           the
           Water
           ,
           and
           diving
           under
           the
           Keel
           of
           their
           Boat
           stayed
           there
           till
           we
           were
           gone
           a
           good
           way
           from
           them
           ,
           and
           then
           recovered
           their
           Canows
           and
           made
           hast
           to
           the
           shore
           .
           Notwithstanding
           we
           were
           afterwards
           troubled
           with
           others
           of
           the
           same
           gang
           ,
           and
           could
           not
           be
           rid
           of
           them
           ,
           till
           we
           made
           them
           smart
           .
           And
           so
           we
           left
           this
           Island
           Octob.
           23.
           naming
           it
           the
           
             Island
             of
             Thieves
          
           ,
           and
           Octob.
           16.
           fell
           with
           4
           Islands
           in
           7
           deg
           .
           
           5
           min.
           North.
           Lat.
           Octob.
           21.
           we
           anchored
           at
           the
           biggest
           of
           them
           called
           
             Mindanao
             .
             Oct.
          
           25.
           we
           passed
           by
           the
           Island
           Talao
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           Northward
           of
           it
           saw
           3
           Islands
           ,
           
             Teda
             ,
             Selan
             ,
             Saran
          
           :
           and
           Nov.
           1.
           we
           past
           the
           Isle
           Suaro
           in
           1
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           and
           Nov.
           3.
           came
           in
           sight
           of
           the
           Moluccaes
           .
           They
           are
           4
           high
           picked
           Islands
           very
           fruithful
           ,
           yielding
           abundance
           of
           Cloves
           .
           East
           from
           them
           lyes
           a
           great
           Island
           ,
           called
           Gillola
           .
           We
           intended
           to
           go
           to
           Tidore
           ,
           but
           coasting
           an
           Island
           of
           the
           King
           of
           Terenat's
           his
           Deputy
           came
           off
           to
           us
           ,
           who
           entreated
           our
           General
           to
           stay
           at
           Terenate
           ,
           for
           that
           his
           King
           would
           be
           glad
           of
           his
           coming
           ,
           and
           would
           assist
           him
           to
           his
           utmost
           Power
           ,
           whereas
           if
           he
           went
           to
           Tidore
           ,
           (
           inhabited
           by
           Portugals
           )
           he
           would
           find
           them
           deceitful
           ;
           and
           besides
           ,
           that
           then
           his
           King
           would
           not
           receive
           us
           ,
           as
           being
           at
           enmity
           with
           them
           .
           Hereupon
           our
           General
           next
           Morning
           came
           to
           an
           anchor
           there
           ,
           and
           sent
           a
           Messenger
           to
           the
           King
           ,
           with
           a
           Velvet
           Cloak
           for
           a
           present
           :
           signifying
           to
           him
           ,
           that
           he
           desired
           to
           be
           supplyed
           with
           necessaries
           ,
           for
           which
           he
           would
           give
           him
           other
           goods
           ,
           and
           likewise
           that
           it
           was
           by
           persuasion
           of
           his
           Viceroy
           that
           he
           came
           thither
           .
           But
           before
           this
           the
           Viceroy
           had
           spoke
           to
           the
           King
           on
           our
           behalf
           ,
           shewing
           how
           beneficial
           an
           Alliance
           with
           us
           would
           be
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           how
           discouraging
           to
           
           his
           Enemies
           .
           Whereupon
           the
           King
           immediately
           sent
           the
           Viceroy
           with
           others
           of
           his
           Nobles
           to
           our
           General
           ,
           to
           shew
           him
           that
           he
           was
           ready
           to
           do
           any
           thing
           for
           us
           that
           lay
           in
           his
           power
           ,
           upon
           our
           Prince's
           account
           ;
           and
           that
           he
           would
           shortly
           visit
           us
           in
           our
           Ship.
           By
           that
           time
           they
           came
           to
           us
           ,
           our
           Messengers
           were
           at
           Court
           ,
           who
           were
           honorably
           conducted
           to
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           most
           Graciously
           by
           him
           entertained
           .
           Whereupon
           the
           Prince
           hastened
           his
           before
           promised
           visit
           ;
           the
           manner
           of
           his
           coming
           was
           thus
           :
        
         
           First
           ,
           he
           sent
           before
           3
           great
           Canows
           wherein
           were
           some
           of
           his
           Nobles
           of
           all
           ages
           ,
           attired
           all
           in
           white
           Lawn
           ,
           or
           Cloath
           of
           Calecute
           ,
           but
           with
           some
           difference
           ,
           their
           Canow
           covered
           from
           one
           End
           to
           t'other
           with
           fine
           Mats
           ,
           bore
           up
           by
           a
           frame
           of
           Reeds
           .
        
         
           The
           rest
           were
           Souldiers
           standing
           orderly
           on
           both
           sides
           ,
           without
           whom
           were
           the
           Rowers
           ,
           in
           3
           Galleries
           on
           each
           side
           ,
           lying
           off
           the
           side
           3
           or
           4
           yards
           ,
           one
           built
           lower
           than
           the
           other
           ;
           in
           each
           of
           which
           Galleries
           was
           a
           like
           number
           of
           Banks
           that
           the
           Rowers
           sate
           upon
           :
           On
           the
           forepart
           of
           each
           Canow
           sate
           2
           men
           ,
           one
           holding
           a
           Tabret
           ,
           the
           other
           a
           piece
           of
           Brass
           ,
           who
           striking
           therewith
           by
           the
           sound
           directed
           the
           Rowers
           to
           keep
           their
           Strokes
           ;
           and
           the
           Rowers
           ending
           their
           Strokes
           with
           a
           song
           ,
           gave
           warning
           to
           the
           others
           to
           strike
           
           again
           .
           They
           had
           in
           each
           Canow
           one
           small
           Piece
           ;
           besides
           every
           man
           had
           his
           Sword
           ,
           Dagger
           ,
           and
           Target
           ,
           &c.
           
           These
           Canows
           coming
           near
           our
           Ship
           rowed
           round
           us
           one
           after
           another
           ,
           and
           the
           men
           as
           they
           passed
           did
           us
           homage
           ,
           the
           greatest
           Persons
           beginning
           ;
           afterwards
           putting
           our
           Messenger
           aboard
           ,
           they
           told
           us
           that
           their
           King
           had
           sent
           them
           before
           him
           to
           conduct
           our
           Ship
           into
           a
           better
           Road.
           
        
         
           Not
           long
           after
           the
           King
           came
           up
           with
           6
           grave
           Fathers
           and
           did
           obeysance
           to
           us
           in
           humble
           manner
           .
           He
           was
           of
           a
           tall
           stature
           ,
           Corpulent
           ,
           of
           a
           Princely
           Countenance
           .
           His
           respect
           among
           his
           Subjects
           was
           very
           great
           ,
           none
           of
           his
           Councillors
           daring
           speak
           to
           him
           but
           on
           their
           Knees
           .
        
         
           We
           received
           him
           in
           best
           sort
           we
           could
           ,
           as
           with
           discharging
           of
           Ordinance
           ,
           and
           great
           store
           of
           small
           shot
           ,
           sounding
           of
           Trumpets
           ,
           and
           other
           Instruments
           of
           Musick
           ,
           wherewith
           the
           King
           was
           extremely
           delighted
           .
           Besides
           ,
           our
           General
           gave
           him
           some
           presents
           .
           His
           Brother
           likewise
           made
           us
           a
           visit
           ,
           and
           was
           also
           courteously
           entertained
           by
           our
           General
           .
           The
           King
           when
           we
           came
           to
           Anchor
           ,
           departed
           ,
           promising
           to
           come
           aboard
           next
           day
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           mean
           time
           to
           send
           us
           necessaries
           :
           Which
           the
           same
           night
           and
           next
           morning
           we
           had
           by
           way
           of
           Traffique
           ,
           as
           Hens
           ,
           Rice
           ,
           
           Sugar
           Canes
           ,
           Liquid
           Sugar
           ,
           a
           fruit
           they
           call
           Figo
           the
           same
           which
           the
           Portugals
           name
           
             Plantanes
             ,
             Cocoes
          
           and
           a
           kind
           of
           Meal
           they
           call
           Sago
           ,
           made
           of
           the
           tops
           of
           Trees
           ,
           tasting
           like
           sour
           Curds
           ,
           but
           melting
           like
           Sugar
           .
           The
           Inhabitants
           make
           a
           kind
           of
           Cake
           thereof
           which
           will
           keep
           good
           ten
           years
           :
           We
           had
           also
           some
           Cloves
           .
           Our
           General
           having
           all
           things
           provided
           ,
           expected
           the
           King
           at
           the
           time
           appointed
           ;
           who
           came
           not
           ,
           but
           sent
           his
           Brother
           with
           his
           Apology
           ,
           entreating
           our
           General
           to
           come
           a
           shore
           ;
           that
           his
           Brother
           in
           the
           mean
           while
           should
           remain
           aboard
           as
           a
           pledge
           for
           his
           safety
           ;
           but
           the
           Company
           would
           by
           no
           means
           permit
           him
           ,
           especially
           for
           that
           his
           Brother
           had
           dropt
           some
           Words
           aboard
           which
           gave
           suspicion
           of
           ill
           intent
           .
           Our
           General
           therefore
           in
           his
           stead
           sent
           some
           of
           his
           Gentlemen
           with
           the
           Kings
           Brother
           to
           Court
           ,
           detaining
           the
           Viceroy
           for
           a
           Pledge
           .
           They
           being
           come
           near
           the
           Castle
           were
           received
           by
           another
           of
           the
           King
           ;
           Brothers
           and
           Persons
           of
           Quality
           ,
           and
           conducted
           honorably
           to
           the
           Castle
           ;
           where
           being
           brought
           into
           a
           stately
           House
           ,
           a
           great
           multitude
           was
           there
           ,
           the
           greatest
           Persons
           being
           placed
           round
           the
           House
           according
           to
           their
           degrees
           ,
           the
           rest
           remaining
           without
           .
        
         
           The
           House
           was
           four
           square
           ,
           covered
           with
           Cloath
           of
           diverse
           colours
           ,
           born
           up
           on
           a
           
           Frame
           of
           Reeds
           ,
           the
           sides
           being
           open
           ,
           and
           furnished
           with
           seats
           round
           ;
           this
           it
           seems
           was
           their
           Council
           House
           .
           At
           the
           side
           of
           this
           House
           next
           the
           Castle
           ,
           was
           seated
           the
           Chair
           of
           State
           ,
           with
           a
           large
           Canopy
           over
           it
           ;
           the
           ground
           also
           for
           10
           or
           12
           paces
           round
           it
           was
           covered
           with
           Cloath
           of
           Arras
           .
           There
           were
           seated
           60
           Ancient
           Noblemen
           ,
           of
           the
           Kings
           Council
           ;
           at
           the
           nether
           end
           of
           the
           House
           ,
           were
           a
           great
           Company
           of
           Young
           men
           in
           good
           attire
           ;
           without
           on
           the
           right
           side
           of
           the
           House
           were
           4
           old
           men
           attired
           in
           long
           red
           Garments
           ,
           their
           heads
           after
           the
           Turkish
           Fashion
           ,
           who
           lived
           as
           Lidgiers
           there
           ,
           to
           keep
           continual
           Traffique
           with
           this
           People
           ,
           with
           several
           others
           of
           foreign
           Nations
           .
        
         
           The
           King
           at
           last
           coming
           attended
           by
           8
           or
           10
           Grave
           Senators
           had
           a
           rich
           Canopy
           born
           over
           him
           ,
           guarded
           with
           12
           Lances
           ,
           the
           points
           downwards
           ;
           our
           men
           With
           His
           Brother
           met
           him
           ,
           and
           were
           graciously
           entertained
           .
        
         
           The
           Kings
           Attire
           was
           very
           sumptuous
           ;
           From
           his
           Waste
           downwards
           was
           all
           rich
           Cloath
           of
           Gold
           ,
           his
           Legs
           bare
           ,
           on
           his
           Feet
           Shoes
           of
           Cordivant
           died
           red
           ;
           on
           his
           Cap
           were
           diverse
           Rings
           of
           plated
           Gold
           ,
           an
           Inch
           and
           a
           half
           broad
           ;
           a
           great
           Chain
           of
           Gold
           about
           his
           Neck
           ;
           on
           his
           left
           hand
           a
           Diamond
           ,
           
           an
           Emerald
           ,
           a
           Ruby
           and
           Turky
           ;
           on
           his
           Right
           hand
           Rings
           set
           with
           rich
           Stones
           .
        
         
           As
           he
           sate
           in
           his
           Chair
           of
           State
           ,
           a
           Page
           stood
           by
           him
           with
           a
           Fan
           ,
           richly
           embroydered
           with
           Saphires
           .
           Our
           Gentlemen
           having
           delivered
           their
           Message
           ,
           and
           received
           answer
           were
           safely
           conducted
           back
           again
           .
        
         
           The
           Castle
           was
           of
           no
           strength
           ,
           there
           being
           only
           2
           Cannons
           there
           ,
           and
           those
           unmounted
           ,
           which
           were
           left
           by
           the
           Portugals
           by
           whom
           the
           Castle
           was
           built
           :
           Who
           by
           their
           Tyrannies
           exercised
           both
           on
           their
           King
           and
           People
           ,
           which
           they
           did
           to
           confirm
           themselves
           ,
           so
           incensed
           the
           People
           that
           they
           were
           forced
           to
           leave
           it
           with
           their
           furniture
           in
           it
           .
        
         
           The
           People
           are
           Moors
           very
           superstitious
           in
           observations
           of
           New
           Moons
           ,
           and
           Fastings
           ;
           For
           on
           those
           days
           the
           Viceroy
           when
           aboard
           of
           us
           ,
           would
           neither
           eat
           nor
           drink
           in
           the
           day
           ,
           though
           in
           the
           Night
           he
           ate
           very
           largely
           .
        
         
           While
           we
           stayed
           here
           a
           goodly
           Gentlemen
           of
           a
           discreet
           behaviour
           came
           aboard
           to
           view
           our
           Ship
           ,
           and
           discourse
           our
           Captain
           .
           He
           was
           born
           in
           the
           Province
           of
           Baghia
           in
           China
           ,
           whose
           Predecessors
           had
           reigned
           there
           200
           years
           .
           The
           Cause
           of
           his
           coming
           from
           home
           ,
           was
           ,
           that
           being
           accused
           of
           Treason
           ,
           and
           tho
           innocent
           ,
           yet
           could
           not
           make
           it
           appear
           ,
           
           and
           knowing
           the
           strictness
           of
           the
           Law
           there
           ,
           he
           petitioned
           the
           King
           that
           he
           would
           please
           to
           commit
           his
           Trial
           to
           Gods
           providence
           ,
           and
           permit
           him
           to
           travel
           ,
           with
           condition
           that
           if
           he
           brought
           not
           home
           some
           considerable
           Intelligence
           ,
           the
           King
           had
           never
           before
           heard
           of
           ,
           he
           should
           die
           ;
           the
           King
           granted
           his
           sute
           ,
           and
           he
           had
           been
           now
           3
           years
           at
           Tidore
           .
           He
           earnestly
           entreated
           our
           General
           to
           declare
           unto
           him
           such
           if
           he
           could
           ,
           and
           likewise
           all
           occurrences
           happening
           in
           his
           long
           and
           dangerous
           Voyage
           ;
           wherein
           our
           General
           satisfied
           him
           ;
           he
           likewise
           informing
           our
           General
           of
           all
           things
           worth
           notice
           in
           their
           Country
           ,
           withal
           entreating
           him
           to
           go
           along
           with
           him
           to
           China
           ,
           but
           our
           General
           could
           not
           be
           persuaded
           thereto
           .
        
         
           Oct.
           9.
           
           We
           set
           sail
           thence
           ,
           and
           considering
           our
           Ship
           needed
           reparation
           we
           determined
           to
           seek
           for
           a
           convenient
           place
           for
           that
           purpose
           ,
           and
           Nov.
           14.
           we
           arrived
           at
           an
           Island
           South
           of
           Celebes
           ,
           in
           1
           deg
           .
           40
           min.
           South
           .
           Lat.
           which
           place
           being
           uninhabited
           gave
           us
           more
           encouragement
           ;
           and
           so
           we
           anchored
           ,
           and
           in
           dispatching
           our
           business
           spent
           26
           days
           .
        
         
           The
           whole
           Island
           is
           overgrown
           with
           Wood
           ;
           the
           Trees
           are
           large
           ,
           high
           and
           straight
           ,
           the
           leaves
           whereof
           are
           like
           our
           Broom
           ;
           among
           these
           Trees
           were
           a
           multitude
           
           of
           Worms
           (
           no
           bigger
           than
           Flies
           )
           which
           by
           night
           did
           cast
           great
           light
           .
           There
           was
           here
           also
           a
           great
           number
           of
           Bats
           ,
           of
           the
           Bigness
           of
           a
           Hen
           ,
           with
           flie
           wonderfully
           swift
           ,
           but
           their
           flight
           is
           short
           ,
           and
           when
           they
           light
           they
           hang
           by
           the
           Boughs
           with
           their
           Backs
           downwards
           .
           There
           was
           here
           likewise
           a
           Kind
           of
           Cray
           Fish
           ,
           of
           such
           size
           that
           one
           would
           satisfie
           4
           men
           ,
           being
           very
           wholesom
           Food
           .
           They
           do
           not
           live
           in
           the
           Sea
           ,
           but
           dig
           themselves
           caves
           under
           the
           roots
           of
           Trees
           ,
           lodging
           by
           Companies
           ;
           when
           we
           came
           to
           take
           them
           they
           climbed
           up
           Trees
           to
           hide
           themselves
           .
           This
           Island
           we
           called
           
             Crab
             Island
             .
             Dec.
          
           12.
           
           We
           put
           to
           Sea
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           16
           had
           sight
           of
           Celebes
           or
           Sillebis
           ;
           but
           having
           a
           bad
           Wind
           ,
           and
           being
           entangled
           with
           Islands
           ,
           and
           other
           difficulties
           and
           dangers
           ,
           we
           could
           not
           recover
           the
           North
           of
           Sillebis
           ,
           or
           continue
           or
           course
           further
           West
           ,
           but
           were
           necessitated
           to
           steer
           Southwards
           ,
           finding
           that
           course
           very
           dangerous
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           many
           Shoals
           ;
           and
           Jan.
           9.
           when
           we
           thought
           we
           were
           past
           all
           danger
           ,
           and
           had
           a
           prosperous
           Gale
           of
           Wind
           ,
           of
           a
           Sudden
           ,
           when
           we
           were
           sailing
           with
           full
           Sail
           ,
           in
           the
           beginning
           of
           the
           first
           night
           Watch
           ,
           our
           Ship
           was
           laid
           fast
           on
           a
           desperate
           Shoal
           ;
           where
           we
           expected
           nothing
           but
           present
           death
           .
           Notwithstanding
           having
           first
           recommended
           
           our selves
           to
           God
           by
           prayer
           ,
           we
           endeavoured
           to
           use
           the
           means
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           first
           place
           plying
           our
           Pumps
           ,
           we
           found
           the
           leak
           nothing
           encreased
           ,
           which
           was
           some
           ,
           tho
           small
           encouragement
           to
           us
           .
           Our
           next
           Essay
           was
           for
           good
           ground
           and
           anchor-hold
           to
           Seaward
           of
           us
           ,
           whereon
           to
           hale
           ,
           by
           which
           means
           ,
           if
           by
           any
           ,
           our
           General
           told
           us
           there
           was
           some
           hope
           left
           ;
           but
           when
           we
           sounded
           ,
           we
           found
           that
           even
           a
           Boats
           length
           from
           the
           Ship
           we
           could
           not
           find
           ground
           ;
           so
           that
           our
           hopes
           quite
           vanished
           ,
           and
           nothing
           but
           present
           death
           ,
           or
           at
           least
           a
           lingring
           death
           was
           before
           us
           .
           In
           those
           fears
           and
           perplexities
           we
           spent
           this
           night
           ;
           next
           morning
           we
           tryed
           to
           see
           if
           we
           could
           now
           find
           any
           Anchor-hold
           ,
           but
           this
           succeeded
           no
           better
           than
           the
           former
           .
           But
           it
           pleased
           God
           miraculously
           to
           deliver
           us
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           got
           clear
           of
           it
           .
        
         
           This
           Shoal
           is
           3024
           Leagues
           in
           length
           ,
           &
           lyes
           in
           1
           deg
           .
           betwixt
           56
           and
           57.
           min.
           South
           .
           Lat.
           This
           was
           the
           greatest
           danger
           we
           met
           with
           in
           our
           whole
           Voyage
           .
           Yet
           we
           were
           tossed
           with
           several
           storms
           for
           3
           weeks
           after
           .
           Jan.
           12.
           being
           not
           able
           to
           bear
           Sail
           ,
           we
           dropt
           our
           Anchors
           upon
           a
           Shoal
           in
           3
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           Jan.
           14.
           
           We
           again
           anchored
           at
           an
           Island
           in
           4
           deg
           .
           6
           min.
           South
           .
           Lat.
           After
           this
           we
           had
           foul
           Weather
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           were
           weary
           of
           the
           Coast
           of
           Celebes
           .
           The
           farthest
           Cape
           of
           Celebes
           
           is
           in
           5
           deg
           .
           South
           Lat.
           Jan.
           20.
           
           We
           were
           forced
           to
           run
           with
           a
           small
           Island
           not
           far
           thence
           ,
           and
           sought
           for
           a
           place
           where
           we
           might
           anchor
           ;
           when
           suddenly
           a
           storm
           arose
           out
           of
           the
           Southwest
           ,
           whereby
           we
           were
           in
           fear
           of
           being
           cast
           away
           on
           a
           Lee
           shore
           ;
           and
           had
           if
           the
           merciful
           Goodness
           of
           God
           had
           not
           wrought
           our
           delivery
           .
           Having
           escaped
           this
           danger
           we
           continued
           our
           course
           till
           26
           day
           ,
           when
           ,
           the
           winds
           arising
           ,
           we
           could
           bear
           no
           sail
           till
           Feb.
           1.
           
           At
           which
           time
           we
           saw
           very
           high
           land
           ,
           and
           would
           willingly
           have
           got
           in
           there
           ,
           but
           that
           the
           weather
           was
           so
           bad
           .
           Feb.
           3.
           
           We
           saw
           a
           little
           Island
           ,
           but
           could
           not
           fetch
           it
           .
           Feb.
           6.
           
           We
           saw
           5
           Islands
           ,
           one
           to
           the
           East
           and
           4
           to
           the
           West
           of
           us
           ,
           at
           the
           biggest
           of
           which
           we
           anchored
           ,
           and
           watred
           .
           Feb.
           8.
           we
           departed
           thence
           ,
           and
           descried
           2
           Canows
           ,
           who
           having
           seen
           us
           before
           came
           willingly
           to
           us
           ,
           conducting
           us
           to
           their
           Town
           ,
           not
           far
           off
           named
           Baratina
           ;
           it
           is
           in
           7
           deg
           .
           13
           min.
           South
           Lat.
           
        
         
           The
           People
           are
           Gentiles
           ,
           of
           handsom
           Body
           ,
           comely
           Stature
           ,
           civil
           Demeanor
           ,
           just
           in
           dealing
           and
           courteous
           to
           Strangers
           .
           The
           men
           go
           naked
           save
           their
           Heads
           and
           Secret
           parts
           ,
           having
           Pendules
           at
           their
           Ears
           .
           Their
           Women
           are
           covered
           from
           the
           middle
           to
           the
           Foot
           ,
           wearing
           Bracelets
           upon
           their
           Arms
           ,
           for
           most
           part
           of
           Horn
           or
           Brass
           ,
           each
           at
           least
           weighing
           2
           Ounces
           .
           With
           this
           People
           
           Linnen
           Cloath
           is
           the
           best
           Merchandise
           ,
           as
           also
           Margareta's
           and
           such
           other
           things
           .
        
         
           Their
           Island
           is
           rich
           and
           Fruitful
           ,
           abounding
           in
           Gold
           ,
           Silver
           ,
           Tin
           ,
           Sulphur
           &c.
           
           Fruits
           are
           likewise
           plentiful
           as
           Nutmegs
           ,
           Ginger
           ,
           Long-Pepper
           &c.
           
           Here
           we
           spent
           2
           days
           ,
           and
           departed
           ,
           Feb.
           10.
           
           In
           8
           deg
           .
           4
           min.
           Feb.
           12.
           we
           espied
           a
           green
           Land
           to
           the
           Southward
           ,
           and
           a
           little
           after
           2
           Islands
           on
           the
           same
           side
           ,
           and
           one
           more
           on
           the
           North
           ,
           all
           which
           we
           past
           :
           Feb.
           14.
           we
           saw
           other
           big
           Islands
           ;
           and
           Feb.
           15
           past
           between
           4
           or
           5
           big
           Islands
           in
           9
           deg
           .
           40
           min.
           Feb.
           18.
           we
           anchored
           in
           a
           little
           Island
           ,
           and
           departed
           next
           day
           .
           Feb.
           22.
           we
           lost
           sight
           of
           some
           Islands
           on
           our
           Star-Board
           side
           .
           After
           this
           we
           steered
           Westward
           ,
           seeing
           nothing
           considerable
           ,
           till
           Mar.
           9.
           in
           the
           morning
           we
           espied
           Land
           ,
           some
           part
           thereof
           very
           high
           ,
           in
           8
           deg
           .
           20.
           min.
           and
           bearing
           farther
           North
           ,
           Mar.
           10.
           we
           anchored
           ;
           we
           first
           took
           in
           Water
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           sent
           our
           Boat
           ashore
           ,
           and
           traffiqued
           with
           the
           People
           of
           the
           Country
           ,
           and
           next
           day
           brought
           our
           Ship
           nearer
           the
           Town
           ;
           our
           General
           sent
           Linnen
           and
           Woollen
           Cloath
           ,
           and
           some
           Silks
           as
           a
           Present
           for
           the
           King
           ,
           in
           requital
           whereof
           he
           returned
           Rice
           ,
           Cocoes
           ,
           Hens
           ,
           and
           other
           Victuals
           .
           This
           Island
           we
           found
           to
           be
           Java
           ,
           the
           middle
           whereof
           is
           in
           7
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           South
           Lat.
           
           Mar.
           13.
           
           Our
           General
           with
           others
           went
           ashore
           ,
           and
           complemented
           the
           King
           with
           his
           Musick
           ,
           shewing
           him
           likewise
           the
           manner
           of
           our
           exercising
           Arms
           ;
           we
           were
           courteously
           received
           ,
           and
           dismissed
           with
           promise
           of
           more
           supplies
           .
        
         
           In
           this
           Island
           there
           is
           one
           Chief
           but
           many
           Under-Governors
           ,
           whom
           they
           call
           Raias
           ,
           who
           live
           in
           great
           love
           .
           Marc.
           14.
           we
           received
           Victuals
           from
           2
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           15.
           three
           of
           these
           petty
           Kings
           visited
           our
           General
           ,
           who
           were
           highly
           satisfied
           with
           what
           they
           saw
           ,
           and
           with
           our
           entertainment
           ,
           and
           on
           their
           return
           related
           what
           they
           saw
           to
           
             Raia
             Donan
          
           the
           Chief
           King
           ,
           who
           next
           day
           came
           aboard
           us
           ,
           bringing
           Victuals
           with
           him
           for
           our
           relief
           .
           Few
           days
           past
           but
           one
           or
           more
           of
           these
           Kings
           visited
           us
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           were
           acquainted
           with
           most
           of
           them
           ;
           and
           our
           General
           always
           entertained
           them
           to
           the
           utmost
           of
           his
           Power
           ;
           especially
           with
           our
           Musick
           wherewith
           they
           were
           extremely
           delighted
           .
           The
           People
           of
           this
           place
           ,
           as
           also
           their
           Princes
           ,
           are
           a
           loving
           ,
           and
           just
           dealing
           People
           ,
           which
           we
           found
           in
           our
           traffiquing
           with
           them
           .
        
         
           Taking
           our
           leaves
           of
           them
           .
           Marc.
           26.
           we
           set
           our
           course
           W.
           S.
           W.
           directly
           towards
           the
           
             Cape
             of
             good
             Hope
          
           ,
           and
           May
           21.
           we
           espied
           a
           part
           of
           the
           Main
           of
           Africa
           .
           We
           coasted
           
           along
           till
           June
           15.
           and
           past
           the
           Cape
           within
           shot
           of
           it
           .
           July
           15.
           we
           fell
           with
           Land
           again
           about
           
             Rio
             de
             Sesto
             .
             Jul.
          
           22.
           we
           came
           to
           
             Sierra
             Leona
          
           ,
           and
           watered
           in
           the
           Mouth
           of
           Tagoine
           ,
           and
           put
           to
           Sea
           again
           ;
           here
           we
           had
           Oisters
           and
           plenty
           of
           Lemmons
           .
           Aug.
           15.
           we
           were
           under
           the
           Tropick
           of
           Cancer
           having
           the
           Wind
           at
           N.
           E.
           and
           were
           20
           Leagues
           off
           land
           .
           Aug.
           22.
           we
           were
           in
           the
           height
           of
           the
           Canaries
           .
           And
           Sept.
           26.
           
           It
           pleased
           God
           we
           safely
           arrived
           at
           Plimouth
           ,
           after
           we
           had
           spent
           2
           Years
           ,
           10
           Months
           and
           odd
           days
           ,
           in
           seeing
           the
           Wonders
           of
           the
           Lord
           in
           the
           Deeps
           ,
           in
           discovering
           so
           admirable
           things
           ,
           and
           escaping
           so
           many
           dangers
           and
           difficulties
           in
           our
           encompassing
           the
           World.
           
        
         
           
             Soli
             rerum
             maximarum
             Effectori
             ,
          
           
             Soli
             totius
             mundi
             Gubernatori
             ,
          
           
             Soli
             suorum
             Conservatori
             ,
          
           
             Soli
             Deo
             sit
             semper
             Gloria
             .
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           A
           RELATION
           Of
           Sr.
           FRANCIS
           DRAKES
           West-Indian
           Voyage
           :
           
             Wherein
             were
             taken
             the
             Towns
             of
             St.
          
           Jago
           .
           St.
           Domingo
           ,
           Cartagena
           
             and
             St.
          
           Augustin
           .
        
         
           CApt.
           Drake
           having
           prepared
           his
           Fleet
           ,
           being
           25
           Ships
           and
           Pinnaces
           ,
           and
           assembled
           of
           Souldiers
           and
           Mariners
           2300
           embarqued
           at
           
             Plimouth
             ,
             Sept.
          
           12.
           1585.
           
           These
           after
           mentioned
           bearing
           Charge
           .
        
         
           Mr.
           
             Christ
             .
             Carleil
          
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           
             Anth.
             Powel
          
           Serj.
           Major
           ,
           Capt.
           
             Mat.
             Morgan
          
           ,
           and
           Capt.
           
             Jo.
             Sampson
          
           Corporals
           of
           the
           Field
           ,
           These
           were
           over
           the
           Land-Captains
           ,
           whose
           names
           follow
           :
           Capt.
           
             Anth.
             Plat
          
           ,
           Capt.
           
             Edw.
             Winter
          
           ,
           Capt.
           
             Jo.
             Goring
          
           ,
           Capt.
           
             Rob.
             Pew
          
           ,
           
           Capt.
           
             Geo.
             Barton
          
           ,
           Capt.
           
             Jo.
             Merchant
          
           ,
           Capt.
           
             Will.
             Cecil
          
           ,
           Capt.
           
             Wal.
             Bigs
          
           ,
           Capt.
           
             Jo.
             Hannam
          
           ,
           Capt.
           
             Rich.
             Stanton
          
           .
        
         
           Capt.
           
             Mart.
             Frobusher
          
           ,
           Vice-Admiral
           in
           the
           Primrose
           ,
           Capt.
           
             Fran.
             Knollis
          
           ,
           Rere-Admiral
           in
           the
           
             Gallion
             ,
             Leicester
          
           ;
           Mr.
           
             Tho.
             Venner
          
           ,
           Capt.
           in
           the
           
             Elizabeth
             Bon-adventure
          
           ,
           under
           the
           Generals
           ;
           Mr.
           
             Edw.
             Winter
          
           ,
           Capt.
           in
           the
           Ayde
           ;
           Mr.
           
             Christ
             .
             Carleil
          
           ,
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           Capt.
           in
           the
           
             Tyger
             ;
             Henry
             White
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           
             Sea-Dragon
             ;
             Tho.
             Drake
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           
             Thomas
             ,
             Tho.
             Seelie
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           
             Minion
             ;
             —
             Baily
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           Bark
           
             Talbot
             ;
             Rob.
             Cross
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           Bark
           
             Bond
             ;
             Geo.
             Fortescute
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           Bark
           
             Bonner
             ;
             Edw.
             Careless
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           
             Hope
             ;
             Jo.
             Erizo
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           
             White-Lyon
             ;
             Tho.
             Moon
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           
             Francis
             ;
             Jo.
             Rivers
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           
             Vantage
             ;
             Jo.
             Vaughan
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           
             Drake
             ;
             Jo.
             Varney
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           
             George
             ;
             Jo.
             Martin
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           
             Benjamin
             ;
             Edw.
             Gilman
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           
             Skout
             ;
             Rich.
             Haukins
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           Galliot
           ,
           called
           the
           Duck
           ,
           and
           
             —
             Bitfield
          
           Capt.
           of
           the
           Swallow
           .
        
         
           We
           departed
           the
           14.
           
           Sept.
           and
           being
           on
           that
           part
           of
           the
           Coast
           of
           Spain
           ,
           called
           the
           Moors
           ,
           we
           espied
           some
           Ships
           ;
           The
           General
           sent
           the
           Vice-Admiral
           to
           see
           what
           they
           were
           ;
           they
           being
           Frenchmen
           bound
           homewards
           with
           Salt
           ,
           on
           sight
           thereof
           deserted
           most
           of
           their
           
           Ships
           ,
           and
           our
           General
           having
           a
           fancy
           for
           one
           of
           them
           ,
           called
           the
           Drake
           ,
           took
           her
           along
           with
           him
           ,
           but
           payed
           for
           her
           at
           his
           return
           :
           The
           rest
           were
           dismissed
           .
           Afterwards
           putting
           off
           to
           Sea
           we
           met
           with
           more
           French
           Ships
           ,
           returning
           with
           Newland
           Fish
           ,
           whom
           our
           General
           ,
           after
           speech
           with
           them
           dismissed
           ,
           without
           doing
           them
           any
           hurt
           .
           The
           next
           day
           we
           descried
           another
           Ship
           of
           240
           Tun
           ,
           and
           Mr.
           Carleil
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           took
           her
           ;
           the
           Admiral
           coming
           up
           ,
           the
           Master
           and
           principal
           Men
           of
           her
           were
           examined
           apart
           ,
           and
           she
           was
           found
           to
           belong
           to
           Spain
           ,
           tho
           most
           of
           the
           Seamen
           belonged
           to
           St.
           
             John
             de
             Luce
          
           ;
           This
           Ship
           was
           laden
           with
           Newland
           Fish
           ,
           (
           we
           call
           it
           
             Poor
             John
          
           )
           which
           was
           distributed
           amongst
           our
           Ships
           .
        
         
           Two
           days
           after
           we
           put
           in
           at
           the
           Isles
           of
           Bayon
           ,
           the
           winds
           crossing
           us
           ,
           and
           anchored
           .
           But
           the
           General
           ordered
           all
           the
           Pinnaces
           and
           Ship-Boats
           to
           be
           manned
           ,
           and
           every
           man
           to
           be
           furnished
           with
           sit
           Arms
           ;
           which
           done
           ,
           the
           General
           went
           into
           his
           Galley
           rowing
           towards
           the
           City
           of
           Bayon
           with
           intent
           to
           surprise
           it
           ;
           but
           we
           were
           met
           by
           an
           English
           Merchant
           ,
           sent
           from
           the
           Governor
           to
           discover
           us
           ;
           after
           our
           General
           had
           spoke
           with
           him
           ,
           he
           sent
           Capt.
           Sampson
           with
           him
           to
           the
           Governor
           ,
           desiring
           to
           be
           resolved
           
           of
           2
           Points
           :
           To
           wit
           ,
           whether
           there
           were
           Wars
           between
           Spain
           and
           England
           ?
           And
           ,
           why
           our
           Merchants
           were
           arrested
           .
           Our
           General
           with
           advice
           of
           the
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           purposed
           to
           get
           as
           near
           the
           City
           as
           they
           could
           ,
           that
           upon
           Capt.
           Sampsons
           return
           ,
           if
           need
           were
           ,
           they
           might
           make
           a
           sudden
           attempt
           before
           it
           were
           dark
           .
        
         
           Capt.
           Sampson
           returned
           with
           this
           answer
           ,
           That
           the
           Governor
           said
           he
           knew
           of
           no
           Wars
           ;
           And
           as
           for
           the
           stay
           of
           the
           Merchants
           ,
           that
           it
           was
           the
           Kings
           pleasure
           ,
           but
           with
           no
           intent
           to
           injure
           them
           ,
           and
           that
           afterwards
           by
           the
           Kings
           Order
           they
           were
           discharged
           ,
           for
           confirmation
           of
           which
           he
           sent
           such
           Merchants
           as
           were
           in
           Town
           of
           our
           own
           Nation
           :
           Upon
           which
           it
           was
           advised
           ,
           that
           night
           to
           land
           our
           Force
           .
           The
           Governor
           sent
           us
           some
           refreshment
           .
           About
           midnight
           a
           Storm
           arising
           ,
           we
           went
           aboard
           ,
           and
           before
           we
           reached
           our
           Fleet
           ,
           several
           of
           our
           Ships
           were
           driven
           from
           their
           Anchor
           Holds
           ,
           of
           which
           one
           was
           driven
           back
           to
           England
           ,
           but
           all
           the
           rest
           came
           up
           to
           us
           again
           .
           The
           Storm
           lasted
           three
           days
           ,
           which
           being
           over
           our
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           was
           sent
           with
           his
           and
           3
           other
           Ships
           to
           Vigo
           ,
           where
           he
           took
           many
           Boats
           ,
           and
           some
           Carvels
           ,
           laden
           with
           things
           of
           small
           Value
           ,
           mostly
           Household
           Stuff
           ,
           and
           among
           the
           rest
           
           he
           found
           one
           Boat
           laden
           with
           the
           principal
           Church-Stuff
           of
           the
           High-Church
           of
           Vigo
           ,
           where
           also
           was
           their
           great
           Cross
           of
           Silver
           ,
           of
           embossed
           Work
           ,
           double
           gilt
           all
           over
           .
           All
           we
           had
           in
           this
           place
           amounted
           to
           30000
           Duckets
           .
           The
           next
           day
           the
           whole
           Fleet
           went
           up
           to
           a
           Harbor
           above
           Vigo
           ,
           where
           the
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           stayed
           our
           coming
           .
           In
           the
           mean
           time
           the
           Governor
           of
           Galisia
           had
           raised
           2000
           Foot
           ,
           and
           300
           Horse
           ,
           and
           marched
           from
           Bayon
           to
           this
           place
           ,
           and
           sent
           to
           parly
           with
           our
           General
           ,
           which
           was
           granted
           ;
           at
           their
           meeting
           it
           was
           agreed
           ,
           that
           we
           should
           have
           Water
           and
           other
           Necessaries
           ,
           paying
           for
           the
           same
           .
        
         
           Afterwards
           we
           departed
           for
           the
           Canaries
           ;
           and
           fell
           with
           Palma
           with
           purpose
           to
           have
           landed
           there
           ,
           but
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           many
           Guns
           ,
           that
           were
           planted
           there
           ,
           which
           were
           discharged
           upon
           us
           ,
           and
           other
           inconveniences
           ,
           we
           were
           forced
           to
           alter
           our
           Resolution
           ,
           and
           determined
           to
           land
           in
           the
           Isle
           of
           Ferro
           ;
           and
           when
           we
           had
           landed
           1000
           Men
           there
           ,
           and
           stayed
           two
           days
           ,
           the
           Inhabitants
           accompanyed
           with
           an
           Englishman
           ,
           came
           to
           us
           ,
           declaring
           their
           State
           to
           be
           so
           poor
           ,
           that
           they
           were
           ready
           to
           starve
           ;
           which
           was
           not
           untrue
           ;
           and
           therefore
           that
           night
           we
           put
           to
           Sea
           again
           .
        
         
         
           Nov.
           13.
           
           We
           fell
           with
           Cape
           Blancke
           ,
           and
           put
           into
           the
           Bay
           ,
           where
           were
           some
           French
           Men
           of
           War
           ,
           whom
           we
           entertained
           courteously
           ,
           and
           afterward
           departed
           to
           the
           Isles
           of
           Cape
           Verde
           ,
           and
           Nov.
           16.
           we
           saw
           the
           Island
           of
           St.
           Jago
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           Evening
           anchored
           the
           Fleet
           between
           Plaie
           or
           Prdie
           and
           St.
           Jago
           ,
           and
           landed
           1000
           Men
           under
           the
           leading
           of
           the
           Lieut.
           General
           ,
           who
           kept
           us
           marching
           till
           we
           came
           to
           a
           convenient
           Plain
           ,
           and
           when
           we
           were
           all
           gathered
           there
           ,
           he
           thought
           it
           best
           to
           make
           no
           attempt
           till
           day
           ;
           after
           we
           had
           taken
           a
           little
           respite
           ,
           he
           divided
           the
           Army
           into
           three
           Parts
           .
           By
           that
           time
           we
           were
           well
           ranged
           daylight
           appeared
           ,
           and
           having
           advanced
           hard
           by
           the
           Wall
           ,
           and
           seeing
           no
           Enemy
           to
           resist
           ,
           the
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           ordered
           Capt.
           Sampson
           and
           Capt.
           Barton
           with
           30
           shot
           apiece
           ,
           to
           enter
           the
           Town
           ,
           which
           stood
           in
           the
           Valley
           under
           us
           ,
           and
           after
           them
           was
           sent
           
             St.
             Georges
          
           Cross
           to
           be
           placed
           towards
           the
           Sea
           ,
           to
           give
           advertisement
           to
           our
           Fleet
           ;
           and
           that
           day
           ,
           being
           Nov.
           17.
           all
           the
           great
           Ordnance
           about
           the
           Town
           ,
           being
           above
           50
           Pieces
           was
           shot
           off
           in
           honour
           of
           our
           Queens
           Coronation
           day
           .
           In
           the
           mean
           while
           the
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           stayed
           upon
           the
           Hill
           with
           most
           of
           his
           Forces
           till
           the
           Town
           was
           quartered
           out
           for
           lodging
           the
           Army
           ,
           which
           done
           every
           Captain
           took
           his
           
           own
           Quarter
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           evening
           kept
           susficient
           Guard
           to
           prevent
           danger
           .
           Here
           we
           stayed
           14
           days
           taking
           such
           spoils
           as
           the
           place
           afforded
           ,
           but
           found
           no
           Treasure
           .
        
         
           The
           Situation
           of
           
             St.
             Jago
          
           is
           in
           Form
           like
           to
           a
           Triangle
           ,
           having
           on
           the
           East
           and
           West
           sides
           2
           Rocky
           Mountains
           ,
           on
           the
           top
           of
           which
           were
           built
           some
           Fortifications
           ;
           one
           the
           South
           side
           is
           the
           Main
           Sea
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           North
           a
           Valley
           between
           the
           aforesaid
           Mountains
           ,
           the
           Valley
           and
           Town
           grow
           very
           narrow
           between
           the
           2
           Clifts
           .
           In
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           Valley
           cometh
           down
           a
           Brook
           of
           fresh
           Water
           ,
           which
           hard
           by
           the
           Sea
           maketh
           a
           Pond
           very
           convenient
           for
           Watering
           .
           The
           Valley
           at
           the
           Towns
           End
           is
           wholly
           converted
           into
           Gardens
           ,
           and
           Orchards
           ,
           wherein
           are
           diverse
           sorts
           of
           Herbs
           ,
           Fruits
           and
           Trees
           ,
           among
           which
           are
           the
           Cocoes
           and
           Plantens
           ;
           The
           Cocoes
           have
           a
           hard
           shell
           and
           green
           Husk
           over
           it
           ,
           bigger
           than
           a
           mans
           2
           Fists
           ;
           of
           the
           shell
           drinking
           Cups
           are
           made
           ,
           within
           this
           shell
           is
           a
           white
           Rine
           resembling
           the
           White
           of
           an
           Egg
           when
           it
           is
           hard
           boyled
           ,
           and
           within
           that
           a
           Water
           whitish
           and
           clear
           ,
           about
           a
           half
           Pint
           ,
           which
           are
           very
           cool
           ,
           and
           as
           some
           say
           restorative
           .
           The
           Planten
           groweth
           in
           Cods
           like
           to
           Beans
           ,
           but
           bigger
           ,
           and
           when
           it
           is
           ripe
           ,
           the
           meat
           of
           it
           becometh
           yellow
           ,
           and
           is
           very
           pleasant
           .
        
         
         
           While
           we
           abode
           here
           a
           Portugal
           came
           hither
           with
           a
           Flag
           of
           Truce
           ,
           to
           whom
           Capt.
           Sampson
           and
           Goring
           were
           sent
           ;
           as
           they
           came
           to
           him
           ,
           he
           asked
           of
           what
           Nation
           they
           were
           ,
           and
           being
           told
           ,
           he
           asked
           if
           there
           were
           Wars
           between
           England
           and
           Spain
           ,
           they
           answered
           ,
           our
           General
           could
           best
           satisfie
           him
           in
           that
           ,
           and
           proffered
           him
           safe
           conduct
           if
           he
           would
           go
           to
           him
           ;
           but
           he
           refused
           ,
           pretending
           he
           was
           not
           sent
           by
           his
           Governor
           .
           Then
           they
           told
           him
           ,
           that
           if
           his
           Governor
           would
           consult
           his
           own
           or
           his
           Countreys
           good
           ,
           his
           best
           course
           were
           to
           present
           himself
           to
           our
           General
           ,
           Sir
           
             Fancis
             Drake
          
           ,
           whereby
           he
           might
           assuredly
           find
           favour
           ,
           otherwise
           within
           3
           days
           we
           would
           march
           over
           the
           Land
           ,
           and
           prosecute
           them
           with
           Fire
           and
           Sword.
           
        
         
           Nov.
           24.
           
           The
           Gen.
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           with
           600
           Men
           marched
           to
           
             Sancto
             Domingo
          
           ,
           a
           Village
           12
           Miles
           within
           the
           Land
           ,
           where
           the
           Governor
           ,
           Bishop
           ,
           and
           better
           sort
           lodged
           but
           found
           it
           abandoned
           .
        
         
           After
           we
           had
           stayed
           a
           while
           ,
           we
           marched
           homewards
           ;
           as
           we
           were
           on
           our
           way
           ,
           we
           saw
           the
           Enemy
           both
           Horse
           and
           Foot
           ,
           though
           not
           of
           such
           Force
           as
           to
           encounter
           us
           .
        
         
           Nov.
           26.
           
           Our
           General
           ordered
           the
           Army
           to
           be
           embarqued
           into
           their
           Ships
           ,
           and
           Capt.
           Goring
           and
           Lieut.
           Tucker
           ,
           with
           100
           Foot
           
           were
           ordered
           to
           make
           a
           stand
           in
           the
           Market
           place
           ,
           till
           our
           Forces
           were
           all
           embarqued
           ,
           the
           Vice-Admiral
           waiting
           to
           take
           them
           aboard
           .
           And
           also
           our
           General
           ordered
           Capt.
           Sampson
           with
           a
           Party
           to
           seek
           out
           such
           Munition
           as
           was
           hidden
           in
           the
           ground
           at
           the
           Town
           of
           Praie
           ,
           having
           been
           promised
           to
           be
           shewed
           it
           by
           a
           Prisoner
           taken
           the
           day
           before
           .
           When
           they
           came
           thither
           ,
           the
           Prisoner
           failed
           of
           his
           promise
           ;
           and
           they
           searching
           all
           suspected
           places
           ,
           found
           a
           Piece
           of
           Ordnance
           of
           Iron
           ,
           and
           another
           of
           Brass
           .
           In
           the
           afternoon
           our
           General
           anchored
           the
           Fleet
           before
           Praie
           ,
           and
           went
           ashore
           ,
           and
           caused
           us
           burn
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           embarqued
           the
           same
           night
           ,
           and
           put
           off
           to
           Sea
           Southwest
           .
        
         
           Before
           our
           departure
           from
           St.
           Jago
           the
           Gen.
           administred
           the
           Oath
           of
           Supremacy
           to
           the
           Souldiers
           ,
           as
           also
           an
           Oath
           for
           every
           man
           to
           do
           his
           utmost
           for
           the
           service
           of
           the
           Action
           ,
           and
           to
           obey
           the
           Orders
           of
           the
           Gen.
           and
           his
           Officers
           .
        
         
           All
           the
           time
           of
           our
           being
           here
           none
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           came
           near
           us
           :
           the
           cause
           of
           which
           ,
           we
           conjecture
           ,
           was
           the
           fresh
           remembrance
           of
           Injuries
           they
           had
           done
           some
           of
           our
           Countreymen
           ,
           by
           reason
           whereof
           we
           left
           tokens
           of
           our
           discontent
           .
        
         
           From
           hence
           we
           put
           over
           to
           the
           West
           
             -
             Indies
          
           ,
           and
           in
           our
           way
           were
           afflicted
           with
           a
           
           grievous
           distemper
           ,
           whereof
           above
           300
           died
           in
           a
           few
           days
           :
           This
           sickness
           seised
           our
           People
           ,
           with
           extream
           heat
           and
           a
           burning
           Ague
           ;
           and
           those
           that
           escaped
           ,
           suffered
           a
           great
           diminution
           in
           their
           strength
           and
           wits
           .
           In
           18
           days
           space
           we
           had
           sight
           of
           the
           Island
           of
           Dominica
           ,
           which
           is
           inhabited
           by
           a
           savage
           People
           ,
           who
           go
           all
           naked
           ,
           their
           Skin
           is
           coloured
           with
           paint
           of
           a
           reddish
           Tawney
           ;
           personable
           and
           strong
           men
           ;
           they
           admit
           little
           converse
           with
           the
           Spaniards
           ;
           yet
           they
           used
           us
           very
           kindly
           ,
           helping
           us
           with
           necessaries
           ;
           they
           brought
           us
           store
           of
           Tobacco
           ,
           as
           also
           a
           kind
           of
           Bread
           ,
           called
           Cassado
           ,
           very
           white
           and
           savory
           ,
           made
           of
           the
           Roots
           of
           Cassania
           ;
           for
           which
           we
           gave
           them
           Glass
           ,
           coloured
           Beads
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           From
           hence
           we
           went
           to
           the
           Westwards
           of
           St.
           Christophers
           Island
           ,
           where
           we
           spent
           some
           days
           of
           Christmass
           ,
           but
           could
           see
           no
           Inhabitants
           .
           Here
           it
           was
           unanimously
           resolved
           ,
           to
           proceed
           to
           Hispaniola
           .
           And
           by
           the
           way
           we
           met
           a
           small
           Frigat
           ,
           bound
           thither
           ,
           which
           we
           took
           ,
           and
           having
           examined
           the
           Men
           ,
           one
           of
           them
           informed
           us
           ,
           that
           it
           was
           a
           barren
           Haven
           ,
           and
           the
           Land
           well
           fortified
           with
           a
           Castle
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           could
           not
           land
           within
           10
           Miles
           of
           the
           City
           ;
           to
           which
           place
           he
           promised
           to
           conduct
           us
           .
        
         
         
           Hereupon
           we
           went
           on
           all
           this
           night
           in
           our
           Voyage
           ,
           and
           the
           General
           put
           himself
           into
           the
           Bark
           Francis
           ,
           as
           Admiral
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           Morning
           ,
           we
           came
           to
           the
           aforesaid
           place
           ,
           10
           Miles
           Westward
           of
           Domingo
           .
           When
           we
           were
           landed
           ,
           our
           General
           returned
           to
           his
           Fleet
           ,
           committing
           the
           Charge
           of
           us
           to
           the
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           We
           marched
           at
           8
           a
           Clock
           ,
           and
           at
           Noon
           we
           approached
           the
           Town
           ,
           where
           those
           of
           the
           better
           sort
           ,
           about
           150
           Horse
           ,
           began
           to
           present
           themselves
           ,
           but
           we
           so
           played
           upon
           them
           with
           our
           small
           shot
           ,
           that
           they
           soon
           retreated
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           had
           leave
           to
           proceed
           towards
           the
           two
           Gates
           of
           the
           Town
           ,
           that
           were
           next
           the
           Sea.
           They
           had
           manned
           them
           both
           ,
           and
           planted
           their
           Ordnance
           ,
           and
           also
           some
           Troops
           of
           small
           shot
           in
           Ambuscado
           by
           the
           way
           side
           .
           We
           divided
           our
           whole
           Force
           ,
           being
           1200
           ,
           to
           attack
           both
           the
           Gates
           .
        
         
           Their
           Ordnance
           was
           no
           sooner
           discharged
           on
           us
           ,
           doing
           but
           small
           execution
           ,
           but
           our
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           advanced
           with
           all
           speed
           ,
           to
           prevent
           their
           recharging
           ,
           and
           notwithstanding
           their
           Ambuscadoes
           ,
           we
           quickly
           entred
           the
           Gates
           ,
           and
           forthwith
           repaired
           to
           a
           spacious
           Square
           before
           the
           great
           Church
           ;
           whither
           also
           came
           Capt.
           Powel
           with
           the
           other
           Party
           .
           This
           place
           we
           fortified
           and
           stayed
           here
           all
           day
           .
           After
           Midnight
           they
           that
           were
           in
           the
           
           Castle
           hearing
           us
           at
           the
           Gates
           ,
           forsook
           it
           ,
           some
           flying
           others
           taken
           Prisoners
           .
        
         
           Next
           day
           we
           quartered
           through
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           kept
           this
           Town
           a
           Month.
           One
           day
           as
           we
           stayed
           here
           ,
           the
           Gen.
           sent
           on
           Message
           to
           the
           Spaniards
           a
           Negroe
           Boy
           ,
           with
           a
           Flag
           of
           White
           ;
           this
           Boy
           meeting
           unhappily
           with
           some
           Spaniards
           ,
           they
           struck
           him
           through
           the
           Body
           with
           one
           of
           the
           Horsemen
           staves
           ;
           the
           Boy
           notwithstanding
           returned
           to
           our
           General
           ,
           and
           after
           he
           had
           declared
           it
           to
           him
           ,
           died
           forthwith
           in
           his
           presence
           .
           Whereat
           our
           General
           was
           so
           incensed
           ,
           that
           he
           caused
           two
           Friars
           ,
           then
           Prisoners
           ,
           to
           be
           led
           out
           to
           the
           same
           place
           and
           hanged
           ,
           and
           also
           dispatcht
           a
           Messenger
           to
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           declaring
           that
           unless
           the
           Party
           who
           had
           killed
           the
           Boy
           were
           delivered
           up
           ,
           every
           day
           2
           Prisoners
           should
           be
           hanged
           so
           long
           as
           any
           were
           left
           .
           Whereupon
           the
           day
           following
           ,
           he
           was
           brought
           to
           the
           Towns
           End
           to
           be
           delivered
           up
           ,
           but
           our
           General
           ordered
           them
           to
           dispatch
           him
           :
           which
           they
           did
           .
        
         
           During
           our
           abode
           here
           many
           Treaties
           past
           between
           them
           and
           us
           for
           Ransom
           of
           their
           City
           ,
           but
           upon
           disagreement
           ,
           all
           the
           morning
           we
           fired
           the
           outmost
           houses
           ,
           which
           was
           hard
           to
           perform
           ,
           they
           being
           strong
           stone
           Houses
           ;
           and
           tho
           for
           14
           days
           20
           Mariners
           spent
           the
           whole
           forenoon
           in
           firing
           
           Houses
           ,
           yet
           not
           one
           third
           part
           of
           the
           Town
           was
           consumed
           ,
           so
           that
           in
           end
           being
           weary
           of
           this
           ,
           we
           were
           content
           to
           accept
           of
           25000
           Duckets
           (
           5
           s
           .
           6.
           d.
           per
           Ducket
           )
           as
           a
           Ransom
           for
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Town
           .
           I
           cannot
           omit
           the
           relation
           of
           a
           notable
           instance
           of
           the
           insatiable
           ambition
           of
           the
           
             Spanish
             King
          
           :
           As
           we
           entred
           his
           House
           there
           ,
           over
           against
           us
           we
           spied
           a
           large
           Scutcheon
           ,
           the
           Kings
           Arms
           ;
           in
           the
           lower
           part
           thereof
           is
           described
           the
           Globe
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           and
           a
           Horse
           standing
           ,
           his
           hinder
           part
           within
           the
           Globe
           ,
           and
           his
           forepart
           without
           ,
           lifting
           up
           as
           it
           were
           to
           leap
           ,
           with
           this
           Motto
           :
           
             Non
             sufficit
             Orbis
             ,
             The
             World
             is
             not
             enough
             .
          
           Which
           some
           of
           the
           wiser
           Spaniards
           ,
           when
           they
           were
           treating
           with
           us
           ,
           were
           even
           ashamed
           of
           .
        
         
           Now
           tho
           this
           is
           naturally
           a
           rich
           Place
           yet
           we
           had
           no
           Treasure
           here
           .
           The
           reason
           is
           ,
           because
           the
           Indians
           were
           long
           ago
           consumed
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           Tyranny
           ,
           and
           for
           lack
           of
           People
           to
           work
           ,
           the
           Golden
           and
           Silver
           Mines
           are
           quite
           given
           over
           ,
           instead
           thereof
           using
           Copper
           .
           Their
           Chief
           Trade
           consisteth
           of
           Sugar
           ,
           Ginger
           ,
           and
           Hides
           of
           Oxen
           and
           Kine
           ,
           bred
           here
           in
           infinite
           Numbers
           and
           of
           vast
           bigness
           .
           Here
           also
           we
           had
           Plenty
           of
           strong
           Wine
           ,
           sweet
           Oyl
           ,
           Vinegar
           ,
           Olives
           ,
           Excellent
           Wheat
           Meal
           packed
           up
           in
           Wine
           Pipes
           ,
           Woollen
           and
           Linnen
           Cloath
           ,
           Silks
           ,
           &c.
           
           all
           which
           were
           brought
           out
           of
           Spain
           .
           We
           found
           but
           little
           Plate
           ,
           because
           they
           use
           much
           China
           Wair
           .
        
         
           Hence
           we
           put
           over
           to
           the
           Main
           Land
           ,
           and
           came
           in
           sight
           of
           Cartagena
           ,
           standing
           hard
           by
           the
           Sea.
           The
           Harbor
           Mouth
           lyes
           3
           Miles
           Westward
           from
           the
           Town
           ,
           which
           we
           entred
           about
           3
           a
           Clock
           in
           the
           Afternoon
           .
           In
           the
           Evening
           we
           landed
           near
           the
           Harbor
           Mouth
           ,
           under
           the
           Leading
           of
           our
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           and
           afterwards
           about
           Midnight
           marched
           forwards
           easily
           ,
           keeping
           close
           by
           the
           Sea
           side
           .
           But
           as
           we
           came
           within
           2
           Miles
           of
           the
           Town
           ,
           their
           Horsemen
           met
           us
           ,
           and
           taking
           the
           Alarm
           ,
           retired
           upon
           the
           first
           Volley
           of
           our
           shot
           .
        
         
           At
           this
           time
           we
           heard
           some
           Pieces
           of
           Artillery
           discharged
           ,
           with
           small
           shot
           towards
           the
           Harbor
           ,
           whereby
           we
           understood
           ,
           that
           ,
           according
           to
           our
           Generals
           order
           the
           Night
           before
           ,
           the
           Vice-Admiral
           ,
           with
           Captain
           Venner
           ,
           and
           White
           ,
           and
           Crass
           &c.
           with
           Boats
           and
           Pinnaces
           did
           attacque
           the
           little
           Fort
           on
           the
           Entry
           of
           the
           inner
           Haven
           ,
           though
           to
           small
           purpose
           .
           In
           which
           attempt
           the
           Vice-Admiral
           had
           the
           Rudder
           of
           his
           Skiff
           shot
           through
           .
        
         
           The
           Troops
           being
           now
           in
           their
           March
           half
           a
           Mile
           this
           side
           the
           Town
           ,
           the
           Ground
           grew
           streight
           having
           the
           Main
           Sea
           on
           one
           
           side
           ,
           and
           the
           Harbour
           on
           the
           other
           .
           This
           streight
           was
           fortifyed
           with
           a
           stone
           Wall
           ,
           and
           Ditch
           .
           There
           was
           only
           so
           much
           unwalled
           ,
           as
           might
           serve
           for
           passage
           ,
           and
           that
           was
           well
           Barricado'd
           .
           This
           Wall
           had
           6
           great
           Pieces
           planted
           on
           it
           ,
           which
           shot
           directly
           on
           our
           Front.
           On
           the
           inner
           side
           of
           the
           Streight
           ,
           they
           had
           brought
           2
           Gallies
           to
           the
           Shore
           ,
           wherein
           they
           placed
           11
           Pieces
           of
           Ordnance
           and
           400
           small
           shot
           ,
           which
           Flanked
           our
           coming
           on
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           Land
           side
           in
           the
           Guard
           only
           of
           this
           place
           300
           shot
           and
           Pikes
           .
           They
           discharged
           many
           shot
           both
           great
           and
           small
           ,
           but
           our
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           approached
           by
           the
           lowest
           ground
           ,
           so
           that
           most
           of
           their
           shot
           was
           in
           vain
           ;
           he
           also
           forbid
           us
           to
           shoot
           till
           we
           were
           come
           to
           the
           Wall
           side
           .
           The
           first
           place
           we
           came
           to
           was
           the
           Barricado's
           ,
           where
           we
           discharged
           our
           shot
           just
           on
           our
           Enemies
           Faces
           ,
           and
           joyned
           with
           them
           ,
           and
           made
           them
           quickly
           retire
           ;
           Our
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           slew
           the
           Chief
           Ensign
           Bearer
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           .
           We
           followed
           them
           into
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           won
           the
           Mercate
           place
           .
           At
           every
           Streets
           End
           they
           had
           made
           Barricado's
           ,
           but
           we
           quickly
           took
           them
           with
           small
           loss
           .
           They
           had
           set
           Indians
           in
           several
           corners
           with
           poysoned
           Arrows
           ;
           they
           had
           also
           stuck
           small
           sticks
           sharply
           pointed
           ,
           and
           poysoned
           ,
           in
           the
           ground
           in
           our
           way
           ;
           but
           we
           coming
           close
           by
           the
           shore
           shunned
           most
           of
           them
           .
        
         
         
           We
           stayed
           here
           6
           Weeks
           ,
           and
           the
           Sickness
           aforesaid
           still
           continued
           ;
           Few
           escaping
           ,
           and
           those
           that
           did
           escape
           ,
           scarce
           ever
           recovered
           their
           strength
           ,
           or
           their
           wits
           ;
           so
           that
           when
           any
           spoke
           foolishly
           ,
           it
           was
           usual
           to
           say
           he
           had
           been
           sick
           of
           a
           Calenture
           ;
           The
           cause
           of
           it
           was
           supposed
           to
           be
           the
           Evening
           Air
           (
           they
           term
           it
           
             La
             Serena
          
           )
           which
           they
           say
           produces
           this
           distemper
           to
           any
           then
           abroad
           who
           is
           not
           a
           Native
           .
           By
           reason
           hereof
           we
           gave
           over
           our
           design
           for
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           and
           Panama
           ,
           where
           all
           the
           Treasure
           was
           ,
           and
           thought
           of
           returning
           home
           .
        
         
           While
           we
           were
           here
           one
           day
           our
           Watch
           espied
           2
           small
           Barks
           at
           Sea
           making
           towards
           the
           Harbor
           ;
           Whereupon
           Capt.
           Moon
           and
           Varney
           with
           others
           embarqued
           themselves
           in
           2
           Pinnaces
           ;
           that
           they
           might
           take
           them
           before
           they
           knew
           of
           our
           being
           there
           ;
           but
           they
           having
           notice
           of
           it
           ran
           themselves
           ashore
           ,
           and
           the
           men
           hid
           themselves
           in
           Bushes
           :
           Our
           men
           immediatly
           boarded
           them
           ,
           and
           were
           suddenly
           shot
           at
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           out
           of
           the
           Bushes
           ;
           whereby
           Capt.
           Varney
           died
           presently
           ,
           and
           Capt.
           Moon
           died
           of
           his
           Wounds
           some
           days
           after
           ;
           and
           so
           we
           returned
           disappointed
           ,
           having
           had
           but
           few
           men
           ,
           far
           inferior
           to
           them
           in
           Number
           .
        
         
           In
           this
           time
           diverse
           Courtesies
           past
           between
           the
           Spaniards
           and
           us
           ,
           and
           among
           
           others
           ,
           the
           Governor
           ,
           and
           Bishop
           of
           Cartagena
           with
           others
           came
           to
           visit
           our
           General
           .
        
         
           We
           began
           to
           fire
           this
           City
           as
           we
           had
           done
           others
           ,
           but
           at
           last
           they
           ransomed
           it
           for
           110000
           Duckets
           .
           A
           far
           greater
           Ransom
           than
           Domingo
           ,
           because
           it
           is
           a
           Place
           of
           greater
           Traffique
           (
           whereas
           the
           other
           is
           chiefly
           inhabited
           by
           Lawyers
           and
           Gentlemen
           ,
           being
           the
           chiefest
           Court
           of
           Judicature
           of
           the
           Islands
           about
           it
           .
           )
           Yet
           having
           warning
           of
           our
           coming
           they
           had
           carried
           away
           their
           Treasure
           and
           principal
           Substance
           .
           The
           Ransom
           aforesaid
           being
           only
           mentioned
           for
           the
           Town
           ,
           on
           payment
           thereof
           we
           left
           it
           ,
           and
           drew
           part
           of
           our
           Souldiers
           into
           the
           Abby
           a
           quarter
           of
           a
           Mile
           below
           the
           Town
           ,
           on
           the
           Harbor
           .
           Whereupon
           they
           offered
           us
           a
           Ransom
           for
           the
           Abby
           and
           the
           Castle
           on
           the
           Mouth
           of
           the
           Harbor
           ;
           and
           when
           we
           asked
           alike
           for
           both
           ;
           they
           proffered
           us
           1000
           Crowns
           for
           the
           Abby
           ,
           and
           to
           dispose
           of
           the
           Castle
           as
           we
           pleased
           ;
           and
           therefore
           we
           delivered
           them
           the
           Abby
           ,
           and
           blew
           up
           the
           Castle
           ,
           and
           so
           departed
           to
           our
           Ships
           ,
           which
           in
           the
           mean
           while
           were
           making
           all
           preparations
           for
           their
           Voyage
           .
           This
           Island
           is
           very
           fruitful
           ,
           bearing
           many
           pleasant
           Fruits
           ;
           it
           is
           but
           2
           or
           3
           Miles
           about
           .
           After
           6
           Weeks
           stay
           here
           we
           put
           to
           Sea
           ,
           and
           2
           or
           3
           days
           after
           our
           Ship
           we
           had
           taken
           at
           
             St.
             Domingo
          
           ,
           fell
           into
           a
           great
           leak
           ,
           and
           lost
           Company
           
           of
           us
           ;
           but
           next
           Morning
           our
           General
           missing
           her
           cast
           about
           ,
           and
           at
           last
           found
           her
           in
           great
           distress
           :
           whereupon
           we
           returned
           to
           Cartagena
           ,
           where
           she
           was
           unladed
           ,
           and
           her
           Goods
           and
           Men
           disposed
           in
           other
           Ships
           :
           after
           which
           we
           departed
           ,
           and
           arrived
           at
           Cape
           St.
           Anthony
           ,
           and
           finding
           no
           Water
           there
           ,
           we
           put
           to
           Sea
           ;
           but
           were
           forced
           to
           return
           ;
           and
           then
           our
           scarcity
           of
           Water
           being
           greater
           we
           were
           more
           diligent
           in
           seeking
           after
           it
           ,
           and
           had
           it
           in
           abundance
           :
           In
           taking
           in
           of
           which
           our
           General
           wrought
           as
           hard
           as
           the
           meanest
           of
           his
           Company
           ,
           to
           his
           unspeakable
           Praise
           .
           After
           3
           days
           we
           departed
           ,
           and
           touched
           no
           where
           ,
           but
           coasted
           along
           Florida
           ,
           and
           May
           28.
           we
           saw
           a
           place
           ,
           on
           the
           Shore
           built
           like
           a
           Beacon
           in
           30
           deg
           .
           We
           manned
           our
           Pinnaces
           ,
           and
           went
           ashore
           ,
           and
           marched
           up
           the
           River
           side
           ,
           to
           see
           what
           place
           the
           Enemy
           held
           ,
           our
           General
           marched
           with
           the
           Companies
           ,
           the
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           led
           the
           Vantguard
           ,
           and
           when
           we
           had
           gone
           a
           Mile
           ,
           we
           saw
           a
           Fort
           on
           the
           other
           side
           the
           River
           ,
           built
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           and
           a
           little
           Town
           without
           Walls
           3
           Miles
           above
           it
           .
           We
           prepared
           Ordnance
           for
           the
           Battery
           ,
           and
           about
           Evening
           our
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           shot
           off
           a
           Piece
           ,
           which
           stroke
           through
           their
           Ensign
           .
           In
           the
           Night
           the
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           took
           a
           little
           Rowing
           Skiff
           ,
           and
           12
           men
           well
           Armed
           ,
           as
           Capt.
           
             Morgan
             ,
             Sampson
          
           ,
           and
           
           others
           ,
           to
           view
           what
           Guard
           the
           Enemy
           kept
           ;
           the
           Enemy
           seeng
           him
           come
           ,
           took
           the
           Alarm
           ,
           and
           being
           fearful
           ,
           that
           all
           our
           Force
           was
           coming
           ,
           abandoned
           the
           Place
           when
           they
           had
           shot
           off
           some
           Pieces
           .
           Whereof
           a
           Frenchman
           (
           a
           Prisoner
           )
           informed
           us
           ;
           Thereupon
           our
           Gen.
           and
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           with
           some
           Souldiers
           ,
           put
           over
           to
           the
           Fort.
           In
           our
           approach
           some
           that
           stayed
           behind
           shot
           off
           2
           Pieces
           ;
           yet
           we
           entred
           ,
           finding
           no
           man
           there
           .
           We
           found
           here
           14
           great
           Pieces
           of
           Brass
           Ordnance
           ,
           and
           of
           Money
           to
           the
           Value
           of
           2000
           l.
           Next
           day
           we
           essayed
           to
           go
           to
           the
           Town
           ,
           but
           could
           not
           by
           reason
           of
           Rivers
           and
           broken
           ground
           ,
           and
           therefore
           were
           forced
           to
           go
           up
           the
           River
           in
           our
           Pinnaces
           .
           When
           we
           approached
           the
           Land
           ,
           they
           discharged
           some
           shot
           on
           us
           ,
           and
           presently
           withdrew
           .
           And
           the
           Serjeant
           Major
           finding
           one
           of
           their
           Horses
           ready
           ,
           mounted
           ,
           and
           followed
           the
           Chase
           ,
           and
           outrunning
           his
           Company
           he
           was
           shot
           through
           the
           Head
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           stabbed
           in
           several
           parts
           of
           his
           Body
           by
           others
           ,
           to
           our
           great
           Grief
           .
           In
           this
           Place
           ,
           called
           St.
           Augustin
           ,
           the
           King
           kept
           150
           Souldiers
           ,
           and
           at
           St.
           Helena
           ,
           12
           Miles
           Northward
           the
           same
           number
           ,
           to
           keep
           other
           Nations
           from
           inhabiting
           any
           part
           of
           that
           Coast
           .
           Here
           it
           was
           resolved
           to
           assault
           St.
           Helena
           ,
           and
           then
           to
           seek
           out
           our
           Countreymen
           
           in
           Virginia
           ,
           in
           their
           Plantation
           distant
           thence
           6
           deg
           .
           Northwards
           .
           But
           when
           we
           came
           by
           St.
           Helena
           ,
           the
           Shoals
           appearing
           dangerous
           ,
           and
           we
           having
           no
           Pilot
           that
           would
           undertake
           to
           guide
           us
           ,
           durst
           not
           hazard
           in
           ,
           but
           coasted
           along
           ,
           and
           
             June
             9th
          
           .
           on
           sight
           of
           a
           great
           Fire
           ,
           the
           General
           sent
           his
           Skiff
           to
           the
           shore
           ,
           where
           they
           found
           some
           Englishmen
           ,
           and
           brought
           them
           aboard
           ,
           who
           directed
           us
           to
           their
           Port.
           But
           some
           of
           our
           Ships
           being
           of
           great
           draught
           ,
           we
           anchored
           all
           two
           Miles
           from
           the
           shore
           .
           Our
           General
           wrote
           to
           Mr.
           
             Ralph
             Lane
          
           the
           English
           Governor
           ,
           shewing
           how
           ready
           he
           was
           to
           supply
           their
           Necessities
           .
           Next
           day
           Mr.
           Lane
           with
           others
           coming
           to
           him
           ,
           our
           Capt.
           proffered
           either
           to
           leave
           a
           Ship
           ,
           a
           Pinnace
           ,
           and
           some
           Boats
           ,
           with
           sufficient
           Masters
           and
           Mariners
           ,
           with
           a
           Months
           Victuals
           to
           stay
           and
           make
           further
           discovery
           of
           the
           Country
           ,
           and
           so
           much
           ,
           as
           would
           bring
           them
           into
           England
           after
           such
           time
           ,
           if
           they
           thought
           fit
           ;
           Or
           if
           they
           desired
           to
           return
           into
           England
           now
           ,
           he
           would
           give
           them
           Passage
           ;
           they
           accepted
           the
           former
           .
           Whereupon
           the
           Ship
           being
           received
           into
           Charge
           by
           some
           of
           their
           own
           Company
           ,
           before
           they
           had
           received
           their
           Provision
           a
           storm
           arose
           ,
           and
           continued
           3
           days
           ,
           which
           put
           all
           our
           Fleet
           in
           disorder
           ,
           besides
           the
           loss
           of
           Anchors
           ,
           &c.
           and
           that
           Ship
           was
           
           driven
           quite
           away
           ,
           and
           never
           saw
           us
           again
           till
           we
           came
           to
           England
           ,
           with
           several
           other
           losses
           Notwithstanding
           our
           General
           proffered
           them
           another
           Ship
           ,
           tho
           not
           so
           good
           as
           the
           other
           ,
           nor
           the
           same
           Provision
           .
           Whereupon
           Mr.
           Lane
           ,
           requested
           our
           General
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           have
           passage
           for
           England
           ;
           which
           being
           granted
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           sent
           for
           out
           of
           the
           Country
           ,
           and
           shipped
           ,
           we
           departed
           that
           Coast
           June
           18.
           and
           arrived
           safely
           at
           
             Plimouth
             ,
             July
          
           28.
           1586.
           
        
         
           The
           total
           Value
           of
           what
           we
           got
           in
           this
           Voyage
           was
           60000
           l.
           whereof
           the
           Companies
           that
           travelled
           in
           the
           Voyage
           were
           to
           have
           20000
           l.
           the
           Adventurers
           the
           other
           40000.
           
        
         
           We
           lost
           750
           Men
           in
           the
           Voyage
           .
        
         
           The
           Men
           of
           note
           that
           died
           were
           ,
           Capt.
           Powel
           ,
           Capt.
           Varney
           ,
           Capt.
           Moon
           ,
           Capt.
           Fortescute
           ,
           Capt.
           Bigges
           ,
           Capt.
           Cecil
           ,
           Capt.
           Hannam
           ,
           Capt.
           
             Greenfield
             :
             Tho.
             Tucker
             ,
             Alex.
             Starkey
             ,
          
           Mr.
           Escot
           ,
           Mr.
           Waterhouse
           ,
           Lieutenants
           :
           Mr.
           
             Nicholas
             Winter
          
           ,
           Mr.
           
             Alex.
             Carleil
          
           ,
           Mr.
           
             Rob.
             Alexander
          
           ,
           Mr.
           Scroope
           ,
           Mr.
           
             Ja.
             Dier
          
           ,
           Mr.
           
             Peter
             Duke
          
           ,
           with
           some
           others
           .
        
         
           The
           Ordnance
           gotten
           in
           all
           were
           240.
           whereof
           203
           were
           Brass
           ,
           the
           rest
           Iron
           ,
           and
           were
           found
           in
           these
           places
           ;
        
         
         
           In
           St.
           Jago
           ,
           53
           Pieces
           .
        
         
           In
           St.
           Domingo
           80
           ,
           whereof
           was
           very
           much
           great
           Ordnance
           ,
           as
           Whole
           Cannon
           ,
           Demi-Cannon
           ,
           Culverins
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           In
           Cartagena
           63
           ,
           and
           good
           store
           of
           the
           greater
           sort
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           Fort
           of
           St.
           Augustin
           14
           Pieces
           ;
           the
           rest
           was
           Iron
           Ordnance
           ,
           of
           which
           the
           most
           part
           was
           gotten
           at
           St.
           Domingo
           ,
           the
           rest
           at
           Cartagena
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           A
           short
           and
           true
           RELATION
           of
           another
           Voyage
           ,
           Made
           by
           Sir
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           ,
           and
           others
           to
           the
           West-Indies
           .
        
         
           THis
           Worthy
           Person
           ,
           accompanied
           with
           those
           here
           mentioned
           undertook
           this
           Voyage
           :
        
         
           Sir
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           ,
           Sir
           
             Jo.
             Hawkins
          
           Chief
           Generals
           ,
           Sir
           
             Tho.
             Baskerfield
          
           Coroner
           General
           ,
           Sir
           
             Nich.
             Clifford
          
           Lieut.
           Gen.
           Capt.
           
             Arnold
             Baskerfield
          
           Serj.
           Maj.
           Capt.
           
             Nich.
             Baskerfield
          
           ,
           Capt.
           Barkley
           ,
           Capt.
           Grinstone
           ,
           Capt.
           Rush
           ,
           Capt.
           Boswell
           ,
           Capt.
           Platt
           ,
           Capt.
           Chichester
           ,
           Capt.
           Stanton
           ,
           Capt.
           Fenton
           .
        
         
         
           In
           the
           37.
           
           Year
           of
           the
           Reign
           of
           Queen
           
             Elizabeth
             ,
             Aug.
          
           28.
           1595.
           
           We
           embarked
           at
           Plimouth
           ;
           thence
           we
           sailed
           towards
           the
           
             Grand
             Canadoes
          
           ,
           and
           Sept.
           6.
           we
           espied
           a
           French
           Man
           of
           War
           ,
           in
           the
           Northern
           Cape
           ,
           whom
           we
           overtook
           .
        
         
           Sept.
           9.
           
           We
           espied
           20
           French
           Men
           of
           War
           ,
           who
           chased
           us
           ,
           but
           could
           not
           fetch
           us
           up
           ,
           and
           therefore
           left
           us
           .
        
         
           Sept.
           25.
           
           We
           descried
           2
           Islands
           ,
           Hamseroth
           ,
           and
           Forta-Fontura
           ,
           both
           standing
           W.
           and
           by
           S.
           in
           28
           deg
           .
           distant
           one
           from
           the
           other
           ,
           4
           or
           5
           Leagues
           ,
           and
           from
           the
           Grand
           Canadoes
           10
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           Sept.
           26.
           
           We
           anchored
           in
           that
           part
           of
           Canadoes
           otherwise
           called
           ,
           St.
           
             John
             Decrus
          
           ,
           where
           we
           endeavoured
           to
           get
           to
           Land
           in
           small
           Boats
           ,
           but
           the
           Enemy
           knowing
           our
           design
           ,
           entrench'd
           themselves
           at
           the
           place
           where
           we
           should
           have
           landed
           ,
           discharging
           their
           great
           and
           small
           shot
           from
           the
           Town
           and
           Castle
           ,
           forcing
           us
           to
           retire
           with
           loss
           of
           men
           ,
           the
           Enemy
           being
           near
           400.
           
        
         
           The
           same
           day
           we
           departed
           to
           a
           Place
           where
           we
           watered
           ;
           it
           lyes
           W.
           and
           by
           N.
           of
           this
           Town
           .
           The
           Inhabitants
           of
           it
           are
           Savages
           ;
           and
           some
           of
           our
           Men
           stragling
           here
           were
           slain
           ,
           and
           others
           bitten
           with
           Dogs
           ,
           they
           keep
           on
           purpose
           to
           destroy
           strangers
           .
           This
           Island
           yields
           much
           Canadoe
           
           Wine
           ,
           diverse
           sorts
           of
           Grain
           ,
           Conies
           and
           Partridges
           .
           There
           is
           another
           Island
           (
           20
           Leagues
           from
           this
           )
           called
           the
           Tenereffe
           a
           very
           high
           Land.
           
        
         
           Sept.
           28.
           
           We
           departed
           towards
           the
           West
           Indies
           ,
           taking
           our
           course
           S.
           W.
           and
           by
           W.
           on
           the
           29.
           we
           sailed
           S.
           W.
           and
           by
           S.
           the
           30.
           
           S.
           W.
           the
           first
           of
           October
           W.
           and
           by
           S.
           the
           13.
           
           W.
           in
           the
           height
           of
           16
           deg
           .
        
         
           The
           25
           of
           this
           Month
           ,
           the
           Hope
           and
           Adventure
           fell
           foul
           on
           each
           other
           ,
           about
           ten
           at
           Night
           ,
           they
           of
           the
           Adventure
           were
           forc'd
           to
           cut
           their
           Misson
           ,
           and
           throw
           it
           over-board
           .
        
         
           Octob.
           27.
           
           We
           espied
           Martinino
           ,
           an
           Island
           inhabited
           by
           a
           barbarous
           People
           ,
           called
           Canibals
           ;
           10
           Miles
           from
           this
           Island
           is
           another
           ,
           called
           Dominica
           ,
           where
           is
           much
           Tobacco
           ;
           the
           people
           traffiqued
           with
           us
           in
           exchange
           for
           their
           Tabacco
           .
           The
           Weapons
           they
           use
           are
           Bows
           and
           Arrows
           ,
           made
           of
           Reeds
           ,
           with
           sharp
           Pieces
           of
           Braseil
           on
           the
           ends
           ;
           they
           wear
           their
           Hair
           long
           ,
           cut
           round
           by
           their
           Shoulders
           .
           Octob.
           30.
           we
           came
           to
           Gordelowpa
           (
           distant
           from
           this
           ten
           Leagues
           )
           where
           are
           many
           Rivers
           issuing
           from
           the
           Mountains
           with
           great
           force
           into
           the
           Sea.
           From
           whence
           we
           sailed
           toward
           the
           River
           Della-Hatch
           ,
           N.
           W.
           and
           by
           N.
           and
           Nov.
           7.
           we
           descried
           three
           Islands
           of
           the
           Trigonies
           ,
           
           viz.
           
             Mononalla
             ,
             Rotmido
          
           ,
           and
           
             Savoa
             .
             Nov.
          
           10.
           we
           set
           sail
           for
           
             John
             de
             Portrizo
          
           ,
           W.
           and
           by
           N.
           
        
         
           These
           Islands
           (
           belong
           to
           Virginia
           )
           in
           some
           of
           their
           Harbours
           1000
           Ships
           may
           ride
           at
           Anchor
           .
           Novem.
           12.
           we
           Anchored
           within
           4
           Miles
           of
           Portrizo
           ,
           against
           a
           great
           Fort
           ,
           where
           was
           placed
           a
           Piece
           of
           Ordnance
           ,
           which
           plyed
           us
           divers
           times
           with
           shot
           .
           This
           day
           Sir
           
             John
             Hawkins
          
           died
           ;
           The
           same
           night
           also
           (
           as
           Sir
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           ,
           Sir
           
             Thomas
             Baskerfield
          
           ,
           and
           others
           sate
           at
           supper
           ,
           )
           Sir
           
             Nicholas
             Clifford
          
           ,
           Capt.
           Stratford
           ,
           and
           Mr.
           
             Brut
             Browne
          
           ,
           were
           wounded
           with
           the
           same
           Piece
           of
           Ordnance
           from
           the
           Fort
           ;
           and
           as
           Sir
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           was
           drinking
           a
           Cup
           of
           Beer
           ,
           his
           Stool
           was
           struck
           from
           under
           him
           ,
           but
           he
           received
           no
           hurt
           ;
           Sr.
           
             Nicholas
             Clifford
          
           died
           instantly
           of
           his
           Wounds
           .
           The
           same
           night
           also
           we
           went
           against
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           Anchored
           .
        
         
           Nov.
           13.
           
           Our
           General
           called
           a
           Council
           .
           Next
           Night
           500
           Men
           went
           with
           Shot
           and
           Fire-works
           to
           burn
           the
           5
           Men
           of
           War
           ,
           which
           rode
           within
           the
           Harbor
           ,
           one
           of
           which
           held
           400
           Tun
           ,
           the
           rest
           smaller
           .
           In
           this
           Ship
           was
           planted
           much
           Ordnance
           ,
           besides
           small
           shot
           ,
           which
           played
           on
           our
           Men
           ,
           and
           also
           great
           store
           of
           shot
           from
           the
           shore
           .
           Tho
           we
           were
           no
           Gainers
           by
           this
           assault
           ,
           as
           
           having
           lost
           a
           Ship
           and
           several
           Men
           ,
           yet
           it
           was
           a
           valiant
           attempt
           .
           All
           those
           that
           were
           in
           that
           great
           Ship
           were
           slain
           and
           drowned
           save
           4.
           we
           took
           up
           :
           They
           told
           us
           ,
           that
           by
           reason
           they
           had
           notice
           of
           our
           coming
           our
           design
           was
           marred
           :
           they
           told
           us
           also
           ,
           that
           this
           Town
           had
           in
           it
           3000000
           of
           the
           King
           of
           Spains
           Treasure
           :
           and
           that
           they
           kept
           our
           Men
           they
           had
           taken
           in
           the
           
             Little
             Francis
          
           ,
           whereupon
           our
           General
           wrote
           to
           the
           Governor
           to
           use
           them
           civilly
           .
           This
           Town
           stands
           on
           a
           small
           Island
           ,
           encompassed
           with
           the
           Sea
           on
           one
           side
           ,
           and
           a
           great
           .
           River
           on
           the
           other
           .
        
         
           Nov.
           15.
           
           Sir
           
             Jo.
             Hawkins
          
           ,
           and
           Sir
           
             Nich.
             Clifford
          
           were
           thrown
           over
           Board
           :
           the
           same
           day
           we
           espied
           a
           Spanish
           Carvel
           ,
           coming
           towards
           St.
           
             Jo.
             de
             Portricho
          
           ,
           and
           our
           General
           sent
           off
           some
           men
           to
           take
           her
           ,
           but
           those
           in
           the
           Castle
           perceiving
           it
           shot
           off
           a
           Piece
           ,
           whereby
           they
           had
           warning
           ,
           and
           ran
           ashore
           .
           Nov.
           16.
           
           We
           departed
           thence
           ,
           and
           sailing
           36
           Leagues
           ,
           came
           to
           St.
           Jermans
           Bay
           :
           there
           we
           landed
           some
           Companies
           to
           Guard
           the
           Carpenters
           that
           built
           out
           Pinnaces
           .
           Near
           this
           is
           a
           House
           ,
           called
           an
           Ingeneroide
           ,
           where
           Sugar
           is
           made
           .
           This
           day
           Captain
           Brut
           died
           .
        
         
           Nov.
           23.
           
           
             John
             Standly
          
           was
           had
           before
           a
           Court
           Marshall
           .
           Nov.
           22.
           
           Sir
           
             Tho.
             Baskerfield
          
           
           took
           2
           men
           of
           this
           Island
           a
           Negroe
           and
           
             Clemeronne
             :
             Nov.
          
           24.
           the
           Ship
           ,
           the
           John
           of
           Frollony
           of
           Plimouth
           ,
           was
           burnt
           in
           the
           Bay
           :
           the
           same
           day
           we
           departed
           for
           Crusao
           ,
           distant
           from
           St.
           Jermans
           150
           Leagues
           ,
           &
           stayed
           but
           three
           or
           four
           Hours
           .
           Nov.
           29.
           we
           espied
           the
           Main
           Land
           ,
           called
           the
           West-Indies
           N.
           N.
           E.
           from
           us
           ,
           we
           sailed
           along
           the
           Coast
           to
           
             Della
             Hatch
          
           ,
           and
           the
           same
           day
           anchored
           within
           10
           Leagues
           of
           it
           .
           Dec.
           2.
           
           We
           sailed
           to
           the
           Town
           all
           that
           day
           ,
           and
           entred
           it
           at
           one
           a
           Clock
           at
           Night
           ,
           the
           Enemy
           had
           Fled
           ,
           leaving
           about
           12
           Souldiers
           in
           the
           Town
           ,
           who
           gave
           us
           a
           Volley
           ,
           and
           then
           all
           Fled
           save
           2
           we
           took
           Prisoners
           .
           They
           had
           carried
           all
           away
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           found
           nothing
           in
           the
           Town
           .
        
         
           Dec.
           3.
           
           The
           Spaniards
           parlyed
           with
           us
           for
           a
           certain
           Sum
           to
           ransom
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           4th
           ,
           they
           brought
           Pearl
           ,
           &c.
           but
           less
           in
           value
           than
           we
           compounded
           for
           ;
           our
           General
           refused
           it
           ,
           and
           ordered
           to
           burn
           the
           Town
           ,
           which
           was
           accordingly
           done
           ,
           at
           our
           departure
           .
           Dec.
           16.
           the
           Governor
           came
           to
           Parly
           :
           our
           Men
           went
           to
           seek
           for
           Victuals
           ,
           and
           met
           with
           the
           Governor
           .
           We
           took
           more
           Prisoners
           ,
           and
           found
           some
           of
           their
           Goods
           and
           carried
           them
           away
           .
           At
           our
           departure
           we
           lest
           the
           Town
           all
           on
           Fire
           ,
           save
           a
           Religious
           House
           not
           finished
           ,
           and
           another
           House
           the
           Treasury
           
           used
           to
           be
           kept
           in
           .
           In
           it
           we
           found
           some
           of
           their
           Treasure
           and
           Merchandise
           .
           This
           Country
           yieldeth
           store
           of
           Cattle
           and
           Fowl.
           The
           People
           are
           Indians
           and
           Negroes
           ,
           they
           are
           wild
           and
           savage
           People
           ,
           (
           save
           those
           the
           Spaniards
           keep
           in
           Subjection
           )
           and
           War
           against
           the
           Spaniards
           .
           There
           is
           a
           Mountain
           10
           Leagues
           ,
           hence
           whereon
           Snow
           remaineth
           constantly
           .
           Dec.
           19.
           we
           came
           to
           
             Sancta
             Martha
          
           ;
           the
           Inhabitants
           had
           Fled
           to
           the
           Mountains
           ,
           but
           we
           pursued
           them
           into
           the
           Woods
           ,
           and
           found
           some
           Treasure
           ;
           the
           same
           day
           we
           took
           the
           Governors
           Deputy
           .
           Dec.
           20.
           we
           departed
           ,
           leaving
           it
           on
           Fire
           ;
           we
           were
           told
           ,
           that
           we
           were
           within
           3
           Leagues
           of
           a
           Gold
           Mine
           .
        
         
           On
           Christmass
           day
           we
           sailed
           to
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           27th
           .
           anchored
           before
           it
           ;
           this
           day
           the
           Serj.
           Major
           died
           .
           We
           landed
           our
           Men
           a
           Mile
           from
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           marched
           towards
           it
           ;
           the
           Enemy
           gave
           us
           a
           Bravadoe
           of
           shot
           and
           fled
           into
           the
           Woods
           ,
           their
           Goods
           and
           Treasure
           being
           sent
           before
           .
           They
           had
           but
           3
           Pieces
           of
           Ordnance
           ,
           and
           one
           of
           them
           broke
           with
           a
           shot
           .
           We
           found
           some
           Treasure
           in
           the
           Woods
           .
           Our
           General
           had
           notice
           of
           the
           Governors
           going
           to
           Panama
           ,
           and
           Sir
           
             Tho.
             Baskerfield
          
           went
           with
           500
           Men
           to
           surprize
           him
           ;
           in
           this
           journey
           we
           were
           in
           great
           Hazard
           of
           our
           
           Lives
           ,
           we
           went
           but
           9
           Miles
           ,
           and
           could
           get
           no
           farther
           ,
           being
           stopt
           by
           a
           Fort
           the
           Enemy
           had
           on
           the
           Top
           of
           a
           Rock
           through
           which
           we
           behoved
           to
           march
           ;
           the
           Passage
           was
           so
           narrow
           that
           but
           one
           man
           at
           once
           could
           go
           up
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           were
           forced
           to
           retire
           with
           loss
           .
           Several
           both
           Commanders
           and
           Soldiers
           were
           hurt
           .
           Returning
           to
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           ,
           we
           saw
           it
           all
           on
           Fire
           ,
           and
           thereupon
           hasted
           to
           our
           Ships
           .
           In
           this
           March
           a
           Pair
           of
           Shoes
           were
           sold
           for
           30
           s.
           and
           a
           Bisket
           Cake
           for
           10
           s.
           our
           want
           was
           so
           great
           .
        
         
           Jan.
           5.
           
           We
           departed
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           10th
           .
           came
           to
           Scoday
           ,
           it
           is
           N.
           and
           by
           W.
           from
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           ;
           the
           same
           day
           we
           chased
           a
           Spanish
           Frigat
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           11th
           brought
           it
           to
           our
           General
           .
           The
           same
           day
           our
           General
           commanded
           all
           our
           sick
           Men
           to
           be
           carried
           ashore
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           lookt
           to
           in
           best
           sort
           we
           could
           .
           Jan.
           22.
           
           We
           departed
           back
           towards
           
             Nombre
             de
             Dios
          
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           
             Porta
             Vella
             Jan.
          
           27.
           on
           which
           day
           Sir
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           died
           ,
           whose
           Death
           was
           much
           lamented
           .
           His
           Interment
           was
           thus
           :
           His
           Corps
           being
           laid
           in
           a
           Coffin
           of
           Lead
           ,
           he
           was
           let
           down
           into
           the
           Sea
           ,
           the
           Trumpets
           in
           doleful
           manner
           sounding
           all
           the
           while
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           Cannons
           in
           the
           Fleet
           were
           discharged
           .
           We
           stayed
           here
           till
           Feb.
           8.
           
           In
           this
           Harbor
           they
           were
           beginning
           to
           build
           Houses
           again
           .
           The
           day
           before
           we
           departed
           the
           Enemy
           took
           6
           of
           our
           
           Men.
           Feb.
           18.
           we
           departed
           hence
           ,
           we
           took
           our
           course
           for
           Gemico
           North
           and
           by
           West
           .
           Feb.
           2.
           we
           descried
           some
           Islands
           called
           Gourdanes
           ,
           distant
           from
           
             Porta
             Vella
          
           200
           Leagues
           ,
           and
           West
           from
           Gemico
           .
           To
           the
           East
           they
           are
           high
           Land
           ,
           to
           the
           West
           low
           ;
           we
           sailed
           to
           the
           Cape
           of
           
             Corenthus
             ;
             Feb.
          
           27.
           we
           passed
           the
           Shoals
           to
           the
           West
           of
           this
           low
           Land
           ,
           one
           of
           our
           Ships
           being
           in
           danger
           ,
           and
           Mar.
           1.
           we
           saw
           20
           of
           the
           Kings
           Men
           of
           War
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           fought
           with
           them
           2
           Hours
           ,
           and
           worsted
           them
           :
           we
           plyed
           the
           Vice-Admiral
           so
           hard
           ,
           that
           if
           she
           had
           not
           fled
           ,
           she
           had
           sunk
           ;
           and
           another
           that
           was
           with
           her
           ,
           her
           Powder
           took
           Fire
           .
           Next
           day
           we
           sailed
           to
           Cape
           St.
           Anthony
           ,
           Thirteen
           of
           them
           following
           us
           ,
           when
           they
           came
           nigh
           us
           ,
           we
           sent
           2
           Ships
           to
           them
           ,
           but
           they
           made
           away
           .
           May
           4.
           we
           came
           to
           St.
           Anthony
           ,
           distant
           from
           Cape
           Corenthus
           18.
           
           Leagues
           ;
           thence
           to
           Havana
           80
           Leagues
           ;
           thence
           to
           the
           Gulf.
           The
           same
           day
           we
           saw
           Cape
           Florida
           ,
           N.
           W.
           and
           by
           N.
           from
           us
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           entred
           the
           Gulf
           in
           Length
           100
           Leagues
           ,
           and
           passed
           it
           next
           night
           .
           March.
           9.
           we
           past
           the
           
             Barmuthies
             .
             April
          
           8.
           1596.
           we
           came
           to
           the
           Islands
           of
           Flowers
           and
           Cores
           ,
           inhabited
           by
           Portugals
           ;
           here
           we
           watered
           ,
           and
           in
           short
           time
           after
           arrived
           at
           England
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           A
           Brief
           RELATION
           Of
           the
           Spanish
           Invasion
           .
        
         
           TO
           conclude
           ,
           we
           shall
           give
           you
           a
           Brief
           account
           of
           the
           defeat
           of
           the
           
             Spanish
             Armado
          
           ,
           being
           this
           worthy
           Gentlemen
           served
           in
           Her
           Majesties
           Fleet
           set
           out
           against
           it
           .
        
         
           The
           King
           of
           Spain
           being
           importuned
           by
           the
           Pope
           ,
           and
           some
           English
           Fugitives
           to
           attempt
           a
           conquest
           of
           England
           ,
           entred
           into
           consultation
           about
           the
           manner
           of
           it
           :
           The
           Marquess
           of
           St.
           Cruce
           ,
           who
           was
           to
           command
           the
           Armado
           ,
           and
           the
           Prince
           of
           Parma
           ,
           were
           for
           first
           surprizing
           some
           Sea
           Port
           Town
           in
           Holland
           or
           Zealand
           .
           But
           others
           alledged
           that
           it
           would
           be
           easier
           to
           seize
           some
           Port
           in
           England
           ,
           which
           latter
           was
           approved
           of
           .
           And
           in
           order
           thereto
           he
           set
           forth
           the
           Armado
           ,
           being
           in
           
           all
           130
           Ships
           ,
           containing
           57808
           Tun
           ,
           wherein
           were
           845
           Mariners
           ,
           19295
           Souldiers
           and
           2088
           Galley
           Slaves
           :
           and
           were
           provided
           with
           220000
           of
           Bullets
           and
           great
           Shot
           ,
           of
           Powder
           4200
           Kintals
           ,
           (
           each
           Kintal
           100
           l.
           weight
           )
           of
           Lead
           for
           Bullets
           1000
           Kintals
           ,
           of
           Match
           1200
           Kintals
           ,
           7000
           Musquets
           ,
           10000
           Halberts
           and
           Partizans
           ,
           with
           store
           of
           Murthering
           Pieces
           ,
           Double
           Cannon
           and
           Field
           Pieces
           ,
           with
           all
           other
           Provisions
           necessary
           for
           accomplishing
           their
           design
           .
        
         
           The
           Marquess
           of
           
             Sancta
             Cruce
          
           dying
           ,
           
             Don
             Lodovicos
             Peros
          
           Duke
           of
           
             Medina
             Sidonia
          
           ,
           was
           made
           General
           in
           his
           Place
           :
           
             Joh.
             Martinez
             de
             Richalde
          
           was
           Admiral
           ;
           
             Don
             Francisco
             Bovadille
          
           Mareschal
           :
           
             Don
             Martin
             Alcaron
          
           was
           Vicar-General
           for
           the
           Inquisition
           ,
           attended
           with
           100
           Jesuites
           :
           Cardinal
           Allen
           was
           appointed
           Superintendent
           of
           Ecclesiastical
           Affairs
           in
           England
           .
           The
           Prince
           of
           Parma
           also
           built
           flat
           bottomed
           Ships
           in
           Flanders
           ,
           for
           carrying
           of
           Horses
           ,
           with
           Bridges
           fitted
           to
           ship
           and
           unship
           the
           Horses
           :
           he
           set
           men
           at
           work
           to
           make
           the
           River
           navigable
           from
           Antwerp
           to
           Gaunt
           and
           Bridges
           ,
           and
           laded
           300
           Boats
           with
           Munition
           and
           Victuals
           :
           200
           more
           not
           so
           big
           as
           the
           former
           lay
           ready
           at
           Newport
           Haven
           ,
           and
           37
           Men
           of
           War
           at
           
           Dunkirk
           ,
           with
           all
           other
           Provisions
           requisite
           to
           carry
           on
           the
           design
           .
        
         
           He
           had
           lying
           near
           Newport
           under
           the
           Command
           of
           Camillo
           30
           Companies
           of
           Italians
           ,
           2
           of
           Walloons
           ,
           and
           8
           of
           Burguignons
           .
           At
           Dyxmew
           he
           mustered
           80
           Companies
           of
           Netherlanders
           ,
           60
           of
           Spaniards
           ,
           and
           60
           of
           High-Dutch
           ,
           and
           700
           Fugitive
           English
           commanded
           by
           Sir
           
             William
             Stanley
          
           ,
           who
           were
           in
           great
           contempt
           :
           Nor
           was
           Stanley
           ,
           nor
           the
           Earl
           of
           Westmorland
           and
           others
           ,
           who
           offered
           their
           service
           ,
           heard
           ,
           but
           barred
           all
           access
           and
           rejected
           ,
           as
           Traiters
           to
           their
           Countrey
           .
           At
           Conick
           also
           he
           had
           4000
           and
           at
           Watene
           900
           Horse
           commanded
           by
           the
           Marquess
           of
           Guast
           .
        
         
           To
           this
           Land
           service
           came
           the
           Duke
           of
           Pastrana
           ,
           the
           King
           of
           
           Spain's
           supposed
           Base
           Son
           ,
           the
           Marquess
           of
           Bourgon
           ,
           one
           of
           Duke
           Ferdinands
           Sons
           ,
           with
           others
           of
           like
           Quality
           .
        
         
           Pope
           
             Sixtus
             Quintus
          
           was
           very
           forward
           in
           this
           design
           ,
           dispersing
           his
           Indulgences
           and
           Pardons
           to
           all
           that
           contributed
           thereto
           :
           and
           promised
           likewise
           to
           give
           a
           Million
           of
           Gold
           ,
           the
           one
           half
           presently
           ,
           the
           other
           when
           any
           notable
           Haven
           in
           England
           should
           be
           won
           :
           but
           with
           this
           Proviso
           ,
           that
           England
           should
           be
           held
           as
           Feudatory
           to
           the
           See
           of
           Rome
           .
        
         
           Queen
           Elizabeth
           hearing
           of
           these
           great
           Preparations
           ,
           having
           first
           represented
           her
           
           case
           to
           God
           ,
           and
           implored
           his
           Protection
           ,
           she
           provided
           what
           force
           she
           could
           .
        
         
           The
           Charge
           of
           her
           Navy
           she
           committed
           to
           
             Charles
             Howard
          
           of
           Effingam
           Lord
           Admiral
           of
           England
           :
           Her
           Vice-Admiral
           was
           the
           Famous
           Sir
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           ,
           who
           were
           sent
           to
           the
           West
           of
           England
           .
           She
           appointed
           Henry
           Lord
           Seimour
           ,
           second
           Son
           to
           the
           Duke
           of
           Somerset
           ,
           to
           lye
           upon
           the
           Coasts
           of
           Flanders
           with
           40
           Ships
           ,
           to
           prevent
           the
           Prince
           of
           
           Parma's
           joyning
           his
           strength
           with
           the
           Armado
           .
           She
           ordered
           the
           Land-forces
           to
           be
           mustered
           ,
           appointing
           Duilley
           Earl
           of
           Leicester
           Lieut.
           20000.
           whereof
           were
           disposed
           along
           the
           South
           Coast
           .
           She
           had
           also
           2
           Armies
           ;
           one
           consisting
           of
           1000
           Horse
           and
           22000
           Foot
           ,
           encamped
           near
           the
           Mouth
           of
           the
           Thames
           ;
           where
           the
           Enemy
           purposed
           to
           land
           ;
           the
           other
           led
           by
           the
           
             L.
             Hunsdon
          
           consisting
           of
           34000
           Foot
           ,
           and
           2000
           Horse
           ,
           which
           were
           to
           guard
           her
           Person
           .
        
         
           Arthur
           Lord
           Grey
           ,
           Sir
           
             Francis
             Knolles
          
           ,
           Sir
           
             Rich
             Bingham
          
           ,
           and
           Sir
           
             Roger
             Williams
          
           ,
           were
           appointed
           to
           consult
           for
           Managing
           the
           Land
           service
           .
           They
           advised
           that
           all
           commodious
           landing
           Places
           should
           be
           manned
           and
           fortified
           ;
           and
           that
           the
           Trained
           Bands
           throughout
           the
           Coast
           shires
           should
           meet
           upon
           signal
           given
           to
           hinder
           the
           Enemies
           Landing
           .
           And
           in
           case
           they
           should
           land
           ,
           that
           they
           
           should
           lay
           all
           the
           Countrey
           about
           Waste
           ,
           that
           the
           Enemy
           might
           have
           no
           Food
           but
           what
           they
           brought
           from
           their
           Ships
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           should
           continually
           busy
           the
           Enemy
           with
           Alarms
           ,
           but
           not
           hazard
           a
           Battle
           till
           greater
           Force
           were
           got
           together
           .
        
         
           Some
           also
           suggested
           that
           the
           Papists
           at
           home
           were
           more
           to
           be
           feared
           than
           the
           Spaniards
           abroad
           ;
           whereupon
           some
           of
           them
           were
           imprisoned
           .
           Directions
           also
           were
           sent
           to
           the
           Deputy
           of
           Ireland
           ,
           how
           to
           demean
           himself
           in
           this
           imminent
           danger
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           midst
           of
           these
           Preparations
           ,
           the
           King
           of
           Spain
           ,
           to
           cast
           a
           mist
           over
           her
           Majesties
           Eyes
           ,
           importuned
           for
           a
           Peace
           ,
           and
           at
           last
           prevailed
           so
           far
           ,
           that
           a
           Treaty
           of
           Peace
           was
           entred
           upon
           ,
           our
           Queen
           notwithstanding
           Resolving
           to
           treat
           with
           her
           Sword
           in
           her
           Hand
           .
           And
           in
           Febr.
           she
           sent
           her
           Commissioners
           into
           Flanders
           ,
           to
           treat
           with
           the
           Prince
           of
           Parma
           ,
           who
           pretended
           a
           Commission
           for
           that
           effect
           ,
           but
           they
           were
           delayed
           from
           time
           to
           time
           ,
           and
           when
           they
           proposed
           any
           thing
           ,
           by
           one
           pretence
           or
           other
           it
           was
           delayed
           ,
           till
           at
           last
           they
           heard
           of
           the
           Spanish
           Fleets
           being
           near
           England
           ,
           at
           which
           time
           they
           ,
           having
           safe
           conduct
           from
           the
           Prince
           of
           Parma
           ,
           were
           glad
           to
           return
           in
           safety
           .
        
         
           This
           Armado
           ,
           which
           had
           the
           Popes
           special
           Blessing
           ,
           in
           token
           of
           its
           holy
           Warfare
           ,
           
           had
           12
           of
           its
           Ships
           called
           by
           the
           names
           of
           the
           12
           Apostles
           ,
           their
           Ships
           being
           of
           such
           size
           that
           they
           floated
           like
           Castles
           upon
           the
           Waves
           ,
           set
           sail
           May
           20.
           out
           of
           the
           River
           Taye
           ,
           steering
           its
           course
           towards
           the
           Groin
           in
           Galizia
           ,
           the
           Place
           appointed
           for
           assembling
           ,
           but
           whilest
           they
           were
           sailing
           thither
           ,
           a
           storm
           arose
           ,
           whereby
           they
           were
           dispersed
           ,
           several
           of
           them
           were
           disabled
           ,
           besides
           3
           Portugal
           Gallies
           ,
           which
           were
           driven
           on
           the
           Coasts
           of
           Bayon
           in
           France
           ,
           and
           by
           the
           valor
           of
           one
           
             David
             Guin
          
           an
           English
           Slave
           ,
           and
           the
           help
           of
           other
           Slaves
           were
           delivered
           into
           the
           hands
           of
           the
           French.
           
        
         
           About
           the
           same
           time
           the
           English
           Fleet
           ,
           in
           all
           about
           100
           Ships
           ,
           whereof
           15
           were
           Victuallers
           and
           9
           Voluntiers
           of
           Devonshire
           Gentlemen
           ,
           hearing
           that
           the
           Spaniards
           were
           ready
           to
           sail
           ,
           set
           forth
           of
           Plimouth
           ,
           to
           meet
           and
           fight
           them
           by
           the
           way
           ,
           but
           before
           they
           reached
           the
           Syllies
           ,
           they
           were
           driven
           back
           by
           tempest
           to
           Plimouth
           ;
           only
           some
           of
           their
           Scouts
           descried
           some
           of
           the
           Spanish
           Ships
           ,
           that
           were
           dispersed
           .
        
         
           News
           being
           brought
           that
           the
           Spaniards
           were
           in
           distress
           ,
           the
           Lord
           Admiral
           Howard
           taking
           advantage
           of
           the
           first
           fair
           Wind
           ,
           lanched
           forth
           ,
           
             July
             8th
          
           ,
           and
           bore
           his
           Sails
           almost
           within
           sight
           of
           the
           Coast
           of
           Spain
           ,
           purposing
           to
           surprize
           their
           Ships
           ;
           but
           the
           
           Wind
           suddenly
           turning
           South
           ,
           and
           he
           ,
           wisely
           foreseeing
           the
           disadvantages
           of
           his
           staying
           there
           ,
           returned
           to
           Plimouth
           .
        
         
           At
           the
           same
           time
           it
           was
           confidently
           reported
           ,
           that
           the
           Spanish
           Fleet
           could
           not
           set
           forth
           that
           Year
           :
           and
           our
           Queen
           was
           so
           confident
           thereof
           ,
           that
           she
           ordered
           4
           of
           her
           biggest
           Ships
           to
           be
           brought
           to
           Chatham
           :
           but
           our
           Admiral
           foreseeing
           the
           hazard
           of
           it
           ,
           wisely
           retarded
           it
           ;
           which
           was
           a
           singular
           Providence
           ,
           for
           the
           Spanish
           Fleet
           entred
           the
           
             Channel
             ,
             July
             11th
          
           ,
           where
           Anchoring
           ,
           they
           sent
           to
           the
           Prince
           of
           Parma
           to
           signifie
           their
           Arrival
           ,
           and
           require
           him
           in
           the
           Kings
           name
           to
           forward
           his
           Charge
           for
           that
           service
           .
        
         
           July
           20.
           
           At
           noon
           they
           were
           descried
           by
           the
           English
           ;
           which
           was
           a
           surprizal
           to
           them
           ,
           most
           of
           their
           Men
           being
           ashore
           .
           Nevertheless
           our
           undaunted
           Admiral
           towed
           forth
           such
           Ships
           as
           he
           could
           get
           in
           readiness
           into
           the
           Sea.
           When
           they
           were
           got
           out
           ,
           they
           saw
           the
           Spaniards
           Ships
           with
           lofty
           Towers
           ,
           in
           Front
           like
           a
           half
           Moon
           :
           they
           seemed
           to
           make
           for
           Plimouth
           ,
           but
           yet
           steered
           their
           course
           by
           towards
           Calice
           ,
           the
           English
           suffering
           them
           to
           pass
           by
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           chase
           them
           in
           the
           Rear
           with
           a
           fore-right
           Wind.
           
        
         
           July
           21.
           
           The
           English
           Admiral
           sent
           before
           him
           a
           Pinnace
           to
           denounce
           War
           by
           discharging
           her
           Ordnance
           ;
           himself
           following
           
           in
           the
           
             Ark
             Royal
          
           set
           upon
           (
           the
           Admiral
           he
           thought
           ,
           but
           )
           
             Alonzo
             de
          
           Leva's
           Ship
           ,
           where
           they
           had
           a
           fierce
           Encounter
           .
           Soon
           after
           
             Drake
             ,
             Hawkins
          
           ,
           and
           Forbusher
           came
           up
           ,
           playing
           with
           their
           Ordnance
           on
           the
           hindmost
           Squadron
           of
           the
           Enemies
           ,
           commanded
           by
           Rechalde
           ,
           who
           did
           all
           he
           could
           to
           stay
           his
           Men
           from
           flying
           ,
           till
           his
           own
           Ship
           battered
           with
           shot
           with
           difficulty
           was
           drawn
           into
           the
           Main
           Fleet.
           At
           which
           time
           the
           Duke
           of
           Medina
           gathered
           together
           his
           Fleet
           ,
           and
           kept
           on
           his
           intended
           course
           towards
           Callice
           ,
           and
           caused
           them
           to
           gather
           themselves
           up
           close
           in
           form
           of
           a
           half
           Moon
           .
           But
           our
           English
           Admiral
           having
           maintained
           a
           hot
           fight
           for
           2
           hours
           ,
           thought
           it
           best
           to
           desist
           the
           pursuit
           ,
           there
           being
           not
           above
           30
           of
           their
           Ships
           come
           up
           yet
           .
           In
           this
           fight
           the
           Katharine
           a
           Spanish
           Ship
           ,
           being
           sorely
           battered
           ,
           was
           taken
           into
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           Fleet
           to
           be
           repaired
           ;
           And
           an
           huge
           Ship
           Biscaie
           of
           Don
           Oquendo's
           ,
           in
           which
           was
           a
           great
           part
           of
           the
           Kings
           Treasure
           ,
           was
           fired
           by
           a
           Flemish
           Gunner
           ,
           for
           being
           misused
           by
           them
           ;
           but
           the
           Fire
           was
           quickly
           quenched
           .
           All
           this
           while
           the
           Spaniards
           declined
           fighting
           ,
           walling
           in
           the
           rest
           with
           their
           strongest
           Ships
           ,
           in
           which
           posture
           they
           made
           a
           flying
           March
           towards
           Calice
           :
           and
           a
           great
           Gallion
           ,
           wherein
           was
           
             Don
             Pedro
             de
             Valdez
             ,
             Vasquez
          
           
           
             de
             Silva
             ,
             Alenzo
             de
             Saias
             ,
          
           and
           other
           Noblemen
           ,
           being
           battered
           with
           English
           shot
           ,
           in
           avoiding
           it
           fell
           foul
           of
           another
           Ship
           ,
           whereby
           she
           lost
           her
           Fore-mast
           ,
           and
           could
           not
           keep
           up
           with
           the
           rest
           ,
           and
           was
           cast
           behind
           .
           But
           night
           coming
           on
           ,
           our
           Admiral
           past
           her
           ,
           supposing
           there
           was
           nothing
           left
           in
           her
           ,
           and
           fearing
           to
           lose
           sight
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           he
           followed
           the
           Lanthorn
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           which
           he
           thought
           was
           carried
           ,
           as
           was
           appointed
           ,
           by
           Sir
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           ;
           but
           he
           was
           pursuing
           2
           Ships
           he
           thought
           Spanish
           ,
           but
           when
           he
           came
           up
           to
           them
           ,
           he
           found
           they
           were
           Friends
           ,
           and
           so
           dismissed
           them
           .
           Yet
           by
           this
           mistake
           of
           his
           the
           greatest
           part
           of
           the
           Fleet
           wanting
           his
           light
           was
           forced
           to
           lye
           still
           so
           that
           he
           and
           the
           rest
           could
           not
           fetch
           up
           our
           Admiral
           till
           next
           day
           .
        
         
           
             July
             22th
          
           Sir
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           espied
           the
           aforesaid
           Gallion
           ,
           and
           sent
           forth
           a
           Pinnace
           to
           command
           them
           to
           yield
           :
           Valdez
           answered
           that
           they
           were
           430
           ,
           and
           himself
           was
           
             Don
             Pedro
          
           ,
           and
           stood
           on
           his
           honour
           :
           the
           other
           replyed
           if
           he
           did
           not
           yield
           forthwith
           ,
           he
           should
           know
           Drake
           was
           no
           
             Dastard
             ;
             Pedro
          
           hearing
           that
           it
           was
           Sir
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           ,
           instantly
           yielded
           himself
           ,
           and
           coming
           aboard
           Sir
           Francis
           Ship
           protested
           ,
           they
           would
           have
           died
           ,
           before
           they
           had
           yielded
           to
           any
           save
           him
           ,
           whom
           Mars
           and
           Neptune
           alwaies
           attended
           ,
           
           and
           whose
           civility
           to
           the
           Conquered
           had
           often
           been
           experienced
           .
           Sir
           Francis
           to
           requite
           his
           Complements
           ,
           placed
           him
           at
           his
           own
           Table
           ,
           and
           lodged
           him
           in
           his
           own
           Cabine
           ;
           the
           rest
           he
           sent
           to
           Plimouth
           ,
           where
           they
           remained
           Prisoners
           till
           their
           Ransom
           was
           paid
           .
           The
           same
           day
           
             Michael
             de
             Oquendo
          
           Vice-Admiral
           of
           the
           Fleet
           ,
           his
           Ship
           was
           on
           Fire
           ,
           the
           upper
           part
           of
           it
           being
           burnt
           ;
           but
           the
           Gunpowder
           in
           the
           hold
           not
           taking
           Fire
           ,
           the
           Ship
           fell
           into
           the
           Hands
           of
           the
           English
           ,
           and
           was
           carried
           in
           to
           Plimouth
           .
           All
           this
           day
           the
           Admiral
           spent
           in
           setting
           his
           Fleet
           in
           order
           ,
           appointing
           every
           Ship
           his
           Station
           ,
           commanding
           them
           ,
           on
           pain
           of
           Death
           not
           to
           desert
           it
           ,
           and
           sent
           one
           to
           the
           Prince
           of
           Parma
           to
           acquaint
           him
           with
           his
           Condition
           .
        
         
           July
           23.
           early
           the
           Spaniards
           taking
           the
           benefit
           of
           a
           Northerly
           Wind
           turned
           about
           against
           the
           English
           ;
           but
           the
           English
           being
           nimbler
           than
           they
           turned
           Westwards
           ,
           and
           quickly
           recovered
           the
           Wind
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           all
           that
           day
           battered
           those
           Wooden
           Castles
           :
           The
           fight
           was
           variable
           ,
           whilst
           on
           the
           one
           side
           the
           English
           bravely
           rescued
           the
           London
           Ships
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           other
           the
           Spaniards
           ;
           as
           stoutly
           delivered
           Richalde
           ;
           most
           of
           the
           Spanish
           shot
           flew
           over
           the
           English
           without
           hurting
           them
           ,
           but
           the
           English
           never
           discharged
           a
           
           shot
           on
           the
           Spaniards
           but
           did
           Execution
           .
           The
           English
           Admiral
           would
           not
           hazard
           a
           fight
           by
           grappling
           with
           them
           ,
           as
           some
           had
           advised
           ,
           knowing
           they
           had
           a
           strong
           Army
           in
           the
           Fleet
           ,
           besides
           the
           strength
           of
           their
           Ships
           ,
           which
           could
           not
           but
           at
           extreme
           disadvantage
           be
           boarded
           .
           This
           day
           besides
           other
           remarkable
           losses
           the
           Enemy
           sustained
           ,
           a
           great
           Venetian
           Ship
           with
           other
           Smaller
           were
           taken
           by
           the
           English
           ,
           and
           the
           Spaniards
           gathered
           themselves
           into
           a
           round
           ,
           their
           greatest
           Ships
           standing
           outmost
           to
           guard
           the
           battered
           Ships
           .
        
         
           
             July
             24th
          
           ,
           the
           4
           great
           Galliasses
           fought
           with
           some
           English
           Ships
           ,
           who
           galled
           the
           Enemy
           with
           their
           shot
           :
           But
           our
           Men
           wanting
           Powder
           ,
           the
           Admiral
           sent
           some
           Ships
           to
           fetch
           supply
           .
           In
           the
           mean
           while
           it
           was
           ordered
           by
           a
           Council
           of
           War
           that
           the
           English
           Fleet
           should
           be
           divided
           into
           4
           Squadrons
           ,
           and
           the
           Admiral
           was
           Chief
           ,
           Sir
           
             Fracnis
             Drake
          
           led
           the
           2d
           ,
           Capt.
           Hawkins
           the
           3d
           ,
           and
           Capt.
           Forbusher
           the
           4th
           .
        
         
           
             July
             25th
          
           ,
           at
           the
           Isle
           of
           Wight
           there
           was
           a
           sharp
           Encounter
           .
           The
           St.
           Ann
           ,
           a
           Portugal
           Gallion
           was
           set
           upon
           by
           some
           English
           Frigates
           ,
           to
           whose
           rescue
           came
           3
           Galliasses
           ,
           which
           the
           Admiral
           and
           Lord
           
             Tho.
             Howard
          
           charged
           so
           that
           they
           could
           scarce
           save
           her
           .
           It
           was
           reported
           ,
           that
           this
           day
           the
           Spanish
           
           Admiral
           was
           grievously
           rent
           with
           great
           Ordnance
           ,
           and
           had
           been
           near
           taken
           ,
           had
           not
           2
           Ships
           come
           up
           to
           her
           ;
           after
           whose
           coming
           they
           set
           upon
           the
           English
           Admiral
           ,
           but
           she
           made
           her
           escape
           .
           The
           Spanish
           Admiral
           sent
           again
           to
           the
           Prince
           of
           Parma
           to
           joyn
           his
           Fleet
           with
           them
           ,
           and
           send
           them
           supply
           .
        
         
           July
           26.
           the
           English
           Admiral
           to
           encourage
           his
           Captains
           bestowed
           the
           Order
           of
           Knighthood
           ,
           on
           several
           that
           had
           behaved
           themselves
           courageously
           ;
           And
           it
           was
           resolved
           by
           all
           ,
           that
           they
           would
           no
           more
           assail
           the
           Enemy
           till
           they
           came
           to
           the
           Strait
           of
           Calice
           ,
           where
           the
           Lord
           
             Henry
             Seimour
          
           with
           his
           Ships
           waited
           their
           coming
           .
           And
           so
           far
           was
           this
           Armado
           from
           terrifying
           the
           English
           Coasts
           ,
           that
           ,
           they
           hired
           Ships
           from
           all
           parts
           on
           their
           own
           Charges
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           our
           supply
           ;
           of
           whom
           were
           ,
           the
           Earl
           of
           
             Oxford
             ,
             Northumberland
             ,
             Cumberland
          
           ,
           with
           several
           other
           Gentlemen
           .
        
         
           July
           27.
           the
           Spanish
           Fleet
           setting
           forward
           ,
           anchored
           before
           Calice
           ,
           intending
           to
           joyn
           with
           the
           Prince
           of
           
           Parma's
           Forces
           at
           Dunkirk
           .
           The
           English
           followed
           hard
           upon
           them
           ,
           and
           cast
           Anchor
           within
           Culvering
           shot
           of
           them
           ,
           consisting
           now
           of
           140
           Sail
           ,
           the
           Lord
           
             Hen.
             Seimour
          
           ,
           and
           Capt.
           Winter
           having
           joyned
           them
           .
           From
           hence
           once
           more
           the
           D.
           of
           Medina
           sent
           to
           the
           Prince
           of
           Parma
           ,
           and
           several
           
           of
           the
           Spanish
           Nobility
           went
           ashore
           ,
           among
           whom
           was
           the
           Prince
           of
           Ascoli
           the
           Kings
           Base
           Son
           who
           returned
           no
           more
           ;
           his
           Ship
           was
           afterwards
           cast
           away
           on
           the
           Irish
           Coast
           .
           The
           Prince
           of
           Parma
           being
           by
           them
           persuaded
           ,
           that
           the
           Spaniards
           had
           the
           better
           ,
           conceived
           great
           hopes
           of
           his
           future
           Advancement
           :
           yet
           his
           joy
           was
           but
           short
           ,
           for
           the
           next
           Evening
           he
           had
           news
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           bad
           success
           .
           And
           indeed
           he
           could
           not
           in
           that
           Juncture
           assist
           them
           ;
           for
           his
           Boats
           leaked
           ,
           his
           Provisions
           failed
           ,
           and
           his
           Seamen
           withdrew
           from
           him
           :
           as
           also
           he
           could
           not
           get
           out
           by
           reason
           of
           a
           considerable
           Fleet
           of
           Dutch
           well
           furnished
           ,
           that
           lay
           before
           Dunkirk
           and
           Newport
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           mean
           while
           Queen
           Elizabeth
           ordered
           the
           Lord
           Admiral
           to
           take
           8
           of
           his
           worst
           Ships
           ,
           and
           fill
           them
           with
           Combustible
           matter
           ,
           and
           to
           charge
           their
           Guns
           with
           Bullets
           ,
           Stones
           ,
           Chains
           ,
           &c.
           which
           was
           accordingly
           done
           ;
           and
           on
           
             Sunday
             July
          
           28.
           at
           2
           a
           Clock
           in
           the
           Morning
           they
           were
           let
           drive
           amongst
           the
           Spaniards
           under
           the
           Guidance
           of
           Yong
           and
           Prowse
           ;
           who
           having
           fired
           their
           Trains
           and
           returned
           ,
           such
           a
           sudden
           Thunderclap
           was
           given
           that
           the
           Poor
           Spaniards
           were
           wonderfully
           amazed
           :
           and
           to
           avoid
           this
           danger
           had
           no
           other
           Remedy
           ,
           but
           to
           cut
           their
           Cables
           and
           drive
           at
           Random
           ,
           where
           they
           
           had
           several
           Disasters
           ,
           some
           of
           them
           fell
           foul
           upon
           another
           ,
           others
           ran
           aground
           on
           the
           Sands
           ,
           and
           some
           of
           them
           fell
           into
           the
           
           English's
           Hands
           .
        
         
           In
           this
           surprizal
           the
           Duke
           of
           Medina
           ordered
           the
           whole
           Fleet
           to
           weigh
           Anchor
           to
           avoid
           the
           danger
           ,
           which
           done
           ,
           to
           return
           to
           their
           Station
           ;
           and
           he
           accordingly
           gave
           a
           signal
           to
           the
           rest
           to
           do
           it
           by
           discharging
           his
           great
           Guns
           ;
           but
           in
           this
           Consternation
           the
           Warning
           was
           heard
           but
           by
           a
           few
           ,
           the
           rest
           being
           scattered
           .
        
         
           July
           29.
           
           After
           this
           disaster
           ,
           the
           Spaniards
           in
           the
           best
           order
           they
           could
           came
           over
           against
           Graveling
           ,
           where
           the
           English
           deprived
           them
           of
           the
           conveniency
           of
           
             Calice
             Road
          
           ,
           and
           kept
           them
           from
           supply
           out
           of
           Dunkirk
           :
           And
           Drake
           and
           Fenner
           incessantly
           discharged
           their
           Guns
           on
           them
           ,
           as
           also
           the
           Lord
           Admiral
           and
           others
           :
           On
           the
           other
           hand
           the
           Duke
           of
           
             Medina
             ,
             Leva
          
           ,
           &c.
           at
           last
           got
           clear
           of
           the
           Shallows
           ,
           yet
           most
           of
           their
           Ships
           were
           pitifully
           torn
           and
           shot
           through
           ,
           besides
           several
           that
           were
           sunk
           .
           The
           Gallion
           St.
           Matthew
           coming
           to
           rescue
           the
           St.
           Philip
           was
           together
           with
           the
           other
           miserably
           torn
           with
           shot
           by
           Seimour
           and
           Winter
           ;
           and
           afterwards
           driven
           near
           Ostend
           ,
           and
           at
           last
           taken
           by
           the
           Dutch.
           
        
         
           
             Francisco
             de
             Toledo
          
           ,
           a
           Colonel
           over
           32
           Bands
           ,
           his
           Ship
           proved
           so
           leaky
           ,
           that
           he
           
           with
           some
           others
           left
           her
           ;
           the
           Ship
           afterwards
           was
           taken
           by
           the
           Flushingers
           .
        
         
           The
           Spaniards
           disappointed
           of
           their
           brave
           Designs
           ,
           were
           now
           content
           to
           defend
           themselves
           ,
           and
           the
           Wind
           turning
           S.
           W.
           they
           passed
           Dunkirk
           ,
           the
           English
           following
           them
           close
           .
           And
           the
           English
           Admiral
           dispatched
           the
           Lord
           
             Henry
             Seimour
          
           to
           the
           Coast
           of
           Flanders
           ,
           to
           stop
           the
           Prince
           of
           
           Parma's
           coming
           out
           ,
           and
           to
           joyn
           with
           the
           Hollanders
           there
           .
        
         
           July
           31.
           early
           ,
           the
           N.
           W.
           Wind
           blew
           hard
           ,
           and
           the
           Spanish
           laboured
           to
           recover
           the
           Narrow
           Strait
           ,
           but
           were
           driven
           towards
           Zealand
           .
           The
           English
           gave
           off
           the
           Chase
           ,
           as
           seeing
           them
           near
           Ruin.
           But
           the
           Wind
           turning
           S.
           W.
           and
           by
           W.
           they
           got
           clear
           of
           the
           Shallows
           ,
           and
           that
           Evening
           called
           a
           Council
           ,
           wherein
           it
           was
           resolved
           to
           return
           into
           Spain
           by
           the
           Northern
           Passage
           .
           And
           thereupon
           they
           directed
           their
           Course
           Northward
           ,
           and
           the
           English
           followed
           them
           to
           prevent
           their
           landing
           in
           Scotland
           .
           Yet
           most
           thought
           they
           would
           return
           again
           ;
           whereupon
           our
           Queen
           with
           a
           Masculine
           Courage
           ,
           viewed
           her
           Army
           at
           Tilbury
           ,
           and
           walking
           through
           the
           Ranks
           with
           a
           Truncheon
           in
           her
           Hand
           ,
           wonderfully
           encouraged
           all
           of
           them
           .
           But
           the
           Spaniards
           betook
           themselves
           to
           an
           absolute
           Flight
           ,
           and
           bended
           their
           Course
           towards
           Norway
           ;
           and
           being
           now
           freed
           of
           the
           English
           ,
           consulted
           seriously
           
           what
           to
           do
           :
           they
           were
           tender
           of
           the
           Popes
           credit
           ,
           feared
           the
           wrath
           of
           King
           Philip
           ;
           that
           the
           Glory
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           would
           be
           laid
           in
           the
           Dust
           ;
           The
           Invincible
           Armado
           became
           a
           Scorn
           ,
           if
           they
           returned
           so
           into
           Spain
           .
           On
           the
           other
           hand
           they
           considered
           ,
           that
           5000
           Souldiers
           were
           slain
           ;
           many
           maimed
           ;
           12
           of
           their
           greatest
           Ships
           sunk
           ,
           lost
           ,
           or
           taken
           ;
           their
           Cables
           ,
           Masts
           or
           Sails
           ,
           cut
           ,
           rent
           and
           broken
           ;
           their
           Provisions
           failing
           ,
           &c.
           which
           things
           considered
           ,
           they
           concluded
           to
           go
           quickly
           to
           Spain
           .
           And
           knowing
           that
           the
           King
           of
           Scots
           would
           not
           supply
           them
           ,
           nor
           the
           King
           of
           Norway
           ,
           they
           cast
           all
           their
           Horses
           and
           Mules
           over
           Board
           ,
           to
           spare
           their
           fresh
           Water
           .
           And
           so
           steering
           their
           Course
           to
           sail
           about
           Cathenes
           ,
           and
           the
           Coast
           of
           Ireland
           ,
           they
           steered
           between
           the
           Orcades
           and
           the
           Isles
           of
           Farr
           unto
           61.
           deg
           .
           North.
           Lat.
           from
           whence
           the
           Duke
           of
           Medina
           ,
           with
           his
           best
           stored
           Ships
           ,
           took
           Westwards
           over
           the
           Main
           towards
           Biscay
           ,
           and
           at
           last
           arrived
           in
           Spain
           :
           where
           he
           was
           deposed
           from
           all
           his
           Authority
           ,
           discharged
           the
           Court
           ,
           and
           commanded
           to
           live
           private
           .
        
         
           The
           rest
           of
           the
           Ships
           being
           40
           ,
           fell
           nearer
           with
           the
           Coast
           of
           Ireland
           ,
           where
           many
           of
           them
           were
           cast
           away
           ,
           such
           as
           escaped
           there
           ,
           some
           of
           them
           were
           driven
           into
           the
           Channel
           ,
           where
           some
           of
           them
           were
           taken
           by
           the
           
           English
           ,
           others
           by
           Rochel
           men
           ,
           and
           some
           of
           them
           arrived
           at
           New-Haven
           in
           Normandy
           :
           So
           that
           of
           134
           Ships
           that
           set
           Sail
           out
           of
           Lisbon
           only
           53
           returned
           into
           Spain
           :
           of
           the
           4
           Galliasses
           of
           Naples
           but
           one
           :
           of
           the
           4
           Gallions
           of
           Portugal
           but
           one
           :
           of
           the
           91
           Gallions
           and
           great
           Hulks
           from
           diverse
           Provinces
           but
           33.
           
           In
           short
           ,
           they
           lost
           in
           this
           Voyage
           81
           Vessels
           ,
           13500
           Souldiers
           ,
           Prisoners
           taken
           above
           2000
           :
           In
           England
           were
           taken
           ,
           
             Don
             Pedro
             de
             Valdez
             ,
             Don
             Vasquez
             de
             Silva
             ,
          
           and
           
             Don
             Alonzo
             de
             Saies
          
           ,
           and
           others
           ;
           In
           
             Ireland
             Don
             Alonzo
             de
             Luzon
          
           ,
           and
           
             Roderigo
             de
             Lesse
          
           ,
           and
           others
           ;
           In
           Zeland
           was
           
             Don
             Diego
             Piementelli
          
           :
           Yea
           ,
           there
           was
           not
           a
           Noble
           Family
           in
           Spain
           ,
           but
           in
           this
           Expedition
           lost
           a
           Son
           ,
           Brother
           ,
           or
           Kinsman
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           aftermentioned
           Wracks
           above
           700
           Souldiers
           and
           Sailers
           were
           cast
           ashore
           on
           Scotland
           ,
           who
           on
           Intercession
           of
           the
           Prince
           of
           Parma
           ,
           were
           after
           a
           Years
           time
           sent
           over
           into
           Flanders
           :
           But
           more
           unmercifully
           were
           those
           Dealt
           with
           who
           were
           driven
           into
           Ireland
           ;
           some
           of
           them
           being
           put
           to
           death
           by
           their
           old
           Friends
           ,
           the
           Irish
           ,
           others
           by
           the
           Command
           of
           the
           Lord
           Deputy
           ,
           who
           feared
           lest
           they
           might
           joyn
           with
           the
           Irish
           ,
           to
           disturb
           the
           Peace
           of
           the
           Nation
           .
           The
           Remainder
           being
           terrified
           therewith
           committed
           themselves
           to
           Sea
           in
           their
           shattered
           Vessels
           ,
           
           and
           were
           many
           of
           them
           swallowed
           up
           by
           the
           Waves
           .
        
         
           Queen
           Elizabeth
           lying
           one
           Night
           in
           her
           Army
           at
           Tilbury
           ,
           the
           Lord
           Treasurer
           Burley
           came
           thither
           ,
           and
           delivered
           to
           the
           Earl
           of
           Leicester
           ,
           the
           Examination
           of
           
             Don
             Pedro
          
           ,
           who
           was
           taken
           and
           brought
           into
           England
           by
           Sir
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           ;
           which
           Examination
           (
           saith
           Dr.
           Sharp
           )
           was
           thus
           :
        
         
           
             Don
             Pedro
          
           being
           asked
           by
           some
           Lords
           of
           Council
           ,
           what
           was
           the
           Intent
           of
           their
           coming
           ?
           answered
           ,
           What
           ,
           but
           to
           subdue
           your
           Nation
           ,
           and
           root
           it
           out
           ?
           What
           (
           said
           the
           Lords
           )
           meant
           you
           then
           to
           do
           with
           the
           Catholicks
           ?
           We
           meant
           (
           said
           he
           )
           to
           have
           sent
           them
           (
           good
           Men
           )
           directly
           to
           Heaven
           ,
           as
           you
           that
           are
           Hereticks
           to
           Hell.
           But
           (
           said
           the
           Lords
           )
           what
           meant
           you
           to
           do
           with
           your
           Whips
           of
           Cords
           and
           Wire
           ,
           you
           have
           such
           store
           of
           in
           your
           Ships
           ?
           What
           ,
           (
           said
           he
           )
           we
           meant
           to
           whip
           you
           Hereticks
           to
           death
           that
           have
           assisted
           my
           Masters
           Rebels
           ,
           and
           done
           such
           dishonour
           to
           our
           Catholick
           King
           and
           People
           .
           But
           what
           would
           you
           have
           done
           (
           said
           they
           )
           with
           their
           Young
           Children
           ?
           They
           (
           said
           he
           )
           that
           were
           above
           7
           Years
           ,
           should
           have
           gone
           the
           same
           Way
           their
           Fathers
           went
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           should
           have
           lived
           .
           Only
           ,
           we
           would
           have
           branded
           them
           in
           the
           Foreheads
           with
           the
           Letter
           L.
           
           for
           Lutheran
           ,
           and
           reserved
           them
           for
           perpetual
           Bondage
           .
        
         
           This
           I
           take
           God
           to
           Witness
           ,
           (
           saith
           my
           Author
           )
           I
           received
           of
           these
           great
           Lords
           as
           on
           Examination
           before
           the
           Council
           ,
           and
           by
           their
           Commandment
           published
           it
           to
           the
           Army
           .
        
         
           The
           next
           day
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           the
           Queen
           rode
           through
           her
           Army
           ,
           attended
           by
           
             Leicester
             ,
             Essex
          
           ,
           and
           Norris
           ,
           and
           diverse
           other
           great
           Lords
           ,
           where
           she
           made
           an
           excellent
           Oration
           to
           her
           Army
           ,
           and
           commanded
           a
           Publick
           Fast
           to
           be
           kept
           .
        
         
           After
           this
           great
           Deliverance
           Queen
           Elizabeth
           (
           who
           ever
           held
           ingratitude
           Base
           ,
           Especially
           towards
           her
           Almighty
           Protector
           )
           as
           she
           began
           with
           Prayer
           ,
           so
           she
           ended
           with
           Praise
           and
           Thanksgiving
           ,
           commanding
           Publick
           Thanksgiving
           to
           be
           Celebrated
           in
           the
           Cathedral
           of
           St.
           Pauls
           ,
           on
           
             Sunday
             Sept.
          
           18.
           at
           which
           time
           11.
           of
           the
           Spanish
           Ensigns
           were
           hung
           upon
           the
           lower
           Battlement
           of
           that
           Church
           .
        
         
           Queen
           Elizabeth
           her self
           on
           
             Sunday
             Sept.
          
           24.
           came
           to
           St.
           Pauls
           ,
           and
           humbling
           her self
           on
           her
           Knees
           ,
           with
           audible
           voice
           she
           praised
           God
           for
           that
           Wonderful
           Deliverance
           wrought
           to
           Her
           and
           her
           People
           .
        
         
         
           At
           Southwark
           Fair
           also
           the
           Spanish
           Flags
           were
           hung
           upon
           London
           Bridge
           .
           But
           the
           solemn
           Day
           appointed
           for
           Thanksgiving
           through
           the
           Nation
           was
           Nov.
           19.
           being
           Tuesday
           ,
           which
           accordingly
           was
           observed
           with
           great
           Joy
           and
           Praising
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           This
           Admirable
           Deliverance
           was
           congratulated
           by
           most
           other
           Nations
           ,
           especially
           Reformed
           ,
           and
           several
           Learned
           Men
           celebrated
           the
           same
           in
           Verse
           ,
           among
           which
           I
           only
           mention
           two
           :
           The
           first
           is
           that
           Poem
           made
           by
           Reverend
           Dr.
           Beza
           ,
           which
           is
           this
           :
        
         
           
             STraverat
             innumeris
             Hispanus
             classibus
             aequor
             ,
          
           
             Regnis
             juncturus
             Sceptra
             Britanna
             suis
             .
          
           
             Tanti
             hujus
             rogitas
             quae
             motus
             causa
             ?
             superbos
          
           
             Impulit
             Ambitio
             ,
             vexat
             avaritià
             .
          
           
             Quam
             bene
             te
             Ambitio
             mersit
             vanissima
             ventus
             ;
          
           
             Et
             tumidae
             tumidos
             Vos
             superastis
             aquae
             !
          
           
             Quam
             bene
             Raptores
             Orbis
             totius
             Iberos
          
           
             Mersit
             inexhausti
             justa
             vorago
             Maris
             !
          
           
             At
             tu
             ,
             cui
             venti
             ,
             cui
             totum
             militat
             Aequor
             ,
          
           
             Regina
             ,
             O
             mundi
             totius
             una
             decus
             :
          
           
             Sic
             regnare
             Deo
             perge
             ,
             Ambitione
             remota
             ,
          
           
             Prodiga
             sic
             opibus
             perge
             juvare
             pios
             ,
          
           
             Ut
             te
             Angli
             longum
             ,
             longum
             Anglis
             ipsa
             fruaris
             ,
          
           
             Quam
             dilecta
             bonis
             ,
             tam
             metuenda
             malis
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             SPains
             King
             with
             Navies
             great
             the
             Seas
             bestrew'd
             .
          
           
             T'
             augment
             with
             English
             Crown
             his
             Spanish
             sway
             .
          
           
             Ask
             ye
             what
             caus'd
             this
             proud
             attempt
             ?
             't
             was
             lewd
          
           
             Ambition
             drove
             ,
             and
             Avarice
             led
             the
             way
             .
          
           
             It
             's
             well
             ;
             Ambitions
             windy
             puff
             lies
             drown'd
          
           
             By
             Winds
             and
             swelling
             Hearts
             ,
             by
             swelling
             Waves
             :
          
           
             It
             's
             well
             ;
             those
             Spaniards
             who
             the
             Worlds
             vast
             round
          
           
             Devour'd
             ,
             devouring
             Sea
             most
             justly
             craves
             :
          
           
             But
             thou
             ,
             O
             Queen
             ,
             for
             whom
             
               Winds
               ,
               Seas
            
             do
             war
             ,
          
           
             O
             thou
             the
             Glory
             of
             this
             Worlds
             wide
             Mass
             ,
          
           
             So
             reign
             to
             God
             still
             ,
             from
             Ambition
             far
             ,
          
           
             So
             still
             with
             bounteous
             aids
             the
             Good
             imbrace
             :
          
           
             That
             Thou
             maist
             England
             long
             ,
             long
             England
             thee
             enjoy
             ,
          
           
             Thou
             terror
             of
             all
             Bad
             ,
             Thou
             Good
             Mens
             joy
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               The
               other
               is
               that
               made
               by
            
             Mr.
             Samuel
             Ward
             of
             Ipswich
             .
          
           
             
               OCtogesimus
               Octavus
               ,
               
                 Mirabilis
                 annus
              
            
             
               Clade
               Papistarum
               ,
               Faustus
               ubique
               piis
               .
            
          
           
             IN
             
               Eighty
               eight
               ,
               Spain
            
             arm'd
             with
             potent
             might
             ,
          
           
             Against
             our
             peaceful
             Land
             came
             on
             to
             fight
             :
          
           
             The
             Winds
             and
             Waves
             ,
             and
             Fire
             in
             one
             conspire
          
           
             To
             help
             the
             English
             ,
             frustrate
             Spains
             desire
             .
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .